<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom">
	<title>Release Notes | YaaS Dev Portal</title>
	<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/atom.xml" rel="self"/>
	<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io"/>
	<updated>2018-10-03T06:55:53.831Z</updated>
	<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/</id>
	<author>
		<name>SAP Hybris</name>
	</author>

	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-12-07-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-general-data-protection-regulation-views&quot;&gt;New General Data Protection Regulation views&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This release includes views for GDPR management. Now, you can manage, inspect or delete your data or data belonging to your end customer following the General Data Protection Regulation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Dec 07 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-12-07-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.9</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-10-31-Technev159.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;patch-release&quot;&gt;Patch Release&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is a patch release to fix NPM package delivery. Bower component dependencies are now excluded as they were causing issues with &lt;code&gt;npm shrinkwrap&lt;/code&gt; from locking down version numbers.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Oct 31 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-10-31-Technev159.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.17.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-10-11-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;dependency-updates&quot;&gt;Dependency updates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Library versions are updated, including the Spring and Spring Boot versions &lt;code&gt;4.3.11.RELEASE&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;1.5.7.RELEASE&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. Please update the versions in your project accordingly to avoid Maven conflicts and unpredictable behavior at runtime.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An issue with using the Audit Library, in which the &lt;code&gt;service-sdk-audit-base&lt;/code&gt; library was missing in Maven central, is resolved.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Oct 11 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-10-11-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.8</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-09-22-Technev158.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;patch-release&quot;&gt;Patch Release&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is a patch release to fix icon rendering issues there were released in previous version 1.5.7&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Sep 19 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-09-22-Technev158.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.7</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-09-19-Technev157.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;additional-icons&quot;&gt;Additional Icons&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This release contains some additional icons. These Icons are used for an internal library for Enterprise Commerce platform, and not meant for external use.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Sep 19 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-09-19-Technev157.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-18-09-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes extended definitions for authorization rules.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-authorization-rule-definition&quot;&gt;Improved authorization rule definition&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now, you can extend authorization rules to include a list of projects (tenants) that have permission to use the resources matched by the rule. Previously, authorization rules were only defined using methods and required scopes. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt; 
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_71_0/auth_rules_tenants.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Authorization rule tenants&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Sep 18 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-18-09-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>SAML2 Adapter v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/saml2adapter/latest/2017-08-17-ReleaseNotesSAML2Adapter.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;
The SAML2 Adapter service allows you to create and register custom SAML 2.0 identity providers for your projects and organizations.
&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;
By creating and registering custom identity providers, you can enable your customers to access your organization&amp;#39;s resources in YaaS without the need to create new accounts.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The SAML2 Adapter service allows you to:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Get the technical information required to establish a successful connection between your custom SAML 2.0 identity provider and the YaaS OAuth2 service.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Register your custom SAML 2.0 identity provider and obtain its identifier.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage the custom identity providers registered for your organization. You can fetch the list of all providers available for your organization, update the configuration of an already existing custom SAML 2.0 identity provider, or delete a custom SAML 2.0 identity provider registered for your organization.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
You can use the custom SAML 2.0 identity providers you register with the SAML2 Adapter service, using the Authorization Code Grant and the Implicit Grant authorization flows available in YaaS.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
To use your custom SAML 2.0 identity provider, pass the generated custom identity provider ID as the value of the &lt;code&gt;hybris_id_provider&lt;/code&gt; parameter in your requests to the OAuth2 service.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Learn more:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the SAML2 Adapter service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/saml2adapter/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;SAML2 Adapter service documentation&lt;/a&gt; in the Dev Portal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For technical details, see the SAML2 Adapter service &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.eu.yaas.io/hybris/saml2-adapter/v1/api-console/&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the authorization flows available in YaaS, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/oauth2/latest/index.html#Grants&quot;&gt;Grants&lt;/a&gt; section of the OAuth2 service documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri Sep 15 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/saml2adapter/latest/2017-08-17-ReleaseNotesSAML2Adapter.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>HERE Map Tile Service v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/heremaptileservice/latest/2017-09-05-ReleaseNotesMappingService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new HERE Map Tile Service provides access to worldwide map tiles from &lt;a href=&quot;https://here.com/en/products-services/data/here-map-data&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;HERE map data&lt;/a&gt;. You can use the map tiles in front-end applications as backgrounds for the visualization of geospatial data. This API also allows custom display options and multiple tile resources and color schemes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the HERE Map Tile Service to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Access map tiles for interactive applications&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose from many viewing schemes and display options&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Specify the location, zoom level, and resolution of map tile images&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/here-map-tiles/latest&quot;&gt;Mapping service documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Sep 05 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/heremaptileservice/latest/2017-09-05-ReleaseNotesMappingService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Point of Interest Service v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/openpoiservice/latest/2017-09-05-ReleaseNotesPoiService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new Point of Interest (POI) service offers the capability to search for nearby points of interest for any location on earth. You can use this service to quickly find cities, lakes, and public buildings by supplying longitude and latitude coordinates and a radius in meters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, you can locate all the hotels within 300 meters of Madison Square Garden in New York City by sending the request &lt;code&gt;/search?lat=40.75066&amp;amp;long=-73.99347&amp;amp;radius=300&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/openpoiservice/latest&quot;&gt;Point of Interest service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Sep 05 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/openpoiservice/latest/2017-09-05-ReleaseNotesPoiService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Transparency v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/transparency/latest/2017-09-01-ReleaseNotesTransparence.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new Transparency service allows you to fulfill requirements imposed on privacy-compliant services running on YaaS.
The service provides a report that informs data subjects about the personal data that YaaS stores about them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See the full Transparency service &lt;a href=&quot;/services/transparency/latest&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Sep 01 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/transparency/latest/2017-09-01-ReleaseNotesTransparence.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>OAuth2 v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-09-01-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) is an optional security mechanism that you can use with the Authorization Code Grant flow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to send either a plain, non-encoded string or an encoded string along with the authorization request.
The OAuth2 service verifies this string when the client attempts to exchange the authorization code for an access token.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this mechanism ensures that no third party intercepts any of the calls in the Authorization Code Grant, which could comprise the security of your implementation of this flow.
The recommended uses for the PKCE mechanism are mobile applications, as well as scenarios where the clients can&amp;#39;t store secrets in a secure manner&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Learn more:
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Read the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/oauth2/latest/#PKCE&quot;&gt;related section&lt;/a&gt; of the Authorization Code Grant documentation, part of the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/oauth2/latest/&quot;&gt;YaaS OAuth2 service documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;Read the &lt;a href=&quot;https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7636&quot;&gt;related section&lt;/a&gt; of the OAuth2 specification.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri Sep 01 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-09-01-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.17.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-08-28-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;audit-library&quot;&gt;Audit Library&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now use the newest Service SDK to comply with the requirements of personal data protection laws. This version contains a new Audit Library that integrates with the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/auditingestion/latest/&quot;&gt;Audit Ingestion service&lt;/a&gt;, which helps you manage audit data in accordance with personal data protection laws.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The library allows you to create different types of audit events and asynchronously send them to the Audit Ingestion service. It also manages retries and error handling. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here&amp;#39;s an example use of the new functionality: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs java&quot;&gt;auditServiceClient.publish(
    AuditEventBuilderFactory
        .configurationChange()
        .serviceBasePath(serviceBasePath)
        .userId(userId)
        .source(source)
        .sourceType(SourceType.ACCOUNT)
        .time(timeStamp)
        .addConfigurationChange(dataName, oldValue, value, AuditEventOperation.CHANGE)
        .objectId(objectId)
        .objectType(objectType)
        .build(), &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-keyword&quot;&gt;new&lt;/span&gt; DiagnosticContext(requestId, hop));
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Read more about the Audit Library &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#AuditLibrary&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;support-for-the-new-hybris-user-id-header&quot;&gt;Support for the new &lt;code&gt;hybris-user-id&lt;/code&gt; header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;YaasAwareTrait&lt;/code&gt; class in the Pattern Support Library now contains a constant that corresponds to the new header.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Logging Library logs the contents of MDC logging context, which the Logging Filters Library automatically fills with the value of the &lt;code&gt;hybris-user-id&lt;/code&gt; header. When you use the newest Service SDK with both libraries, they propagate the new header, just like they propagate the old &lt;code&gt;hybris-user&lt;/code&gt; header.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Service SDK still supports the old &lt;code&gt;hybris-user&lt;/code&gt; header.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;dependency-updates&quot;&gt;Dependency updates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Library versions are updated, including the Spring and Spring Boot versions &lt;code&gt;4.3.10.RELEASE&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;1.5.6.RELEASE&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. Please update the versions in your project accordingly to avoid Maven conflicts and unpredictable behavior at runtime.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An issue with using the Logging Library with Scala is resolved.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 28 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-08-28-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>HERE Map Tile Service v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/heremaptileservice/latest/2017-08-21-ReleaseNotesMappingService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new HERE Map Tile service provides access to worldwide map tiles from &lt;a href=&quot;https://here.com/en/products-services/data/here-map-data&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;HERE map data&lt;/a&gt;. You can use the map tiles in front-end applications as backgrounds for the visualization of geospatial data. This API also allows custom display options and multiple tile resources and color schemes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the HERE Map Tile service to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Access map tiles for interactive applications&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose from many viewing schemes and display options&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Specify the location, zoom level, and resolution of map tile images&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/here-map-tiles/latest&quot;&gt;HERE Map Tile service documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 21 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/heremaptileservice/latest/2017-08-21-ReleaseNotesMappingService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Identity v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/identity/latest/2017-08-17-ReleaseNotesIdentity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The newest functionality of the Identity service allows you to choose where you want to manage the scopes assigned to the users who use your solutions.
The newly introduced &lt;strong&gt;scopesGrant&lt;/strong&gt; parameter lets you can decide whether you want to manage user scopes directly in your custom identity provider, or to leave the scopes management to the Builder.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can make this decision when you create a new custom identity provider. Simply include the &lt;strong&gt;scopesGrant&lt;/strong&gt; parameter in the request body, along with the other data required to create a new custom identity provider.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;If you already created a custom identity provider, you can start using the new functionality by updating your custom identity provider configuration. Simply include the &lt;strong&gt;scopesGrant&lt;/strong&gt; parameter in the body of the PUT request you send to the &lt;code&gt;/providers/{id}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint of the Identity service.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Learn more:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To find out more about the &lt;strong&gt;scopesGrant&lt;/strong&gt; parameter and how to use it, read the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/identity/latest/#Scopesmanagement&quot;&gt;related section&lt;/a&gt; of the Identity service documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more technical details on the Identity service, see the Identity service &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.eu.yaas.io/hybris/identity/v1/api-console/&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu Aug 17 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/identity/latest/2017-08-17-ReleaseNotesIdentity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Earth Observation Analysis v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2017-08-14-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Earth Observation Analysis service now provides satellite images in PNG format. Additionally, you can download specified subsets of an image using the &lt;strong&gt;dimensionTrim&lt;/strong&gt; parameter in the &lt;code&gt;getCoverage&lt;/code&gt; call. To handle the non-georeferenced PNG image format, retrieve the coverage metadata for any coverage, even subsets, using the new WCS call, &lt;code&gt;describeCoverage&lt;/code&gt;. These enhancements are described in this release note.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;image-subsets&quot;&gt;Image subsets&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;dimensionTrim&lt;/strong&gt; parameter now extends the &lt;code&gt;getCoverage&lt;/code&gt; call to trim a coverage along latitude and longitude. This way, images become smaller in size and you can request images of interesting regions without downloading more data than necessary.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example of a subset of Key West (Florida, USA)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs nix&quot;&gt;/wcs/getCoverage?&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;coverageId=&lt;/span&gt;RGB_ESAS2_T17RMH_S2A_OPER_PRD_MSIL1C_PDMC_20161111T124314_R097_V20161110T160502_20161110T160502&amp;amp;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;dimensionTrim=&lt;/span&gt;long(-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;81.78&lt;/span&gt;,-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;81.52&lt;/span&gt;)&amp;amp;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;dimensionTrim=&lt;/span&gt;lat(&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;24.5&lt;/span&gt;,&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;24.62&lt;/span&gt;)
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;h3 id=&quot;wcs-function-call-describecoverage&quot;&gt;WCS function call &lt;code&gt;describeCoverage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use this call to describe single coverages. This call supports the same parameters that &lt;code&gt;getCoverage&lt;/code&gt; supports. Use it to handle subsets of the non-georeferenced PNG image format.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example describing a coverage subset&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs nix&quot;&gt;/wcs/describeCoverage?&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;coverageId=&lt;/span&gt;RGB_ESAS2_T17RMH_S2A_OPER_PRD_MSIL1C_PDMC_20161111T124314_R097_V20161110T160502_20161110T160502&amp;amp;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;dimensionTrim=&lt;/span&gt;long(-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;81.78&lt;/span&gt;,-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;81.52&lt;/span&gt;)&amp;amp;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;dimensionTrim=&lt;/span&gt;lat(&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;24.5&lt;/span&gt;,&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;24.62&lt;/span&gt;)
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-image-format-png&quot;&gt;New image format PNG&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Request a full image or a subset in &lt;strong&gt;PNG&lt;/strong&gt; image format with the parameter &lt;code&gt;format=image/png&lt;/code&gt;. This format allows a direct depiction in a web browser. The compression of the images is lossless to reduce web traffic without loss of precision.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Please note that PNG images are no longer georeferenced. To use these images in GIS tools, request additional reference data through the &lt;code&gt;describeCoverage&lt;/code&gt; call.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example of a subset of Key West (Florida, USA)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs nix&quot;&gt;/wcs/getCoverage?&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;coverageId=&lt;/span&gt;RGB_ESAS2_T17RMH_S2A_OPER_PRD_MSIL1C_PDMC_20161111T124314_R097_V20161110T160502_20161110T160502&amp;amp;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;dimensionTrim=&lt;/span&gt;long(-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;81.78&lt;/span&gt;,-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;81.52&lt;/span&gt;)&amp;amp;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;dimensionTrim=&lt;/span&gt;lat(&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;24.5&lt;/span&gt;,&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;24.62&lt;/span&gt;)&amp;amp;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;format=&lt;/span&gt;image/png
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;For more details about any of these updates, refer to the Tutorial section in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest&quot;&gt;Earth Observation Analysis API Documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 14 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2017-08-14-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-08-11-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;a-notification-widget-that-provides-project-level-information&quot;&gt;A notification widget that provides project-level information&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The project landing page in the Builder now features the notification widget that allows you to receive information related to your project. Notification types include:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Package updates&lt;/b&gt; - Confirm an update to a package subscription directly from the notification.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Project member management&lt;/b&gt; - Accept or decline requests from users seeking to join the project.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_70_0/project-level-notifications_new.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Organization dashboard&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Check back soon for the latest changes, improvements, and updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 11 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-08-11-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-08-10-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Publishing new documentation topics requires creating their registries. This can be difficult because of the number of available properties to include in a registry &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file, and you cannot forget about the required properties.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want to publish your content and you need to use the registry, you can find all the details in one place. Go to the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/documentationsdk/index.html#JSONSchema&quot;&gt;JSON Schema&lt;/a&gt; section of the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/documentationsdk&quot;&gt;Documentation SDK&lt;/a&gt;, and examine the sample service &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file. Also take a look at the newly created JSON schema and its description.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your feedback. Let us know how we can improve.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Aug 10 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-08-10-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>API Management v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2017-08-04-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;A new security feature is introduced in the API Management service. Using the new &lt;strong&gt;tenants&lt;/strong&gt; property you can specify the tenants
that can access your resources. You can use this property similarly to other authorization options that are already available in the Builder.&lt;br&gt;
Currently this feature is available on the API level.
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The &lt;strong&gt;tenants&lt;/strong&gt; property allows only the specified tenants to access your resources. You can set this property when you create a service, or at any time later.
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This is a sample request to the API Management service to create a new service with an authorization rule that allows only the two user-defined tenants to access the specified resources. Line breaks are added for better readability.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs scilab&quot;&gt;curl -X POST https:&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-comment&quot;&gt;//api.eu.yaas.io/hybris/api-management/projects/myProject/services \&lt;/span&gt;
-H &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;Content-type: application/json&quot;&lt;/span&gt; \
-H &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;Authorization: Bearer 0918th3-t0k3nz18eU-u09810n33d-1337eet&quot;&lt;/span&gt; \
-d &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;'{
  &quot;&lt;/span&gt;name&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;: &quot;&lt;/span&gt;myservice&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;,
  &quot;&lt;/span&gt;version&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;: &quot;&lt;/span&gt;v1&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;,
  &quot;&lt;/span&gt;state&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;: &quot;&lt;/span&gt;DRAFT&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;,
  &quot;&lt;/span&gt;sourceUrl&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;: &quot;&lt;/span&gt;https:&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-comment&quot;&gt;//my.service.com/&quot;,&lt;/span&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;authorizationRules&quot;&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-matrix&quot;&gt;[
        {
          &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;path&quot;&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;/myservice/pathiwannasecure&quot;&lt;/span&gt;,
          &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;methods&quot;&lt;/span&gt;: [&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;POST&quot;&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;DELETE&quot;&lt;/span&gt;]&lt;/span&gt;,
          &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;tenants&quot;&lt;/span&gt;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-matrix&quot;&gt;[&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;mytrustedtenant1&quot;&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;mytrustedtenant2&quot;&lt;/span&gt;]&lt;/span&gt;
        }
    ]
}&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;'&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;

&lt;p&gt;As result, the newly created service allows only the &lt;code&gt;mytrustedtenant1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mytrustedtenant2&lt;/code&gt; tenants to access the resources located under the &lt;code&gt;/myservice/pathiwannasecure&lt;/code&gt; path.
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you want to use the &lt;strong&gt;tenants&lt;/strong&gt; property and create a new authorization rule for a service that already exists, send a PUT request to the &lt;code&gt;projects/{projectID}/services/{serviceID}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint of the API Management service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;
Learn more:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Read about the authorization rules in the &lt;a href=&quot;/overview/security/index.html#SecureaService&quot;&gt;related section&lt;/a&gt; of the YaaS Security documentation in the Dev Portal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the API Management service, see the related &lt;a href=&quot;/services/beta/apimanagement/latest/&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.eu.yaas.io/hybris/api-management/v1/api-console/&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 04 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2017-08-04-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>RAML Patterns 2.0.3</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2017-07-27-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;yaasAware&lt;/strong&gt; trait now reflects the new &lt;strong&gt;hybris-user-id&lt;/strong&gt; Hybris-specific header. Additionally, the &lt;strong&gt;hybris-user&lt;/strong&gt; header is now deprecated.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/apibestpractices/index.html#HybrisHeaders&quot;&gt;Hybris-specific headers&lt;/a&gt; documentation for more information about these headers.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jul 27 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2017-07-27-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-07-21-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Due to feedback from the community, the filtering functionality in the &lt;strong&gt;API Docs&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Release notes&lt;/strong&gt; sections of the Dev Portal is extended.
Before now, you could not share a link to filtered &lt;strong&gt;API Docs&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Release notes&lt;/strong&gt; pages. For example, if you tried link to a filtered &lt;strong&gt;API Docs&lt;/strong&gt; page showing only services with &amp;quot;cart&amp;quot; in the name, the link would show the full, unfiltered page.
Now the URL in the address bar adjusts to contain the information you enter in the &lt;strong&gt;Filter by keyword&lt;/strong&gt; field, so it is really easy to share specific content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is an example of a URL with filters specified:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/address_bar.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Address bar with query params&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is an example of a filtered &lt;strong&gt;API Docs&lt;/strong&gt; page:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/filtered_by_account.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Filtered API Docs&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your comments are very valuable. Use the feedback icon to submit feedback.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 21 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-07-21-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-07-21-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-widgets-for-the-organization-dashboard&quot;&gt;New widgets for the organization dashboard&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;New widgets have been added to the Builder.  You can add them to the organization dashboard. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;My account&lt;/b&gt; - Easily access your account information with this widget.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Last available bill&lt;/b&gt; - View your most recent invoice. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Accumulated cost for current month&lt;/b&gt; - See how much your organization has accumulated in YaaS costs for the current month.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Whole organization cost per month&lt;/b&gt; - A historical chart displays monthly costs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_69_0/widgets.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Organization dashboard&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Check back soon for the latest changes, improvements, and updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 21 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-07-21-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>PubSub Builder module v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/pubsubbuildermodule/2017-07-14-PubSubBuilderModuleReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;manage-pubsub-topics-and-subscriptions-more-easily&quot;&gt;Manage PubSub topics and subscriptions more easily&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now manage your PubSub topics and push subscriptions directly in the Builder without making direct REST API calls.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The PubSub Builder module is available through a subscription to the &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; package in the YaaS Market.
After you subscribe to the &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; package, you can manage PubSub topics and push subscriptions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To manage topics&lt;/strong&gt;
In the Builder, select your project and click &lt;strong&gt;PubSub&lt;/strong&gt;. On the &lt;strong&gt;Topics&lt;/strong&gt; tab you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;+ TOPIC&lt;/strong&gt; to create a new topic.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;DELETE&lt;/strong&gt; to delete an existing topic.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To manage subscriptions&lt;/strong&gt;
In the Builder, select your project and click &lt;strong&gt;PubSub&lt;/strong&gt;. On the &lt;strong&gt;Subscriptions&lt;/strong&gt; tab you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;+ SUBSCRIPTION&lt;/strong&gt; to create a new PubSub push subscription.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;DELETE&lt;/strong&gt; to delete an existing subscription.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;PING&lt;/strong&gt; to verify whether a subscription endpoint is accessible.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; to modify a subscription.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new Builder module makes PubSub much easier to use.
&lt;br/&gt;If you have any questions or feedback, please use one of the Feedback icons or links in the Dev Portal or the Builder.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 14 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/pubsubbuildermodule/2017-07-14-PubSubBuilderModuleReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Deletion v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/deletion/latest/2017-07-11-ReleaseNotesDeletion.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new Deletion service allows you to delete all  <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='Any data that can lead to the identification of an individual, such as a cultural or economic identity.'>personal data</span> for a specified subject throughout all data privacy-compliant services with just one request.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To comply with data privacy regulations, the Deletion service stores information about the location of personal data throughout the YaaS services and propagates deletion requests to each service. In response, the services send their deletion statuses directly to the Deletion service, which allows you to see the statuses from all services in a single place.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To request the deletion of personal data, supply the <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='An entity identified by object type and object ID. Supported types are `yaas-account` and `caas-customer`.'>subject</span>&amp;#39;s ID and type. Use the deletion ID and link provided in the response to perform a GET request to check the status of the deletion process from all services.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See the full Deletion service &lt;a href=&quot;/services/deletion/latest&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that a deletion request does not delete data immediately. If the specified data is subject to a transaction then data deletion is not possible. If the specific data is subject to a retention policy, the system deletes it only after retention period ends.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can check all of the details for any request in the &lt;strong&gt;services&lt;/strong&gt; array of the response, which can contain the following statuses:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;no-data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;can-delete&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;transaction-in-progress&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;blocked&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;deleted&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;Considerations&quot;&gt;Considerations&lt;/a&gt; section of the documentation to learn more about the Deletion service events and the possible responses.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jul 11 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/deletion/latest/2017-07-11-ReleaseNotesDeletion.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Account v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/account/latest/2017-07-05-ReleaseNotesAccount.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;the-account-v2-service-is-released&quot;&gt;The Account v2 service is released&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;YaaS is all about simplicity and productivity, and the Account service is one of the building blocks of the YaaS ecosystem. When you create an SCI account and sign in to YaaS for the first time, you find a user-friendly experience. The platform gives different options that allow you to be productive right away.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The new version of the Account service provides an API so you can quickly locate and work in the appropriate organizations or projects.&lt;/br&gt;
YaaS users can request to join an organization after the owner uses the service&amp;#39;s new functionality and marks the project or organization as public. This allows people to quickly find their place in YaaS, join their groups right away, and not lose any time.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The owner of a project or organization can invite users to YaaS. The invitation email gives new YaaS users the opportunity to create a secure and convenient SAP Cloud Identity account, ensuring that they sign in to YaaS using the most secure way. Since collaboration is one of the keys to success, invite your colleagues!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;the-account-v2-doesn-t-leave-anyone-behind&quot;&gt;The Account v2 doesn&amp;#39;t leave anyone behind&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you still use your legacy YaaS account, you have the option to grant your roles to a new SCI account. To initiate the process, click &lt;strong&gt;Grant Roles to Alternate Account&lt;/strong&gt; in your Builder account settings. This quick, simple, and secure process allows you to get the most out of YaaS and SAP Cloud Identity. Single sign-on allows you to use one account across SAP applications, and two-factor authentication provides increased security.&lt;/br&gt;
Read more about granting roles to alternate accounts in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/account/latest/#GrantRolestoanAlternateAccount&quot;&gt;related section&lt;/a&gt; of the Account v2 service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;what-about-the-previous-version-of-the-account-service-&quot;&gt;What about the previous version of the Account service?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don&amp;#39;t worry, Account v1 is not going away.&lt;/br&gt;
The Account v1 service still handles basic tasks such as creating projects and organizations, and managing roles within projects and organizations. Account v2 allows you to send join requests to projects and organizations, create SCI-enabled invitations to projects and organizations, and grant roles from legacy YaaS accounts to new SCI accounts.&lt;/br&gt;
The features of Account v2 are currently available only on the API level, and will be implemented in the Builder in the near future. Keep an eye out for more news and updates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;
For more technical details, see the Account v2 service&amp;#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/account/v2/api-console&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 05 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/account/latest/2017-07-05-ReleaseNotesAccount.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-07-04-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A dashboard on the organization level&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A view to manage all of your bookmarks across organizations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Simplified project selection for new users&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;a-dashboard-on-the-organization-level&quot;&gt;A dashboard on the organization level&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new dashboard for organizations provides a central location to view primary bits of data pertaining to your organization. The dashboard features widgets that each display different data. View information such as active projects, project costs, and organization members.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/org_dsh.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Organization dashboard&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;a-view-to-manage-all-of-your-bookmarks-across-organizations&quot;&gt;A view to manage all of your bookmarks across organizations&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bookmark management is now easier thanks to a new management page. Manage your bookmarks across organizations. Edit or delete individual bookmarks. Drag and drop bookmarks between categories that you create. Delete entire groups of bookmarks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/bookmarks_page.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Bookmark management page&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;simplified-project-selection-for-new-users&quot;&gt;Simplified project selection for new users&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In previous versions of the Builder, new users had to manually search for available projects to join. Enhanced organization visibility settings now make it easier for new users to locate and join projects after their initial login. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The organization owner sets up the organization to be visible to new users.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/commercial_org_project.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Organization owner setup&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When the user logs in, the system recognizes the domain name of the user&amp;#39;s email address and suggests organizations based on that domain name. Then, the user can select an organization and request to join a specific project belonging one of the suggested organizations.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/prj_select_1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Simplified project location&quot;&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/prj_select_2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Simplified project location&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/prj_select_3.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Simplified project location&quot;&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/prj_select_4.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Simplified project location&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_68_0/prj_select_5.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Simplified project location&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Check back soon for the latest changes, improvements, and updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jul 04 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-07-04-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.16.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-07-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;To save processing time, you can now enable caching of rewritten RAML. To do so, add an expiry
interval, in seconds, to your &lt;code&gt;RamlRewriterFilter&lt;/code&gt; configuration in the &lt;strong&gt;web.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs livecodeserver&quot;&gt;    &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
        &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;-name&amp;gt;ramlRewriterFilter&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;-name&amp;gt;
        &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;-class&amp;gt;com.sap.cloud.yaas.servicesdk.ramlrewriter.&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;.RamlRewriterFilter&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;-class&amp;gt;
        &amp;lt;init-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;param&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
            &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;param&lt;/span&gt;-name&amp;gt;expireAfterSeconds&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;param&lt;/span&gt;-name&amp;gt;
            &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;param&lt;/span&gt;-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;value&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;1800&lt;/span&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;param&lt;/span&gt;-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;value&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
        &amp;lt;/init-&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;param&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
    &amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-built_in&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;For details, see &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html##RAMLRewriter-the-ramlrewriterfilter&quot;&gt;The RamlRewriterFilter&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;support-for-unencoded-slash-in-uri-parameter-in-rammler&quot;&gt;Support for unencoded slash in URI parameter in Rammler&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To use unencoded slashes in URI parameters, call a different constructor of the generated Rammler client, providing &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; as the value for the parameter &lt;code&gt;encodeSlashInPath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jul 04 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-07-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>PubSub v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2017-06-30-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Allow the hyphen character (&lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;) in the username of the Basic Authentication for Push Subscriptions&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The &lt;b&gt;username&lt;/b&gt; for Basic Authentication in the Push Subscriptions now allows the &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; character.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;For more details, see the PubSub RAML contract, specifically the JSON schema for the &lt;code&gt;/topics/{topicOwnerClient}/{eventType}/subscriptions&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;/topics/{topicOwnerClient}/{eventType}/subscriptions/{name}&lt;/code&gt; resource in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/pubsub/latest/apiconsole.html&quot;&gt;PubSub API console&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;This change in the PubSub contract is backward-compatible, so existing clients are not affected by this new functionality.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jun 30 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2017-06-30-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Identity v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/identity/latest/2017-06-29-ReleaseNotesIdentity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Identity service is a new addition to YaaS that allows you to create and register custom identity providers for your projects and organizations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By creating and registering custom identity providers, you can enable your customers to access your organization&amp;#39;s resources in YaaS without the need to create new accounts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Identity service allows you to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Get the technical information required to establish a successful connection between your custom identity provider and the YaaS OAuth2 service.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Register your custom identity provider and obtain its identifier.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage the custom identity providers registered for your organization. You can fetch the list of all providers available for your organization, update the configuration of an already existing custom identity provider or delete a custom identity provider registered for your organization.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can use the custom identity providers you create and register with the Identity service, using the Authorization Code Grant and the Implicit Grant authorization flows available in YaaS.&lt;/br&gt;
To use your custom identity provider, pass the generated custom identity provider ID as the value of the &lt;code&gt;hybris_id_provider&lt;/code&gt; parameter in your requests to the OAuth2 service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;The described functionality of the Identity service is currently available only on the API level, and will be implemented in the Builder in the near future. Keep an eye out for more news and updates.&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Learn more:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the Identity service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/identity/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Identity service documentation&lt;/a&gt; in the Dev Portal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For technical details, see the Identity service &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.eu.yaas.io/hybris/identity/v1/api-console/&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the authorization flows available in YaaS, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/oauth2/latest/index.html#Grants&quot;&gt;Grants&lt;/a&gt; section of the OAuth2 service documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu Jun 29 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/identity/latest/2017-06-29-ReleaseNotesIdentity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>OAuth2 v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-06-23-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Single sign on allows you to use multiple applications and access different resources by signing in just once and gives the users the most seamless, easiest, and modern way to use your solutions. This functionality is now available in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/oauth2/latest/#AuthorizationCodeGrant&quot;&gt;Authorization Code Grant&lt;/a&gt; flow.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;To use the single sign on, you need an &lt;strong&gt;id_token&lt;/strong&gt;, which provides the identity of the user and/or resource owner. To get it in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/oauth2/latest/#AuthorizationCodeGrant&quot;&gt;Authorization Code Grant&lt;/a&gt; flow, you need to include the &lt;code&gt;openid&lt;/code&gt; scope in the list of scopes included in your request to the OAuth2 service. After the client successfully exchanges the authorization code for an access token, you get the &lt;strong&gt;id_token&lt;/strong&gt; value in the response body.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Pass the &lt;strong&gt;id_token&lt;/strong&gt; in subsequent requests to the OAuth2 service to get access tokens for different tenants without interrupting the user experience with additional authentication screens.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To find out more about the single sign on:
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Read the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/oauth2/latest/#SingleSign-On&quot;&gt;related section&lt;/a&gt; of the OAuth2 service documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;See the OAuth2 service&amp;#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/oauth2/v1/api-console/&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt;, paying special attention to the &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/oauth2/v1/api-console/##authorize&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;/authorize&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;endpoint.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri Jun 23 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-06-23-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.15.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-06-22-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;multiple-values-and-new-fields-available-for-the-metric-logging-pattern&quot;&gt;Multiple values and new fields available for the metric logging pattern&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The metric part of the logging schema is adjusted according to updated YaaS requirements. It is recommended that you now log multiple values for a metric log entry with the support of the utility methods. There are also several new fields in the metric log schema, automatically filled in when available and when you use the Service SDK&amp;#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#LoggingFilters&quot;&gt;Logging filters&lt;/a&gt;.
Check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/img/schema-log.json&quot;&gt;logging schema&lt;/a&gt; for all the changes and the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#Logging-logging-metrics&quot;&gt;logging documentation&lt;/a&gt; for more information on how to log metrics using the Service SDK.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;error-message-servlet&quot;&gt;Error Message Servlet&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Have you ever thought of securing your Web Service against information leakage on uncaught exceptions? If you have not secured your service yet, you might find the new Servlet Support utility useful: &lt;strong&gt;Error Message Servlet&lt;/strong&gt;. Simply add it to your &lt;strong&gt;web.xml&lt;/strong&gt; and enjoy nicely formatted, unified error responses on unexpected errors, always following the &lt;a href=&quot;https://pattern.yaas.io/v1/schema-error-message.json&quot;&gt;YaaS Error Message Schema&lt;/a&gt;. This utility is Jackson- and Jersey-independent. Refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#ServletSupport-error-message-servlet&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for more instructions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are using the Service SDK Spring Boot starter library, you are already using the feature!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issue&quot;&gt;Resolved issue&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An issue in the Jersey archetype caused failures when accessing the injected Jersey Context.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jun 22 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-06-22-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-06-22-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-optimistic-locking-feature-and-personalized-customer-emails&quot;&gt;New optimistic locking feature and personalized customer emails&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The features available with this update of the Customer service include optimistic locking in support of updates, as well as the ability to add customer information variables to email templates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;optimistic-locking-for-customer-updates&quot;&gt;Optimistic locking for customer updates&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All new customers automatically receive a version ID for use in further updates. During customer updates, the version ID supports optimistic locking. This way, changes of the update have no effect on the latest version of the Customer service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;customer-information-in-the-email-templates&quot;&gt;Customer information in the email templates&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use customer data, such as sign-in email, &lt;b&gt;firstName&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;lastName&lt;/b&gt;, or &lt;b&gt;contactEmail&lt;/b&gt; to send personal emails to your customers. For example, you can add the customer’s first and last names to the address line of the email by inserting the following code:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;code&gt;${tools.esc.html(${d.customer.firstName})} ${tools.esc.html(${d.customer.lastName})}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For a detailed list of available attributes, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/eu/customer/latest/#Details&quot;&gt;Customer service documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jun 22 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-06-22-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Velocity Template v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/velocitytemplate/latest/2017-06-21-VelocityTemplate-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;validation-of-uploaded-template-variants&quot;&gt;Validation of uploaded template variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The service now automatically validates the content of the variants you upload. This ensures that all stored template variants are valid and that Velocity language syntax errors are detected as early as possible. You do not need to take any action to begin benefiting from this improvement.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jun 21 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/velocitytemplate/latest/2017-06-21-VelocityTemplate-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-06-13-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Media service allows you to upload a file with its original file name.
The system returns the file name and the file together, therefore the browser
can save your file with the original file name.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To store the name of your media file, provide the file name in
the &lt;code&gt;Content-Disposition&lt;/code&gt; header when uploading a file content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Method&lt;/strong&gt;: PUT&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Request URL&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;code&gt;https://s3.amazonaws.com/sap.yaas.us.stage.media.temp/507f191e810c19729de860ea?x-amz-security-token=AQoDYXdz...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Headers&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content-Disposition&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;code&gt;attachment; filename=&amp;quot;filename.jpeg&amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you retrieve your media file, the system returns the &lt;code&gt;Content-Disposition&lt;/code&gt; header along with the response from the Media service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To learn more, see the &lt;a href=&quot;#Managemedia&quot;&gt;Manage media&lt;/a&gt; tutorial of the Media service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jun 13 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-06-13-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-06-13-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;the-project-dashboard-is-available-by-default&quot;&gt;The project dashboard is available by default&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The project dashboard, previously hidden behind a feature toggle, is now openly available for easy access and oversight of project-related information. Widgets display the information. Examples of the data displayed include the number of project members, project user roles, and subscriptions used in the project.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_67_0/1_prj_landing.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;The project dashboard&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jun 13 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-06-13-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-06-08-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Now, the GET requests on the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/indexes/{type}/{name}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/indexes/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoints return new response bodies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This change was announced in &lt;a href=&quot;/rn/services/document/latest/2016-12-22-ReleaseNotesDocument.html&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;
release note and provides the response format that meets the highest standards of consistency between different types of requests.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Responses for GET requests, such as requests to the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/indexes/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, look similar to the example shown:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs undefined&quot;&gt;
  {
    &quot;keys&quot; : {
      &quot;$text&quot; : true,
      &quot;name&quot; : 1,
      &quot;code&quot; : -1
    },
    &quot;options&quot; : {
      &quot;name&quot; : &quot;indexName&quot;,
      &quot;unique&quot; : true,
      &quot;sparse&quot; : true,
      &quot;weights&quot; : {
        &quot;$all&quot; : 1,
        &quot;title&quot; : 5,
        &quot;description&quot; : 3
      },
      &quot;default_language&quot; : &quot;english&quot;
    }
  },
    ...
]
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To learn more, refer to the latest API console &lt;a href=&quot;/services/us/document/latest/apiconsole.html&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jun 08 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-06-08-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Knowledge Hub</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170607-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Headings in the Knowledge Hub panel notes have a new, adjusted font size. Thanks to the bigger font size, the headings stand out from the panel note content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is how headings in panel notes look now:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/knowledgehubPanelNote.png&quot; style=&quot;width: 1000px;&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;New panel notes font size for Headings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/knowledgehubFindOutMore.png&quot; style=&quot;width: 1000px;&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;New panel notes font size for Headings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is appreciated. Keep sharing your suggestions for improvement.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jun 07 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170607-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-06-06-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Document service now supports a new location for JSON schemas and RAML patterns, &lt;code&gt;pattern.yaas.io&lt;/code&gt;, which is a region-independent URL.
For now, backward compatibility ensures that you can still reach the pattern at the old URL, &lt;code&gt;api.yaas.io/patterns&lt;/code&gt;, as long as that domain remains supported.
However, use the new domain whenever possible to ensure that you are using the latest version of the RAML patterns.
Refer to &lt;a href=&quot;https://pattern.yaas.io/&quot;&gt;https://pattern.yaas.io/&lt;/a&gt; to see the latest pattern versions, or check within the documentation of your pattern to verify that it is not marked as deprecated.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To learn more, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/blog/post/592e7c699e1d320014fe1d1d&quot;&gt;New domain for RAML Patterns at pattern.yaas.io&lt;/a&gt; blog post.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jun 06 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-06-06-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document Backup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/documentbackup/latest/2017-06-02-ReleaseNotesDocumentBackup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-features&quot;&gt;New features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Going forward, you do not have to provide storage space for all your backups. The Document Backup service provides cloud-based storage for all your backups. The service conveniently allows you to list all your client&amp;#39;s backups, and to check the details of the backups.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;backup-to-the-cloud&quot;&gt;Backup to the cloud&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To back up your Document service data to the cloud, perform a POST request on the &lt;code&gt;/backup-jobs&lt;/code&gt; endpoint.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h5 id=&quot;request-with-a-body&quot;&gt;Request with a body&lt;/h5&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can set:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;include - specifies all of the tenants you want to back up. The default value for this field is &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;exclude - specifies the tenants which you do not want to back up. The default value for this field is  &lt;code&gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt;, an empty string.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;skipIndexes - omits indexes from the backup. The default value of this field is &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;tenants&lt;/span&gt;&quot; :            
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;{
            &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;include&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;marketplace, toad&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
            &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;exclude&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;marketdemo&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;/span&gt;}&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;skipIndexes&lt;/span&gt;&quot;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-literal&quot;&gt;true&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;h5 id=&quot;request-without-a-body&quot;&gt;Request without a body&lt;/h5&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you submit a backup request without a body, the system backs up the data and indexes for all the client&amp;#39;s tenants.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;restore-from-the-cloud&quot;&gt;Restore from the cloud&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To restore your data from a backup stored in the cloud, perform a POST request on the &lt;code&gt;/restore-jobs&lt;/code&gt; endpoint.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h5 id=&quot;request-with-a-body&quot;&gt;Request with a body&lt;/h5&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can set:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;backupId - restores the data from a particular backup. When the &lt;code&gt;backupId&lt;/code&gt; is not specified, the restore operation is performed from the last available backup.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;include - specifies all of the tenants to restore the data for. The default value for this field is &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;exclude - specifies all tenants you do not want to restore. The default value for this field is &lt;code&gt;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt;, an empty string.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;skipIndexes - omits indexes from the restore. The default value of this field is &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;backupId&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;591e953004e824001629cf26&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;tenants&lt;/span&gt;&quot; :            
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;{
            &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;include&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;marketplace, toad&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
            &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;exclude&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;marketdemo&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;/span&gt;}&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;skipIndexes&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-literal&quot;&gt;true&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;h5 id=&quot;request-without-a-body&quot;&gt;Request without a body&lt;/h5&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you submit a restore request without a body, the system restores the data and indexes from the latest backup, for all the client&amp;#39;s tenants.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;list-your-backups&quot;&gt;List your backups&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To list all backups stored for your client, perform a GET request on the &lt;code&gt;/backups/&lt;/code&gt; endpoint.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;check-the-details-of-a-backup&quot;&gt;Check the details of a backup&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To view the details, such as the completion date or a list of backed up tenants, of a backup, perform a GET request on the &lt;code&gt;/backups/{id}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For all the technical details, see the &lt;a href=&quot;#Backuptothecloud&quot;&gt;Back up to the cloud&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;Restorefromthecloud&quot;&gt;Restore from the cloud&lt;/a&gt; sections of the Document Backup service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-scopes&quot;&gt;New scopes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To ensure the highest standards of security and data protection, the Document Backup service requires new scopes when you call its endpoints.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;The &lt;code&gt;/data/{tenant}/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint is not affected by the introduction of new scopes and does not require any scope. &lt;/div&gt;

&lt;p&gt;From now on use the:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.document-backup_view&lt;/strong&gt; scope for all GET requests&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.document-backup_manage&lt;/strong&gt; scope for DELETE operations on the &lt;code&gt;/backups/{id}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.document-backup_backup&lt;/strong&gt; scope for POST requests on the &lt;code&gt;/backup-jobs&lt;/code&gt; endpoint&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.document-backup_restore&lt;/strong&gt; scope for POST requests on the &lt;code&gt;/restore-jobs&lt;/code&gt; endpoint&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jun 02 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/documentbackup/latest/2017-06-02-ReleaseNotesDocumentBackup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-06-02-ReleasNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;sorting-your-media-results-now-possible&quot;&gt;Sorting your media results now possible&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From now on, when you list multiple media files from the Media service, you can sort your results by Content-Type and/or metadata attributes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;meet-the-sort-query-parameter&quot;&gt;Meet the sort query parameter&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To sort your results, set the &lt;strong&gt;sort&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;Content-Type&lt;/code&gt; to sort by the type of media files you list&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;{key_name}&lt;/code&gt; to sort by the metadata attribute&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Specify the sort order by providing the &lt;code&gt;asc&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;desc&lt;/code&gt; value after the colon. The default sort order is ascending.
See the examples that follow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To combine multiple sort parameters, separate them with a comma.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;examples&quot;&gt;Examples&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;sort-by-content-type-in-descending-order&quot;&gt;Sort by Content-Type in descending order&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;?sort=Content-Type:desc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;sort-by-metadata-attribute-in-ascending-order&quot;&gt;Sort by metadata attribute in ascending order&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;?sort={key_name}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;sort-by-multiple-metadata-attributes&quot;&gt;Sort by multiple metadata attributes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;?sort={key_name_1}:desc,{key_name_2}:asc,Content-Type:desc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;sort-by-both-content-type-and-metadata-attributes&quot;&gt;Sort by both Content-Type and metadata attributes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;?sort={key_name_1},{key_name_2}:desc,Content-Type:desc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jun 02 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-06-02-ReleasNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.14.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-06-01-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-domain-for-raml-patterns&quot;&gt;New domain for RAML Patterns&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The RAML Patterns are now available on &lt;strong&gt;pattern.yaas.io&lt;/strong&gt;, a new region-independent URL. Established customers can continue to use &lt;strong&gt;api.yaas.io/patterns&lt;/strong&gt; for the foreseeable future. Always use the latest version of the RAML patterns. Refer to &lt;a href=&quot;https://pattern.yaas.io/&quot;&gt;https://pattern.yaas.io/&lt;/a&gt; to see the latest pattern versions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;client-generation-on-demand&quot;&gt;Client Generation on demand&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As there was demand for more Client Generation flexibility we have added examples and explanations on how to build clients on demand.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jun 01 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-06-01-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Knowledge Hub</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170531-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;You can now open images in Knowledge Hub articles in a modal window. All pictures with &lt;strong&gt;img-click-modal&lt;/strong&gt; class are clickable and, after clicking, display in the same way as images in the Dev Portal. Click an image to instantly open it in a modal dialog.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See the following example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/modal.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Good old modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is appreciated. Keep sharing your suggestions for improvement.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed May 31 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170531-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-05-30-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Content displayed in the Dev Portal and the Knowledge Hub now appears in frames.
By default, a narrow frame appears around each image and graph. See the following examples.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is how a frame around an image in the &lt;strong&gt;Knowledge Hub&lt;/strong&gt; looks:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/knowledgehub_images_frame.png&quot; style=&quot;width: 1000px;&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Frame around images in Knowledge Hub&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is how a frame around a graph in the &lt;strong&gt;Dev Portal&lt;/strong&gt; looks:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/devportal_graphs_frame.png&quot; style=&quot;width: 600px;&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Frame around graphs in Dev Portal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your feedback is very important and valuable, so thank you and keep it up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 30 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-05-30-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-05-29-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Due to feedback from the community, we extended the API filtering search engine.
Before now, you could only filter services by keywords, markets, or packages. Now you can also search services, using a &lt;strong&gt;Service Url&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is an example of a &lt;strong&gt;Service Url&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/service_url.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Service Url&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is an example of a &lt;strong&gt;Service URL&lt;/strong&gt; search:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/search_by_service_url.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Search by Service Url&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your comments are very valuable. Use the feedback icon to submit feedback.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 29 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-05-29-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Velocity Template v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/velocitytemplate/latest/2017-05-26-VelocityTemplate-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;render-templates-using-a-locale&quot;&gt;Render templates using a locale&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now specify a locale in the request to render a template. The locale is used to initialize the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/velocitytemplate/latest/#UsingVelocityTemplates-variables-available-in-velocity-templates&quot;&gt;Velocity Tools&lt;/a&gt;, which support internationalization. For example, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://velocity.apache.org/tools/devel/javadoc/org/apache/velocity/tools/generic/NumberTool.html&quot;&gt;NumberTool&lt;/a&gt; to format a price as a currency, taking the passed-in locale into account, or you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://velocity.apache.org/tools/devel/javadoc/org/apache/velocity/tools/generic/DateTool.html&quot;&gt;DateTool&lt;/a&gt; to display a date in a locale-specific format. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can read more about how to use the Velocity Tools in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/velocitytemplate/latest/#Detail&quot;&gt;Velocity Template service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri May 26 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/velocitytemplate/latest/2017-05-26-VelocityTemplate-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>OAuth2 v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-05-26-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;From now on, the &lt;code&gt;/end_session&lt;/code&gt; endpoint of the OAuth2 service verifies the post-logout redirect URIs. URIs have to be pre-registered for the client which you use to call the endpoint.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
When you call the &lt;code&gt;/end_session&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, the OAuth2 service expects to receive a post-logout redirect URI in the query string.&lt;/br&gt;
If you register only one redirect URI for the client, the OAuth2 service, by default, uses it as the post-logout redirect URI.&lt;/br&gt;
However, if you register multiple redirect URIs for your client, you must include the &lt;strong&gt;post_logout_redirect_uri&lt;/strong&gt; parameter in the query string to avoid a &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt; error response.&lt;/br&gt;
Additionally, you must pass the query parameter if the client has no registered redirect URIs. If you do not, the OAuth2 service stops the flow and returns a &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt; error.&lt;/br&gt;
Furthermore, if you pass an unregistered URI in the query string, the OAuth2 stops the flow and returns a &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt; error.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;It is recommended that you pass the &lt;strong&gt;post_logout_redirect_uri&lt;/strong&gt; parameter in all of your requests. This helps to prevent any situation where your code stops functioning because you registered an additional redirect URI for your client.&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;p&gt;
Find out more:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the &lt;code&gt;/end_session&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, see the OAuth2 service&amp;#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;/services/beta/oauth2/latest/#end_session&quot;&gt;API reference&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the post-logout redirect URIs, see the related &lt;a href=&quot;/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2017-05-26-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html&quot;&gt;release notes&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri May 26 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-05-26-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>API Management v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2017-05-26-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Now you can define trusted post-logout URIs that the client can use when calling the &lt;code&gt;/end_session&lt;/code&gt; endpoint of the OAuth2 service.
To use the OAuth2 &lt;code&gt;/end_session&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, define at least one post-logout redirect URI for the client that calls it.
&lt;/br&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;
For existing clients, define the &lt;strong&gt;postLogoutRedirectUris&lt;/strong&gt; parameter by sending a PUT request to the &lt;code&gt;/projects/{projectID}/clients/{identifier}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/br&gt;
You can also define the &lt;strong&gt;postLogoutRedirectUris&lt;/strong&gt; parameter when when you create new clients using the &lt;code&gt;/projects/{projectID}/clients&lt;/code&gt; endpoint.
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;This feature is not available in the Builder, which means that you can only set the post-logout redirect URIs directly in the API.&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Find out more:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;For more information about the post-logout redirect URIs, see the API-Management service&amp;#39;s &lt;a href=&quot;/services/beta/apimanagement/latest/#ApiReference&quot;&gt;api reference&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For more information about the &lt;code&gt;/end_session&lt;/code&gt; endpoint and how it verifies the post-logout URIs you set for your clients, see the related &lt;a href=&quot;/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-05-26-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html&quot;&gt;these&lt;/a&gt; release notes.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri May 26 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2017-05-26-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Email v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/email/latest/2017-05-26-Email-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;send-emails-with-templates-using-a-locale&quot;&gt;Send emails with templates using a locale&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now specify a locale when sending an email that uses a template. The locale transmits to the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/velocitytemplate/latest/&quot;&gt;Velocity Template service&lt;/a&gt;, which uses it for rendering. The locale is used mainly to initialize the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/velocitytemplate/latest/#UsingVelocityTemplates-variables-available-in-velocity-templates&quot;&gt;Velocity Tools&lt;/a&gt;, which support internationalization.
You can read more about how to use the Velocity Tools in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/velocitytemplate/latest/#Detail&quot;&gt;Velocity Template service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri May 26 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/email/latest/2017-05-26-Email-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Events v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/events/latest/2017-05-18-ReleaseNotesEvents.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;The Events service is scheduled for shut down on May 17th, 2018&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Currently, YaaS offers two services with similar functionality:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/services/pubsub/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;PubSub&lt;/a&gt; service is part of the the &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; package. It offers the complete set of PubSub APIs to publish and consume events.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/services/events/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Events&lt;/a&gt; service does not require a package subscription and offers a subset of the PubSub APIs to consume events, through both pull and push operations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Over time, it became apparent that the naming similarity between the &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; package and the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/events/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Events&lt;/a&gt; service is confusing. To avoid this confusion, the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/events/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Events&lt;/a&gt; service is scheduled for deprecation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Migrate to the PubSub service&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To use the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/pubsub/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;PubSub&lt;/a&gt; service instead of the Events service, replace &lt;code&gt;/events&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;/pubsub&lt;/code&gt; in all API calls. All topics and Push subscriptions are still available. Everything will continue to work as expected.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A subscription to the &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; package is &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; required. All APIs available in the Events service are also available in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/pubsub/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;PubSub&lt;/a&gt; service without a subscription.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you use the YaaS Service SDK client generator, update it to to use the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/pubsub/v1/api.raml&quot;&gt;PubSub RAML&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel warning&quot;&gt;The Events service will not be available after May 17th, 2018.&lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu May 18 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/events/latest/2017-05-18-ReleaseNotesEvents.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-05-18-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cross-organizational bookmarks&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Default project avatars&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;cross-organizational-bookmarks&quot;&gt;Cross-organizational bookmarks&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The initial implementation of organzational bookmarks required the user to be within an organization in order to see bookmarks pointing to pages belonging to that organization. With this update, this functionality is enhanced to allow you to access bookmarks of organizations outside of the one you are currently viewing. 
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_66_0/cross_org_bkmrk.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Cross-organizational bookmarks&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;default-project-avatars&quot;&gt;Default project avatars&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have not assigned an avatar to your project, the system will automatically assign one to it. This assignment lends a more complete aesthetic to the page.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_66_0/default_prj_img.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Default project avatars&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_66_0/default_prj_img_2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Default project avatars&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu May 18 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-05-18-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>OAuth2 v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-05-15-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The functionality of the Authorization Code Grant authorization flow is now improved with support for &lt;strong&gt;refresh tokens&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Refresh tokens are long-lasting credentials which you can use to fetch additional access tokens. Unlike access tokens, refresh tokens do not expire until you revoke them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To allow the management of tokens, the &lt;code&gt;/revoke&lt;/code&gt; endpoint now enables you to revoke multiple tokens in a single request. Using this endpoint enables you to revoke refresh tokens and access tokens.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additionally, the &lt;code&gt;/refreshtokens&lt;/code&gt; endpoint now enables you to delete numerous refresh tokens by posting a single request. Additionally, you can filter the refresh tokens by the client for which they are issued.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Learn more about the refresh tokens:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Read the &lt;a href=&quot;https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.5&quot;&gt;OAuth2 specification&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;li&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/eu/oauth2/latest/#Tokens&quot;&gt;Tokens&lt;/a&gt; section of OAuth2 service documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Read the OAuth2 service &lt;a href=&quot;/services/eu/oauth2/latest/#ApiReference&quot;&gt;API console&lt;/a&gt; for more detailed information on how to use the &lt;code&gt;/refreshtokens&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;/revoke&lt;/code&gt; endpoints.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Mon May 15 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-05-15-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Hybris Marketing Consolidation Enricher v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/webinteractionconsolidationenricher/latest/2017-06-28-ReleaseNotesHybrisMarketingConsolidationEnricher.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
The Web Interaction Consolidation Enricher is now called the Hybris Marketing Consolidation Enricher.

The Hybris Marketing Consolidation Enricher consolidates all of a user's non-e-commerce and e-commerce interactions per session. The Consolidation Enricher reads the configurations defined in the Profile Services for Marketing Configuration service to:  

* update default values for fields such as **digitalAssetSystem** and **sourceSystemType**.  
* filter contacts based on the interest affinity.

&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;The Hybris Marketing Consolidation Enricher only consolidates data from the SAP Hybris Profile when the website is configured with **Profile Tag**. Update to the latest version of the Profile Core Services package to make use of **Profile Tag**. &lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri May 12 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/webinteractionconsolidationenricher/latest/2017-06-28-ReleaseNotesHybrisMarketingConsolidationEnricher.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Profile Services for Marketing Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/profileservicesformarketingconfiguration/latest/2017-05-12-ReleaseNotesProfileServicesForMarketingConfigurationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;You can now configure the data sent to the SAP Hybris Marketing system from SAP Hybris Profile. A marketer can configure the fields in the payload and also filter contacts based on the interest affinity. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/profileservicesformarketingconfiguration/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Profile Services for Marketing Configuration&lt;/a&gt; documentation for more information.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri May 12 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/profileservicesformarketingconfiguration/latest/2017-05-12-ReleaseNotesProfileServicesForMarketingConfigurationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.14.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-05-11-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The RAML Patterns have moved from &lt;strong&gt;api.yaas.io/patterns&lt;/strong&gt; to &lt;strong&gt;pattern.yaas.io&lt;/strong&gt;. Please update your RAML files accordingly within 3 months from the date of this release note.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;client-generation-on-demand&quot;&gt;Client Generation on demand&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In response to the demand for more Client Generation flexibility, new examples and explanations about how to build clients on demand are now available in the Service SDK documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu May 11 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-05-11-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Coupon v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2017-05-10-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Partial updates through &lt;code&gt;PUT /{tenant}/coupons/{code}?partial=true&lt;/code&gt; have been deprecated in favor of using &lt;code&gt;PATCH&lt;/code&gt; method. Full object 
replacement is not affected by this change.
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://jira.hybris.com/browse/KIWIS-3240&quot;&gt;KIWIS-3240&lt;/a&gt; - Introduce PATCH for partial update and deprecate PUT&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A version id is automatically added to all new coupons which can be used for further updates. If present, the version id is used
during coupon updates to support optimistic locking. Otherwise, changes will affect the latest version of the coupon.
  &lt;a href=&quot;https://jira.hybris.com/browse/KIWIS-3258&quot;&gt;KIWIS-3258&lt;/a&gt; - Implement optimistic locking the correct way&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed May 10 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2017-05-10-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Member v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2017-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;###Loyalty member features&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are two ways to delete loyalty member accounts:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Soft Delete&lt;/strong&gt;: Soft delete is performed by default. Soft delete updates the status of a loyalty member to &lt;code&gt;CANCELLED&lt;/code&gt;. This feature is scheduled for deprecation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Permanent Delete&lt;/strong&gt;: Permanently delete loyalty member accounts by passing a header with the name &lt;code&gt;hard-delete&lt;/code&gt; and the value &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;###Cancel points&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cancel points accrued in any previous activity by creating a new &lt;code&gt;CANCELLATION&lt;/code&gt; activity. The system cancels points according to the cancellation rules configured in the Builder.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 09 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2017-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Builder Module</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/loyaltybuildermodule/2017-05-09-ReleaseNotesAdmin.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;###Delete loyalty member profiles&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can delete a loyalty member profile from the loyalty program. Use the &lt;strong&gt;Delete&lt;/strong&gt; feature on the &lt;strong&gt;Member&lt;/strong&gt; screen to delete a loyalty member profile. You can also delete a loyalty member profile from the &lt;strong&gt;Member Details&lt;/strong&gt; screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;###New Rule Type - Cancellation introduced&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Rule service now supports cancellations, using the &lt;strong&gt;Rule Type - Cancellation&lt;/strong&gt;. This rule type supports the &lt;strong&gt;Member Activity Type - Cancellation&lt;/strong&gt;. Use Cancellation to cancel points awarded for member activities. For example, a loyalty member earns points for an order activity, and later returns or cancels the order. The points awarded can be partially or fully cancelled through the &lt;strong&gt;Rule Type - Cancellation&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;###Manual Deduct is now Cancel&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Assign Points&lt;/strong&gt; button on the &lt;strong&gt;Member Details&lt;/strong&gt; screen is now the &lt;strong&gt;Update Points&lt;/strong&gt; button. The &lt;strong&gt;Assign Points&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box is now the &lt;strong&gt;Update Points&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box. In the &lt;strong&gt;Update Points&lt;/strong&gt; dialog box, &lt;strong&gt;Deduct Points&lt;/strong&gt; is now &lt;strong&gt;Cancel Points&lt;/strong&gt;, the &lt;strong&gt;Deduct&lt;/strong&gt; button is now the &lt;strong&gt;Cancel&lt;/strong&gt; button, and the &lt;strong&gt;Deduct&lt;/strong&gt; field is now the &lt;strong&gt;Cancel&lt;/strong&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;
The ability to view the Member Details user interface (UI) and the Analytics UI is not available in the Loyalty Core Services package any longer. &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/blog/post/57c3bbab5bee12001d5ba6ca&quot; title=&quot;YaaS Dev Portal&quot;&gt;See&lt;/a&gt;. for more details.
&lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Tue May 09 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/loyaltybuildermodule/2017-05-09-ReleaseNotesAdmin.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Community</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2017-05-08-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;private-showcases-no-longer-share-within-your-organization&quot;&gt;Private showcases no longer share within your organization&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Showcases allow you to share your projects and business applications, built on YaaS, with the community.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When creating a showcase, you can specify whether to share it externally, by choosing the visibility level &lt;strong&gt;Public&lt;/strong&gt;. You also have the option to choose the visibility level &lt;strong&gt;Private&lt;/strong&gt;. Until now, selecting &lt;strong&gt;Private&lt;/strong&gt; meant that the showcase would be visible within your development organization.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Based on your feedback, the functionality of private showcases changed. While these showcases no longer display in the Community, even within your organization, you can still create private showcases and edit them in the Builder for your personal use. Public showcases are not affected by this change.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 08 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2017-05-08-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Commerce Insights SSO API v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/commerceinsightsssoapi/latest/2017-05-05-ReleaseNotesCommerceInsightsSso.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;View Commerce Insights reports with the new Commerce Insights SSO service&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/dashboard&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/realtime&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/insights&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/merchandising&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/marketing&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/customer_summary_report&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/orders&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri May 05 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/commerceinsightsssoapi/latest/2017-05-05-ReleaseNotesCommerceInsightsSso.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2017-04-28-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Due to a Document service change when handling long queries, preventative measures were made to the Checkout service. For more details about the change, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-04-27-ReleaseNotesDocument.html&quot;&gt;Document service release notes&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Document service returned an error when handling long queries because the HATEOAS header has a 8 KB limit. To ensure the Checkout service does not encounter this error, the service only retrieves 40 prices at a time where previously it retrieved 80. The Checkout service still retrieves 80 products from the Product service.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Apr 28 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2017-04-28-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-04-27-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-error-handling-for-too-long-queries&quot;&gt;Improved error handling for too-long queries&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The error handling is improved for queries sent to the Document service that are too long.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;background&quot;&gt;Background&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you send a query to the Document service it is sent in the HATEOAS header.
The request fails if the total size of all headers exceed 8 KB.
Formerly, the &lt;code&gt;400 Bad request&lt;/code&gt; response for too-long requests did not specify the issue, so a solution was not clear.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;solution&quot;&gt;Solution&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now, when a query is too long and all of the parameters in the request are correct and valid, the &lt;code&gt;400 Bad request&lt;/code&gt; response includes the reason in the message body:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;{
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;status&lt;/span&gt;&quot;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-number&quot;&gt;400&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;message&lt;/span&gt;&quot;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;Request URI too long. Please minimize your query.&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;details&lt;/span&gt;&quot;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;[]
&lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you receive that error message, reduce the length of your query string and resend the request.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more details, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/document/latest/#Considerations&quot;&gt;Considerations&lt;/a&gt; section of the Document service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Apr 27 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-04-27-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2017-04-27-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;order-service-now-supports-product-variants&quot;&gt;Order service now supports product variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Order service now supports product variants. Corresponding updates to the Checkout service support the changes in the Order service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;During the checkout process, the Checkout service uses the Product service&amp;#39;s &lt;code&gt;search&lt;/code&gt; endpoint to validate that a given product variant is in stock. If this validation fails, the Checkout service returns an error. If this validation and the checkout process are successful, the Checkout service sends the product variant details to the Order service when the order is created.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Apr 27 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2017-04-27-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-04-27-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;An improved login page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bookmarks for the organization home page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;an-improved-login-page&quot;&gt;An improved login page&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The updated login page lets SAP Account holders as well as users with invitations log in to YaaS. New users can only sign in using the yellow sign-in button. Users that have not yet migrated to an SAP Cloud Identity should use the blue button.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_64_0/updated_login.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Updated login page&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bookmarks-for-the-organization-home-page&quot;&gt;Bookmarks for the organization home page&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The top navigation in Builder now features and icon to bookmark pages of a project. After you bookmark a page, it appears in the drop-down menu of bookmarks, sorted by the project that it belongs to. To modify your bookmarks, click the link &lt;b&gt;Manage Bookmarks&lt;/b&gt; in the dropdown. The user is then directed to the organization home to delete or edit bookmarks. You can customize bookmark settings with individual names and assigned, colored tabs that appear alongside the bookmark on the organization homepage. 
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_64_0/bookmarks_1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;New bookmark feature&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_64_0/bookmarks_2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;New bookmark feature&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_64_0/bookmarks_3.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;New bookmark feature&quot;&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Apr 27 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-04-27-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-04-26-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to community feedback, an issue with the display of headings is resolved.
Unlike other heading styles, h5 headings displayed in capital letters.
All headings now display in a consistent manner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your feedback is very important and valuable, so thank you and keep it up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 26 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-04-26-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.13.7</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-04-26-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issue&quot;&gt;Resolved issue&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An issue in the Service Generator caused failures when attribute names started with an underscore. This issue is now resolved and you can begin attribute names with an underscore.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 26 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-04-26-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Community</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2017-04-24-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to your valuable feedback, the Community Showcases now includes these enhancements:&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
•   The entry point for showcase documentation, the &lt;strong&gt;Create your own Showcase!&lt;/strong&gt; card, now appears at the beginning of the showcase list, for easier access.&lt;br&gt;
•    The &lt;a href=&quot;https://knowledge.yaas.io/47484/yaas-showcases&quot;&gt;YaaS showcase documentation&lt;/a&gt; on Knowledge Hub now provides some suggestions about how you can enrich your showcase with detailed information to present it in the best possible light. Learn how to build a better showcase description and how to tell your story with images and media.&lt;br&gt;
•    The &lt;strong&gt;Contact Developer&lt;/strong&gt; button is now named &lt;strong&gt;Contact Showcase Owner&lt;/strong&gt;. The contact functionality allows you to communicate with the creators of showcases so you can better understand the technology or learn their best practices.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Apr 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2017-04-24-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-04-09-ReleasNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;There is a change in the Media pricing model.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The beta and commercial packages have a new pricing model. For more information see the package descriptions in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://market.yaas.io/us&quot;&gt;YaaS&lt;/a&gt; Market.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have any questions about this announcement, click the Feedback button. In the meantime, stay tuned for more YaaS news!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 19 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-04-09-ReleasNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Knowledge Hub</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170414-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Knowledge Hub is now integrated with Facebook and Twitter. The new social media buttons display at the bottom of each article page.
Use the buttons to share links to the Knowledge Hub articles on Facebook and Twitter. Click the relevant button to instantly publish new information on social media. See the following example of posting a tweet:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/socialButtons.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;New social buttons on article page&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is appreciated. Keep sharing your suggestions for improvement.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Apr 14 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170414-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>OAuth2 v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-04-12-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;To further enhance the security of the YaaS ecosystem, the Authorization Code Grant flow is implemented.
Use the Authorization Code Grant flow in scenarios where you cannot trust the client application, and you cannot allow the client application to store the client ID and client secret.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Learn more about the Authorization Code Grant flow:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Read the &lt;a href=&quot;https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.1&quot;&gt;OAuth2 specification&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;li&gt;See the Authorization Code Grant flow diagram in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/eu/oauth2/latest/&quot;&gt;Overview&lt;/a&gt; of the OAuth2 service documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Learn how to request an authorization code and exchange it for an access token in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/eu/oauth2/latest/#Grants&quot;&gt;Grants&lt;/a&gt; section of the OAuth2 service documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 12 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-04-12-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-04-12-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The view of the &lt;strong&gt;yFactors DNA&lt;/strong&gt; page in the &lt;strong&gt;Overview&lt;/strong&gt; section in the Dev Portal is improved. The page has a simple, single-screen design now, without any hide and show functionality. Along with the new, simplified layout, the page content is also enhanced.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is how the yFactors DNA page displayed before:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width:75%&quot; src=&quot;img/yfactors-old.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Old yFactors DNA layout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is how the yFactors DNA page appears now:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width:75%&quot; src=&quot;img/yfactors.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;New yFactors DNA layout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 12 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-04-12-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>OAuth2 v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-04-11-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;New options are now available to fine-tune the authorization rules that secure the deployed services.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Optional authorization&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The optional authorization option is suitable for securing mixed resources. It allows everyone to access the public set of resources, even without a token.
If the user calls the service with a valid token, the service returns a different set of resources.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A good use case for this feature is a service that manages blog posts. When you enable the &lt;strong&gt;Optional Authorization&lt;/strong&gt; checkbox in the Builder,
the service displays published blog posts to everyone who calls it. Registered users that call the service with a valid token
can see the published posts, as well as the unpublished posts that they created. The unpublished posts are the restricted resource in this scenario.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To achieve this behavior, create the following authorization rule:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Path&lt;/strong&gt;: /myservice/v1/blogposts/&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Methods&lt;/strong&gt;: GET&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Skip Authorization&lt;/strong&gt;: not checked&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scopes&lt;/strong&gt;: myservice.post_manage, myservice.post_create&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Require all scopes for authorization&lt;/strong&gt;: checked&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Optional Authorization&lt;/strong&gt;: checked&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Skip Subscription Check&lt;/strong&gt;: not checked&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When the caller uses the GET method on the secured path, the API proxy verifies the caller&amp;#39;s token for both of the defined scopes, and checks for
an active subscription to the service. If the call meets the requirements set in the authorization rule, the service allows the user to access the restricted resources. If the call does not include a token, the service returns public resources to the caller.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about the Optional Authorization option, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/overview/security/index.html#SecureaService&quot;&gt;Secure a Service&lt;/a&gt; section of the &lt;a href=&quot;/overview/security/index.html&quot;&gt;Security&lt;/a&gt; documentation, as well as the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/blog/post/58bffac37d4d07001d1350cc&quot;&gt;Anonymous Login deprecation&lt;/a&gt; blog post.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Skip subscription check&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The skip subscription check option is suitable for essential services, but use it on any service you see fit. When you enable the Skip Subscription Check checkbox in the Builder,
the API proxy checks the caller&amp;#39;s token against any authorization rules that you set, but does not check for an active subscription to
the given service. This means that you can require the caller to have an access token with specific scopes in order to access
your service, but ignore the caller&amp;#39;s subscription status altogether.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To achieve this behavior, create the following authorization rule:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Path&lt;/strong&gt;: /hybrisservice/v1/resource/&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Methods&lt;/strong&gt;: GET, POST, PUT&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Skip Authorization&lt;/strong&gt;: not checked&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scopes&lt;/strong&gt;: hybris.account_view, hybris.org_view&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Require all scopes for authorization&lt;/strong&gt;: not checked&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Optional Authorization&lt;/strong&gt;: not checked&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Skip Subscription Check&lt;/strong&gt;: checked&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When the caller uses the GET, POST, or PUT methods on the secured path, the API proxy checks the caller&amp;#39;s token for either of the two
specified scopes, but ignores the user&amp;#39;s subscription status. This means that the call succeeds as long as the user calls the service with a valid access token that includes at least one of the &lt;em&gt;hybris.account_view&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;hybris.org_view&lt;/em&gt; scopes. The user does not have to subscribe to the service to access the secured path&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about the Skip Subscription Check option, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/overview/security/index.html#SecureaService&quot;&gt;Secure a Service&lt;/a&gt; section of the &lt;a href=&quot;/overview/security/index.html&quot;&gt;Security&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Find these options and more in the &lt;strong&gt;Authorization Rules&lt;/strong&gt; section of your service&amp;#39;s settings. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Projects &amp;gt; {My Project} &amp;gt; Services &amp;gt; {My service} &amp;gt; Authorization Rules&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Apr 11 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/oauth2/latest/2017-04-11-ReleaseNotesOAuth2.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-04-05-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-scopes-make-customer-updates-more-secure&quot;&gt;New scopes make customer updates more secure&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new scopes further expand the currently available &lt;strong&gt;hybris.customer_update&lt;/strong&gt; scope. Now you can update or delete a customer using two separate scopes. This makes customer updates more secure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.customer_manage&lt;/strong&gt; to update a customer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.customer_delete&lt;/strong&gt; to delete a customer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Also, you can continue using the &lt;strong&gt;hybris.customer_update&lt;/strong&gt; scope both to update and delete a customer.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 05 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-04-05-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-04-04-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redesigned navigation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The feedback icon offers multiple options in a dropdown menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;redesigned-navigation&quot;&gt;Redesigned navigation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The redesigned navigation spanning the YaaS website changes the way you navigate to the Builder.  The top navigation in YaaS was previously dark blue and featured a light blue submenu.  The top navigation is now a single bar. All of the navigation items from the former dark blue top navigation live in a new square pull-down menu accessible from the left of the new navigation bar. You can choose the Builder from the square pull-down menu.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_58_0/1_old_design.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Deprecated design&quot;&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_58_0/2_new_design1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Redesign&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;the-feedback-icon-offers-multiple-options-in-a-dropdown-menu&quot;&gt;The feedback icon offers multiple options in a dropdown menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The location of the feedback icon is now more visible and provides access to a number of options. Previously, the icon was on the bottom right of the page and only opened a feedback form when clicked. Now it appears in the top navigation. When you click it, you can choose to get help, give feedback, find out the status of YaaS or turn on page help.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_58_0/4_gethelp.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Help menu&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Apr 04 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-04-04-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-03-31-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to the community feedback, an issue was identified with interactive tutorials. 
Previously, an error occurred when you selected an existing project in an interactive tutorial. 
The issue is now resolved and you can select an existing project without an error.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your feedback is very important and valuable, so thank you and keep it up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Mar 31 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-03-31-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-03-30-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Regrouped navigation nodes&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Updated URL format for single project mode&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Enabled SAP Cloud Identity sign-in with the Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;regrouped-navigation-nodes&quot;&gt;Regrouped navigation nodes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The navigation nodes &lt;b&gt;Builder Modules&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Clients&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Services&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;Packages&lt;/b&gt; previous were previously in the main left menu of the Builder.  All of these nodes now appear as a group under the navigation point &lt;b&gt;Development&lt;/b&gt;.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_57_0/regrouped_nav_nodes.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Hidden Projects&quot;&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_57_0/regrouped_nav_nodes2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Hidden Projects&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;updated-url-format-for-single-project-mode&quot;&gt;Updated URL format for single project mode&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The URL that you use to access projects in single project mode has a simplified format. The URL allows you to enter your project directly by using this new format:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs cmake&quot;&gt;https://builder.yaas.io/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-keyword&quot;&gt;project&lt;/span&gt;/{&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-keyword&quot;&gt;project&lt;/span&gt; name}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;enabled-sap-cloud-identity-sign-in-with-the-builder&quot;&gt;Enabled SAP Cloud Identity sign-in with the Builder&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navigate to &lt;b&gt;My Account&lt;/b&gt;&amp;gt; in Builder to enable automatic SAP Cloud Identity sign-on. You can also choose to use the SAP Cloud Identity by default. Find more details at this link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/account/latest/2017-03-30-ReleaseNotesAccount.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/account/latest/2017-03-30-ReleaseNotesAccount.html&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 30 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-03-30-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.13.6</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-03-29-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;spring-boot-starter-library&quot;&gt;Spring Boot Starter library&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Spring Boot Starter library is the newest addition to the Service SDK. It allows you to include Service SDK functionality, out-of-the-box, into your Spring Boot project. Refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#SpringBootStarterLibrary&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;spring-boot-service-maven-archetype&quot;&gt;Spring Boot service Maven archetype&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The set of Maven archetypes now includes the Spring Boot archetype. The new archetype is based on the Spring Boot Starter library. You can find more information in the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#Archetypes&quot;&gt;Archetypes&lt;/a&gt; topic.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;servlet-support-library&quot;&gt;Servlet Support library&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Service SDK contains a new library, called the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#ServletSupport&quot;&gt;Servlet Support&lt;/a&gt; library. It is part of the aggregating libraries, so if you already have a dependency on them, this library is automatically available for you. So far, it contains the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#ServletSupport-excludable-servlet-filter-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ExcludableServletFilterWrapper&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which allows you to exclude paths from getting mapped to an existing Servlet Filter.  You can, for example, prevent the Basic Authentication Filter from securing certain endpoints. Use this functionality carefully and responsibly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;json-merge-patch-support&quot;&gt;JSON Merge Patch support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new patch version of the Service SDK adds support for the &lt;a href=&quot;https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7386&quot;&gt;JSON Merge Patch RFC 7386&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;support-for-the-json-merge-patch-in-the-service-generator&quot;&gt;Support for the JSON Merge Patch in the Service Generator&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This feature allows you to use the recommended Merge Patch flavor for partial updates in your API as described in &lt;a href=&quot;https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7386&quot;&gt;JSON Merge Patch RFC 7386&lt;/a&gt;, as shown in this example:
                                                                                                                                          &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs less&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;@PATCH&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;@Consumes&lt;/span&gt;({ PatchMediaType.APPLICATION_MERGE_PATCH_JSON, MediaType.APPLICATION_JSON }) &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-comment&quot;&gt;// application/merge-patch+json&lt;/span&gt;
public MyType &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;patch&lt;/span&gt;(MergeDto mergeDtoType);
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;This method accepts &lt;strong&gt;application/merge-patch+json&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;application/json&lt;/strong&gt; content containing the partial update &lt;a href=&quot;https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7396#section-3&quot;&gt;entity&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;more-flexible-service-generator&quot;&gt;More flexible Service Generator&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now enable specific template types only when generating a service with the Service Generator.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The available template types include:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;DTO&lt;/code&gt;: data transfer objects&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;RESOURCE&lt;/code&gt;: Jersey resource interfaces&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;RESOURCE_IMPL&lt;/code&gt;: Jersey resource default implementations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEST&lt;/code&gt;: abstract test class for Jersey tests&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEST_IMPL&lt;/code&gt;: default test implementations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;FILE&lt;/code&gt;: static files, including &lt;strong&gt;applicationContext.xml&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;package-info.java&lt;/strong&gt; files&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, to just generate code for DTOs, resource interfaces, and default resource implementations, add these lines to the POM:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
   &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputTypes&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
     &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;DTO&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
     &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;RESOURCE&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
     &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;RESOURCE_IMPL&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputTypes&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;By default, overwriting of generated sources by the Service Generator is disabled. To force overwriting of existing source files, add this configuration to your POM:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
   &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;forceOverwrite&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;true&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;forceOverwrite&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can configure overwriting for specific output types only. For example, to only overwrite DTOs, add this configuration:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;forceOverwrite&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;true&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;forceOverwrite&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
   &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputTypes&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
     &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;DTO&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputType&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputTypes&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;For details, see &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#ServiceGeneration&quot;&gt;Service Generation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;dockerfile-added-to-artifacts-created-by-service-sdk-archetypes&quot;&gt;Dockerfile added to artifacts created by Service SDK archetypes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Service SDK archetypes now create a customized Docker file at the same time as they generate artifacts. Use the Dockerfile to create a Docker build image which contains your service. Run it locally, or publish and deploy it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To build an image with the Docker CLI-tool, execute the following command in the project root directory:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs nginx&quot;&gt;     &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;docker&lt;/span&gt; build -t &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;${artifactId}&lt;/span&gt; .
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;To run the Docker CLI-tool locally, execute the following command:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs applescript&quot;&gt;     docker &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-command&quot;&gt;run&lt;/span&gt; -&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-keyword&quot;&gt;it&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-comment&quot;&gt;--rm -p 8080:8080 ${artifactId}&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-archetypes&quot;&gt;Improved archetypes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Customize generated code with the provided Service Generator configuration in the archetypes. The default configuration now includes:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
     &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputFolderMainGenerated&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;src/main/java&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputFolderMainGenerated&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt; That value forces DTO and resource interface generation into the &lt;strong&gt;src/main/java&lt;/strong&gt; folder instead of the default &lt;strong&gt;target&lt;/strong&gt; folder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The build no longer integrates service generation by default. To generate the Jersey code for the endpoints, run the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs no-highlight&quot;&gt; mvn servicegenerator:generate-service
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-generated-code-quality&quot;&gt;Improved generated code quality&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To disable field name prefixes, which do not follow Java naming conventions, add this configuration for Service Generator to &lt;strong&gt;pom.xml&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputFieldPrefixEnabled&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;false&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputFieldPrefixEnabled&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
 &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;h3 id=&quot;generate-code-into-different-subpackages&quot;&gt;Generate code into different subpackages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To keep your code clean and organized, use Service Generator DTOs, and resource and test implementations, to generate into separate subpackages. Set the &lt;strong&gt;outputSubpackageNameDto&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;outputSubpackageNameImpl&lt;/strong&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;outputSubpackageNameParam&lt;/strong&gt; configuration properties.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For details, see &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#ServiceGeneration&quot;&gt;Service Generation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;sample-cloud-foundry-memory-settings-in-archetypes&quot;&gt;Sample Cloud Foundry memory settings in archetypes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The manifest files created by the archetypes now contain sample memory configuration settings. These sample memory configuration settings are used by Cloud Foundry when you deploy your service. Developers can adjust the settings to match amount of memory that their application needs. Find more information about the available settings in &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/cloudfoundry/java-buildpack/blob/master/docs/jre-open_jdk_jre.md#memory&quot;&gt;OpenJDK JRE Memory&lt;/a&gt;. To help diagnose and resolve memory issues, see &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.cloudfoundry.org/buildpacks/java/java-tips.html#memory-troubleshoot&quot;&gt;Troubleshoot Out of Memory&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;integrated-api-console-redirect-filter-clickjacking-protection&quot;&gt;Integrated API Console Redirect filter clickjacking protection&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The API Console now has built-in protection to prevent clickjacking attacks using the &lt;code&gt;X-Frame-Options&lt;/code&gt; HTTP response header, which indicates whether a browser can render a page in a frame, iframe, or object.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, if you use the Spring Framework to define and map the API Console redirect filter, you can disallow rendering of the page in a frame by using the following property:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs fix&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;API_CONSOLE_X_FRAME_OPTIONS_DIRECTIVE&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;DENY
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;For details, see &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#APIConsole-integrated-clickjacking-protection&quot;&gt;API Console Integrated clickjacking protection&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;maven-dependency-updated&quot;&gt;Maven dependency updated&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Spring dependency is now updated to the 4.3.5.RELEASE version, which corrects a &lt;a href=&quot;https://pivotal.io/security/cve-2016-9878&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reported vulnerability&lt;/a&gt;. Please check your Maven dependency tree and update the version to mitigate the issue.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;downgrade-of-the-hystrix-version-in-the-super-pom&quot;&gt;Downgrade of the Hystrix version in the Super POM&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, the Hystrix dashboard did not work with the newer version of Hystrix. To resolve this issue, and to match the current version of the Jackson library, the version of Hystrix provided in the Service SDK Super POM is now downgraded from 1.5.8 to 1.5.3. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An issue in the Service Generator might have caused invalid class names for DTOs generated for nested anonymous schemas. This issue is now resolved.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 29 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2017-03-29-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2017-03-29-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;User mapping function switch&lt;/h3&gt; 

&lt;p&gt;You can now map YaaS users to ERP users. For each YaaS user, the corresponding ERP user and password are used to set up the connection with the SAP ERP system through JSONRPC. If you switch on user mapping, the communal ERP user name and password are ignored when setting up the connection. The ERP user name and password are still used to automatically mark items for deletion. If you switch off user mapping, the communal ERP user and password are used in the connection.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you switch on user mapping, you need to maintain the corresponding ERP user name and password for each YaaS user. To do this, send an HTTP PUT request to the ERP SD Configuration service URL and the &lt;code&gt;{tenant}/me/credential&lt;/code&gt; endpoint. To call the RESTful API, get the access token for the Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant from the OAuth2 service by providing the user name and password. For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/beta/erpsdconfiguration/latest/&quot;&gt;ERP SD Configuration&lt;/a&gt; service API documentation.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Restricted client access to endpoint&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br&gt;For security purposes, only the following clients have access to the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/ERPSDConfig&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.sdorderproxy&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.sdcustomerproxy&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.erpsdconfigcui&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;cecenterprod.utilityproxy&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 29 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2017-03-29-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document Backup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/documentbackup/latest/2017-03-28-ReleaseNotesDocumentBackup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new Document Backup service allows you to back up and restore your documents and your indexes. Now you can easily back up and restore your data using either of these options:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; command line tool, which automates the process&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;REST API calls to the Document Backup service endpoints&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To use the new &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool for document backup and restore, first download the &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/YaaS/dbr-tool/releases/download/1.0.0/dbr-1.0.0.zip&quot; class=&quot;btn btn-lg btn-default&quot;&gt;
Download the dbr tool&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To backup and restore documents using REST calls, use the &lt;code&gt;/data/{tenant}/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint which allows you to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;back up your documents by performing a GET request&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;restore your documents by performing a POST request&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;good-to-know&quot;&gt;Good to know&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool uses the extended JSON format. To learn more, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/documentbackup/latest/#ExtendedJSONformat&quot;&gt;Extended JSON format&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool splits your data and sends it in batches of 1000 items per request&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool organizes your backups into separate folders named according to the convention: &lt;strong&gt;backup-{timestamp}&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;features&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Following are the main functionalities of the Document Backup service:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;send-and-receive-compressed-data&quot;&gt;Send and receive compressed data&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Add the &lt;strong&gt;Accept-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; header and set the value to &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt; in your GET request in order to receive compressed data&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set the &lt;strong&gt;Content-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; header value to &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt;in order to send compressed data&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;index-support&quot;&gt;Index support&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To have your indexes backed up along with the data, you just need to use the &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool. The tool backs up indexes by default.
If you want to use the &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool and still back up or restore the data without existing indexes, you can add
the &lt;strong&gt;skipIndexes&lt;/strong&gt; parameter to the command for the respective operation. You can also back up your data with indexes and then
set the &lt;strong&gt;skipIndexes&lt;/strong&gt; parameter to restore your documents without indexes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;check-the-summary-of-your-operations&quot;&gt;Check the summary of your operations&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find information about the total number of both the insert and replace operations, 
the number of inserted documents, and the number of replaced documents:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In the response body when using the service endpoints&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In the log file and in the console when using the &lt;strong&gt;dbr&lt;/strong&gt; tool&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;limits&quot;&gt;Limits&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Document Backup service allows you to import and export big data sets with simple API calls.
Such availability without any constraints could cause overconsumption of resources, and therefore, serious 
performance loss or a potential service outage. That is why the Document Backup service introduces limits on 
the number of documents you can send with a single request, and on the number of requests the service processes at 
the same time, to mitigate those performance risks.
To learn more, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/documentbackup/latest/#Considerations&quot;&gt;Considerations&lt;/a&gt; section of the Document Backup service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Enjoy the experience the Document Backup service provides!
See the Document Backup service API &lt;a href=&quot;/services/documentbackup/latest&quot;&gt; documentation &lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 29 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/documentbackup/latest/2017-03-28-ReleaseNotesDocumentBackup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2017-03-28-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;When a client application sends a POST request to the &lt;code&gt;/cart&lt;/code&gt; endpoint to create a new anonymous cart, it may now include a new optional parameter, &lt;strong&gt;sessionValidated&lt;/strong&gt;. By default, the parameter’s value is set to &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;. If the value is set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;, the Cart service validates that the session ID received in any cart request is the same as the session ID stored in the cart. This validation prevents a user who provides only the cart ID from performing any action on an anonymous cart.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This update does not break backward compatibility. If the cart creation request does not include the &lt;strong&gt;sessionValidated&lt;/strong&gt; parameter set to true, the Cart service does not perform the session ID validation and completes the request accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 28 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2017-03-28-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Earth Observation Analysis v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2017-03-23-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Enhancements to the Earth Observation Analysis service include a new JSON response format and the ability to add a numerical suffix to the &lt;strong&gt;dimensionTrim&lt;/strong&gt; parameter to support multiple instances of the parameter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-response-format&quot;&gt;New response format&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The standard response type for &lt;strong&gt;getCapabilities&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;describeEOCoverageSet&lt;/strong&gt; is &lt;code&gt;text/xml&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;application/xml&lt;/code&gt;, and the service now supports the JSON format, &lt;code&gt;application/json&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-dimensiontrim-parameter-suffix&quot;&gt;New &lt;strong&gt;dimensionTrim&lt;/strong&gt; parameter suffix&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now add a numerical suffix to the parameter &lt;strong&gt;dimensionTrim&lt;/strong&gt; in the &lt;strong&gt;describeEOCoverageSet&lt;/strong&gt; request. Use this suffix if web clients cannot easily handle defining the same parameter multiple times. &lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of a request without the suffix:
&lt;code&gt;/wcs/describeEOCoverageSet?eoid=DS_RGB&amp;amp;dimensionTrim=phenomenonTime(&amp;quot;2015-08-12&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;2015-08-13&amp;quot;)&amp;amp;dimensionTrim=cloudPercentage(0.0, 40.0)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Instead, you can now get the same information using this request:
&lt;code&gt;/wcs/describeEOCoverageSet?eoid=DS_RGB&amp;amp;dimensionTrim1=phenomenonTime(&amp;quot;2015-08-12&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;2015-08-13&amp;quot;)&amp;amp;dimensionTrim2=cloudPercentage(0.0, 40.0)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For a detailed description of the parameters, check the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest&quot;&gt;Dev Portal API Documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 23 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2017-03-23-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-03-23-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h2 id=&quot;features&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;optimistic-locking-for-customer-updates&quot;&gt;Optimistic locking for customer updates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All new customers automatically receive a version id which can be used for further updates. During customer updates, the version id supports optimistic locking. This way, changes of the update have no effect on the latest version of the customer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;customer-information-in-the-email-templates&quot;&gt;Customer information in the email templates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use customer data, such as sign-in email, firstName, lastName, contactEmail etc. to send personal emails to your customers. For example, you can add the customer’s first and last names to the address line of the email by inserting the following code:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs elixir&quot;&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;${&lt;/span&gt;tools.esc.html(&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;${&lt;/span&gt;d.customer.firstName})} &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;${&lt;/span&gt;tools.esc.html(&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-variable&quot;&gt;${&lt;/span&gt;d.customer.lastName})}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;For a detailed list of available attributes, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/eu/customer/latest/#Details&quot;&gt;Customer service documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 23 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-03-23-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-03-23-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;duplicate-release-note-emails&quot;&gt;Duplicate release note emails&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Recent feedback from the community indicated there was an issue with duplicate notifications about release notes.
Recently, you might have received an email notification with a list of release notes published previously.
For example, a notification sent on 2 February 2017, concerned release notes from May 2016 about the Loyalty Email service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The issue was in the backup mechanism, which operates when generating documentation on the Dev Portal.
As a result, the affected release notes disappeared from the Dev Portal and came back after the next document generation,
which caused the resending of the release notes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The issue is now resolved.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;fixed-navigation-in-the-api-docs&quot;&gt;Fixed navigation in the API Docs&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thanks to the community feedback, an issue with navigation in the API Docs is resolved.
Previously, when browsing through the services documentation, after choosing Europe or the United States as the preferred market,
the link to the API Docs landing page changed at the same time, and did not work as expected.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The issue is fixed now, and you can smoothly navigate within the API Docs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your feedback is very important and valuable, so thank you and keep it up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 23 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-03-23-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>YaaS Events</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/yaasevents/2017-03-21-ReleaseNotesEvents.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/2017-03-21/event-banner.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;yaas-events-page-discontinued&quot;&gt;YaaS Events page discontinued&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dear YaaS Community,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Six months ago, the YaaS Events page launched, to help you find out more about YaaS-specific events and activities, events featuring YaaS, and where to meet the YaaS experts. During this time, active analysis of the usage and the number of events shared on the page spurred the decision to discontinue and remove the page from YaaS.io.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;YaaS will still continue to be featured at and host events, but announcements will appear on more popular channels.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Regards,
The Yaas Team&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 21 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/yaasevents/2017-03-21-ReleaseNotesEvents.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-03-17-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Now, the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/data/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint returns data with chunked transfer encoding.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;what-does-this-mean-&quot;&gt;What does this mean?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using chunked transfer encoding, the service does not wait to get all the queried data from a database, but responds by transferring data in segments.
This improvement helps the Document service manage its memory more efficiently.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Example:
Previously, if you queried 100 documents with the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/data/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, the Document service waited until the database returned all 100 documents and stored them in internal memory.
Next, the Document service returned a full response. If you multiply this behavior by the number of tenants, the process can use a lot of memory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the improved flow, the service sends documents that the database returns in response chunks, without waiting for all of the documents.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chunked_transfer_encoding&quot;&gt;Chunked transfer encoding&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;impact-of-this-improvement&quot;&gt;Impact of this improvement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You do not need to change anything. All REST clients supporting HTTP/1.1 can use chunked transfer encoding by design.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Mar 17 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-03-17-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>RAML Patterns 1.3.3</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2017-03-16-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Protection against clickjacking&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The RAML Patterns site uses the &lt;code&gt;X-Frame-Options&lt;/code&gt; HTTP response header to protect against clickjacking attacks. The response header indicates whether a browser can render a page in a frame, iframe, or object.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 16 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2017-03-16-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2017-03-10-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Previously, the Cart Calculation service did not apply the rounding strategy until finalizing the cart total. This meant that each value, such as item price and tax, used to calculate the cart total, was not rounded until the calculation completed. In some cases, this caused the item price to calculate incorrectly. To resolve the issue, the service now applies the roundup strategy after calculating each item&amp;#39;s price, as well as at the end of the cart calculation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Mar 10 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2017-03-10-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Knowledge Hub</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170308-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to community feedback, an issue with the rendering of descriptions for Knowledge Hub articles is resolved. Until now, it was not possible to use HTML tags in the descriptions. HTML tags are enabled by default now. You can see the change in the example images:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is how an article description rendered before:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/beforeHTML.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after adding new feature.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is how an article description renders now:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/afterHTML.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after adding new feature.&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is appreciated. Keep sharing your suggestions for improvement.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 09 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170308-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Product v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/product/latest/2017-03-08-ReleaseNotesProduct.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;You can now use product variants to enhance the current features and functionality of the Product service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;variants&quot;&gt;Variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With variants, you can introduce different types of a single product. Product variants help you to further differentiate items within a type.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;media-in-variants&quot;&gt;Media in variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Variants can also include media, providing highly-customized visualization, representing the specific qualities of a variant that might appeal to customers. With media in variants, customers can see images prepared specifically for each product variant you offer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;query-variants&quot;&gt;Query variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Product service supports querying, not only for products, but for variants, too. Knowing the variant&amp;#39;s identifier allows you to run a simple query and retrieve any variant you want, no matter which product it comes from.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;query-both-products-and-variants-in-a-single-call&quot;&gt;Query both products and variants in a single call&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can query for variants and products in one single call. By using additional parameters, you can also decide the amount of information you want to get for each product and variant that you query. The retrieval of non-public products requires authorization, while the retrieval of public products does not.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 08 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/product/latest/2017-03-08-ReleaseNotesProduct.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Search v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/search/latest/2017-03-06-ReleaseNotesSearch.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Search service will no longer be supported after July 1st, 2017. It will be deprecated.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For full text search functionality, use the text search feature in the Document service instead: &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/beta/document/latest/#Fulltextsearch&quot;&gt;Full Text Search&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have questions about this announcement, use the Feedback button. In the mean time, stay tuned for more YaaS news.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Mar 06 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/search/latest/2017-03-06-ReleaseNotesSearch.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-03-06-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;improvement&quot;&gt;Improvement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additional scope &lt;strong&gt;hybris.sapcommunity_configuration_view&lt;/strong&gt; for a logged in customer&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The service grants the additional scope &lt;strong&gt;hybris.sapcommunity_configuration_view&lt;/strong&gt; to a signed in customer. If you do not have subscription to the sapcommunity project, you may ignore it.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Mar 06 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-03-06-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-03-03-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bookmarking of organizations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bookmark-your-favourite-organizations&quot;&gt;Bookmark your favourite organizations&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the star in the drop-down navigation to indicate your favorite organizations.  The starred items will appear first in your list of organizations. 
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_54_0/12_starred_org.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Starred Menu Items&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Mar 03 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-03-03-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2017-02-28-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Previously, the Checkout service returned a &lt;code&gt;500&lt;/code&gt; error when you tried to check out a cart with more than 100 items. Upon further investigation, the error occurred during the checkout process when the Checkout service called the Price service to retrieve the prices. If there were more than 100 items in the cart, the service returned a &lt;code&gt;500&lt;/code&gt; error. This issue is resolved by retrieving a maximum of 80 item prices at a time. As a preventative measure, the Checkout service also retrieves 80 products at a time.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Feb 28 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2017-02-28-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Order v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2017-02-27-ReleaseNotesOrder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h2 id=&quot;product-variants&quot;&gt;Product variants&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To allow merchants to sell customized products, the order creation schema now includes product variants. Variants can define product attributes such as color and size to help buyers refine their selections. You can extend the variants further by using variant options and mixins.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;email-notifications&quot;&gt;Email notifications&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Two new types of email notifications for shipments and cancellations contain information about the orders that buyers need.
Buyers receive an Order Shipped notification email when the order status changes from CONFIRMED to SHIPPED. When the merchant or the buyer changes the order status to DECLINED, the change triggers an Order Canceled notification email.
You can modify the email templates if you are subscribed to the Email service. The &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/order/latest&quot;&gt;Order service API documentation&lt;/a&gt; on the Dev Portal lists and explains the variables you can use in the templates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;use-patch-instead-of-put-for-partial-updates&quot;&gt;Use PATCH instead of PUT for partial updates&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you can use the PATCH method for partial updates. The method works the same way as the PUT requests. Although both the PUT and PATCH methods provide the same functionality, it is recommended that you use PATCH. PATCH provides a clear separation of method semantics, is easy to use on the client side, and is well defined and fully compliant with all specifications. You can find more information in the blog post &lt;a href= &quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/blog/post/584668076010b5001d4bf0b0&quot;&gt;PATCHing the API guideline on partial updates&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;new-laststatuschange-field&quot;&gt;New &lt;code&gt;lastStatusChange&lt;/code&gt; field&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A new field, &lt;code&gt;lastStatusChange&lt;/code&gt;, is available in the order schema. It is a timestamp, and and each time the order status changes, the value of &lt;code&gt;lastStatusChange&lt;/code&gt;automatically updates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;new-expectdeliveryon-field&quot;&gt;New &lt;code&gt;expectDeliveryOn&lt;/code&gt; field&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new field `expectDeliveryOn, stores the expected delivery date for order shipments.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 27 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2017-02-27-ReleaseNotesOrder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center UI Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The latest update to the Engagement Center UI Configuration service provides several updates, described in this release note. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-scopes-endpoint-and-deprecated-endpoint&quot;&gt;New scopes endpoint and deprecated endpoint&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the new endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/userScopes&lt;/code&gt; to retrieve all scopes that are granted to a user with specified role(s) in the Engagement Center, such as &lt;strong&gt;AGENT&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;SUPERVISOR&lt;/strong&gt;. The endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/requiredScopes&lt;/code&gt;, that enables the Agent Home to acquire an access token, will be deprecated in May of 2017.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;delete-custom-tiles&quot;&gt;Delete custom tiles&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/tilesConfig/{id}&lt;/code&gt; to delete the tiles developed by customers. For more information, please see &lt;a href=&quot;#RemoveConfigurations&quot;&gt;Remove Configurations&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;side-panel-view-configuration&quot;&gt;Side panel view configuration&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use a new endpoint with the GET, POST, PUT, and DELETE methods to configure the side panel views for the Engagement Center. The endpoint is &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/sidePanelConfig&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To configure a view for the side panel in the Engagement Center, maintain this data:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;viewname&lt;/strong&gt; – A unique name for the view&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;viewpath&lt;/strong&gt; – A fully-qualified path that points to the view, including the name of the view&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;viewtitle&lt;/strong&gt; – The I18N or text key that represents the view title&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;viewdescription&lt;/strong&gt; – A description for the configuration record&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;order&lt;/strong&gt; – A numeric value that determines the order of the views displayed in the side panel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;active&lt;/strong&gt; – A Boolean value of &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt; that activates or deactivates the configuration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;update-to-language-dependent-text-support&quot;&gt;Update to language-dependent text support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is a new endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/texts/default&lt;/code&gt; that returns the default text groups. To update or create a list of text groups using the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/texts&lt;/code&gt;, include the default groups in your request. Otherwise, the system returns an error message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;automatically-collapsible-header-area&quot;&gt;Automatically collapsible Header Area&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now configure the header area to automatically collapse when an account is identified by setting the configuration parameter &lt;bold&gt;HEADER_AREA_AUTOMATIC_COLLAPSE&lt;/bold&gt; to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;.
You can read and change the parameter &lt;bold&gt;HEADER_AREA_AUTOMATIC_COLLAPSE&lt;/bold&gt; using the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/configParameters&lt;/code&gt;. To set the parameter, call the POST or PUT method of this endpoint using the provided example.
By default, the value of the parameter is set to &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;. This means that the header area does not automatically collapse.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;account-searches&quot;&gt;Account Searches&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As part of the header area of engagement context, the account search provides functionality to search and confirm an account. As of this release, with this end points is now possible to customize the search services used in the account search.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;gzip-format-supported-for-content-encoding&quot;&gt;GZIP format supported for content encoding&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Engagement Center UI Configuration service now supports the GZIP format for content encoding. To send compressed data to the Engagement Center UI Configuration service, set the &lt;strong&gt;Content-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; header with the &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt; value. To retrieve your data in the GZIP format, use the &lt;strong&gt;Accept-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; header with the &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt; value.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;security-enhancement&quot;&gt;Security enhancement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you send a POST, PUT, or DELETE request to the Engagement Center UI Configuration service, ensure that you provide the field &lt;strong&gt;hybris.user&lt;/strong&gt; with a value.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Sales Order Proxy v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdsalesorderproxy/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesERPSalesOrder_overview.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The ERP SD Sales Order Proxy service now supports the masked display of payment card numbers. When you activate this function in the SAP ERP system, the service returns the payment card number in the format you configure in the SAP ERP system. Otherwise, the service returns the number in the default format.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To use this function, enable payment card processing by calling the ERP SD Configuration service, and implement the &lt;a href=&quot;http://service.sap.com/sap/support/notes/2405050&quot;&gt;SAP Note 2405050&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdsalesorderproxy/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesERPSalesOrder_overview.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Switch flag for Payment Card Processing&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the ERP SD Configuration service to manage the switch setting to enable/disable payment card processing. The switch indicates whether the payment card should be displayed in ERP Sales Order (switch on) or Not displayed (switch off).&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;In this release, two updates support the ability to automatically trigger the deletion of ERP customers in the system, as well as provide the ability to map the corresponding SD customer number.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Mark ERP customer for deletion automatically&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;After you delete a customer profile, the &lt;code&gt;customer-deleted&lt;/code&gt; event automatically marks the ERP customer for deletion in the SAP ERP system.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Manage mapping between the customer number and SD customer number&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;After you delete a customer profile, the system automatically deletes the corresponding ERP customer and the mapping entries. If an error occurs in the automatic deletion process, you can retrieve the mapping entries to verify which entries failed, and repeat the action by calling the relevant API.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Indexing v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Performance improvement&lt;/h3&gt;
The Engagement Center Indexing service now adopts the push-based message delivery of the PubSub Service to improve the service&amp;#39;s performance, and greatly reducing the processing time of delta indexing.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-02-24-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;the-api-docs-landing-page-is-easier-to-read&quot;&gt;The API Docs landing page is easier to read&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The number of YaaS markets is continuously growing, and listing them all on API Docs landing page makes it long and cumbersome to read.
Therefore, the market indicators are now removed from the page, and it is easier to read.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, this is how the market indicator appeared on the landing page before:
&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/list1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after adding new feature.&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the landing page appears now:
&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/list2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after adding new feature.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable. Thank you and keep your feedback coming.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-02-24-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/configuration/latest/2017-02-24+Configuration-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;data-compression&quot;&gt;Data compression&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To improve the performance and lower the bandwidth usage within the Configuration service, this release introduces the
 capability to use the content encoding in the GZIP format, both while sending to, and receiving data from the service. 
The larger the amount of data to process, the greater the performance improvements you see.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;the-content-encoding-header&quot;&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Content-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; header&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For write requests, such as POST requests, use the new Content-Encoding header with the &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt; value set and body compressed.
This way, data transfer consumes fewer resources.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;the-accept-encoding-header&quot;&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Accept-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; header&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For all requests, use the new Accept-Encoding header with the gzip value set.
This way, the response body gets compressed and data transfer consumes fewer resources.
The service response will include the Content-Encoding header.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel tip&quot;&gt;Always use the GZIP encoding, both when sending big data sets to the service and when expecting
the response body from the service to contain a large amount of data.&lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/configuration/latest/2017-02-24+Configuration-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>SAP Jam Communities v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/sapjamcommunities/latest/2017-02-26-ReleaseNotesSAPCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Retrieve access token&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The SAP Jam Communities service now supports the retrieval of a generated access token. Use this token to connect with SAP Jam Communities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Manage knowledge article references&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The SAP Jam Communities service now supports to manage references between the knowledge articles and the user-defined objects, such as service ticket.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/sapjamcommunities/latest/2017-02-26-ReleaseNotesSAPCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Interaction Recording v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionrecording/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesInteractionRecording.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Chat participants aliases in chat transcripts&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Engagement Center Interaction Recording service now supports a new field &lt;strong&gt;chatterDetails&lt;/strong&gt;. You can use this field to retrieve the basic information of the chat participant, including &lt;strong&gt;id&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;default alias&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionrecording/latest/2017-02-24-ReleaseNotesInteractionRecording.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-02-22-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drop-down navigation for organization and project selection&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customized cropping of the organization profile image&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Relocation of development nodes in the left navigation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;drop-down-navigation-for-organization-and-project-selection&quot;&gt;Drop-down navigation for organization and project selection&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Selecting an organization or project is now easier thanks to a drop-down list, featured in the main menu, that allows you to find and select an organization or project to work on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_53_0/10_dropdown_design.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Organization selection&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 326px src=&quot;img/1_53_0/11_dropdown_design.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Project selection&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;customized-cropping-of-the-organization-profile-image&quot;&gt;Customized cropping of the organization profile image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, when you selected a profile image for your organization, the Builder automatically cropped and displayed the image in the profile with no additional options. Now, you can specify an area of the selected image to use as the profile image. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 500px src=&quot;img/1_53_0/image_cropping.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Image Cropping&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;relocation-of-development-nodes-in-the-left-navigation&quot;&gt;Relocation of development nodes in the left navigation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The navigation nodes that relate to development now appear at the bottom of the left navigation. These nodes include &lt;b&gt;Clients&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Services&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Builder Modules&lt;/b&gt; and &lt;b&gt;Packages&lt;/b&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 15%;&quot; max-width: 250px src=&quot;img/1_53_0/01_Builder_left_nav_owner.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Relocated navigation nodes&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 22 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-02-22-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-02-16-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;improvements&quot;&gt;Improvements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;use-patch-instead-of-put-for-partial-updates&quot;&gt;Use PATCH instead of PUT for partial updates&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you can use the &lt;code&gt;PATCH&lt;/code&gt; method for partial updates. The method works the same way as the &lt;code&gt;PUT&lt;/code&gt; requests. Although both PUT and PATCH methods provide the same functionality, we encourage you to use PATCH. PATCH provides a clear separation of method semantics, is easy to use on the client side, and is well defined and fully compliant with all specifications. You can find more information &lt;a href= &quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/blog/post/584668076010b5001d4bf0b0&quot;&gt; in our blog &lt;/a&gt;.
The endpoints affected by this change are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/customers/{customerNumber}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/customers/{customerNumber}/addresses/{addressId}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/me&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/me/addresses/{addressId}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;performance-improvements-in-the-customer-service&quot;&gt;Performance improvements in the customer service&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We have improved the performance of the customer service by optimizing the fetching and caching mechanism of the authentication tokens used by the customer service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;migration-from-pubsub-pull-event-consumption-to-pubsub-push-subscriptions&quot;&gt;Migration from PubSub PULL event consumption to PubSub PUSH subscriptions&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From now on, internal consumption of PubSub topics uses PUSH subscription. This way we have improved internal performance of PubSub events processing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug Fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;problems-of-incorrectly-formatted-customer-token-fixed&quot;&gt;Problems of incorrectly formatted customer token fixed&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In some special cases, after calling the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/login&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, the customer token returned to a client was incorrect - it contained some extra characters which made the token unusable.
We have identified the cause of the issue and successfully resolved it.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 16 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2017-02-16-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-02-16-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">Thanks to community feedback, the background color, and therefore the visibility of the HTTP verb PATCH in the API Reference section is improved.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Before:
&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/patchColor2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after fixing a bug.&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After:
&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/patchColor1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after fixing a bug.&quot;&gt;

&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable. Thank you and keep your feedback coming.</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 16 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-02-16-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Email v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/email/latest/2017-02-16-Email-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;With the latest release, you can now send attachments with your outgoing
emails. A new section of the Email service &lt;a href=&quot;/services/email/latest/index.html#EmailSendingWithAttachments&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;
describes how to use the new functionality.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 16 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/email/latest/2017-02-16-Email-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Velocity Template Builder Module v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/velocitytemplatebuildermodule/2017-02-14-VelocityTemplateBuilder-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;velocity-template-builder-module&quot;&gt;Velocity Template Builder Module&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now create and delete your templates directly in the Builder. You can perform all template management tasks using the Builder web interface instead of having to make direct REST calls.
To manage templates in the Builder, select your project and click &lt;strong&gt;Velocity Templates&lt;/strong&gt;. Click &lt;strong&gt;+ TEMPLATE&lt;/strong&gt; to create a new template or select a template to modify.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Feb 14 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/velocitytemplatebuildermodule/2017-02-14-VelocityTemplateBuilder-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.5</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-02-09-Technev155.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;multi-tab-editor&quot;&gt;Multi-tab Editor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The former &lt;strong&gt;Localization Editor&lt;/strong&gt; is now renamed to the more generic &lt;strong&gt;Multi-Tab Editor&lt;/strong&gt;. You can use the Multi-Tab Editor to collect information with multiple dimensions, such as prices on different currencies and data in different regions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;minor-improvements&quot;&gt;Minor improvements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The Starter Page &lt;a href=&quot;https://techne.yaas.io/starterpages/details-1.html&quot;&gt;Details 1&lt;/a&gt; now reflects changes for displaying and updating avatar images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The header style is now the same for the &lt;strong&gt;Tree&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Table patterns&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Tree pattern&lt;/strong&gt; now highlights any row when you hover over it with your cursor. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://techne.yaas.io/Guidelines.html#guidelines-tone-voice&quot;&gt;Tone and voice guidelines&lt;/a&gt; are updated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Help bubbles pattern&lt;/strong&gt; is improved and now appears on top of other elements on the page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The padding of the &lt;strong&gt;Static Form Elements&lt;/strong&gt; is improved to provide a more compact look.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The references to the CSS &lt;strong&gt;Icon-Font&lt;/strong&gt; file now have a dynamic &lt;strong&gt;hash&lt;/strong&gt; to prevent caching issues.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Cards pattern&lt;/strong&gt; is updated to display a nicer shadow effect, and looks less &amp;quot;bumpy&amp;quot; when interacting with the cards.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;deprecated-localization-editor&quot;&gt;Deprecated Localization Editor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Localization Editor&lt;/strong&gt; is now deprecated. This component&amp;#39;s CSS classes are still active but only for the next two releases. Use the new &lt;strong&gt;Multi-tab Editor&lt;/strong&gt; from now on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 09 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-02-09-Technev155.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Email v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/email/latest/2017-02-01-Email-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;In this new major version of the  &lt;a href=&quot;/services/email/latest/&quot;&gt;Email service&lt;/a&gt;, several improvements allow it to focus on email sending operations, while connected functionality has been moved to helper services. You can also use the new helper services independently. See the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/velocitytemplate/latest/&quot;&gt;Velocity Template service&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/verification/latest/&quot;&gt;YaaS Verification service&lt;/a&gt; for more details. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This architectural split enables scaleable functionality for individual services, leading to better overall performance. This model also allows the delivery of new features faster, thanks to the reduced complexity of each service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The email sending request is also optimized and, by design, provides you with the choice to send emails with content rendered using the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/velocitytemplate/latest/&quot;&gt;Velocity Template service&lt;/a&gt;, or with email content that you provide directly in your request.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new services have been introduced next to &lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; service v1 in the current Email package to enable a smooth transition to the new APIs, at the moment of your choice, until the future introduction of the new Email package which will no longer include &lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; service v1.
Check out the documentation for the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/email/latest/&quot;&gt;Email Service v2&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;/blog/post/5894a49bb7f377001d18bc7b&quot;&gt;step-by-step guide&lt;/a&gt; that describes how to adjust your service to use the new version.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 06 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/email/latest/2017-02-01-Email-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-02-03-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes these new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reorder projects by drag-and-drop&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Developer Mode in the Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Invoice is available as a payment method&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;reorder-projects-by-drag-and-drop&quot;&gt;Reorder projects by drag-and-drop&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the past, projects appeared on the product overview page in the order of creation only. You can now change the order by dragging and dropping each project. Click &lt;b&gt;REORDER&lt;/b&gt; at the top right of the screen to activate reorder mode. Simply drag-and-drop the projects in the order that you want them to appear.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 500px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/01_reorder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Reorder Projects Button 1&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 500px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/02_reorder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Reorder Projects Button 2&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 500px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/03_reorder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Reorder Projects Button 3&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;developer-mode-in-the-builder&quot;&gt;Developer Mode in the Builder&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Developer Mode makes it possible for developers to step away from the Builder CLI to preview content directly in the Builder. Switch on Developer Mode to see the navigation nodes that you created for your Builder module in the left-hand navigation. You can also preview your project directly in the Builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Open Developer Mode under &lt;b&gt;Project&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Administration&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Development&lt;/b&gt;. Click &lt;b&gt;OPEN PROJECT IN DEV MODE&lt;/b&gt;. A dark gray bar appears at the bottom of the screen indicating that you are in Development Mode. You can access Dev Mode settings or exit Developer Mode using this bar.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 520px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/dev_mode1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Developer Mode&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 520px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/dev_mode2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Developer Mode&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 520px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/dev_mode3.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Developer Mode Settings&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 30%;&quot; max-width: 520px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/dev_mode4.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Developer Mode Settings&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;invoice-is-available-as-a-payment-method&quot;&gt;Invoice is available as a payment method&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;b&gt;Settings&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Administration&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Contact &amp;amp; Billing&lt;/b&gt;, you can choose an invoice as a method of payment. As with other methods, you can set an invoice as the default. To use the invoice method, you must request it. After SAP Hybris approves the request, it is then available.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 40%;&quot; max-width: 500px src=&quot;img/1_48_0/04_payment_overview.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Invoice as a payment method&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way. Check back soon for the latest updates.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 03 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2017-02-03-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-01-31-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Now you can use a new, full text search feature in the Document service. The new feature allows you to search for text in string fields in your documents.
You can even use text search in combination with regular query.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Document service full text search feature supports:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;case-sensitive and case-insensitive search&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;diacritic-sensitive and diacritic-insensitive searches to recognize or ignore text with accent marks&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;searching in a specified language&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;applying weights to text fields&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;scoring search results&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To search for documents using the full text search feature, use the new &lt;strong&gt;text&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter.
Check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/document/latest/index.html#Fulltextsearch&quot;&gt;Full Text Search&lt;/a&gt; documentation for further details.&lt;/p&gt;
 &lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;Before using text search, you must create a text index. Because there are system limits on simultaneous index creation, refer to the tips in this &lt;a href=&quot;/services/document/latest/2017-01-27-ReleaseNotesDocument.html&quot;&gt;release note&lt;/a&gt; to minimize your risk of exceeding those limits.&lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Tue Jan 31 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-01-31-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-01-27-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;As previously announced in this &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/blog/post/587e42ad41bac3001d3de628&quot;&gt;blog post&lt;/a&gt;,
from now on, there are new limits on the number of indexes you can create simultaneously. This change is dictated by the aim 
to constantly improve the resiliency and overall performance of the Document service, which is a shared environment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From now on, you can create:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;a maximum of five indexes simultaneously, per client &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;a maximum of 20 indexes simultaneously, per &amp;lt;%- @partial(&amp;#39;document_storage&amp;#39;) %&amp;gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you exceed one or both of these limits, you receive a &lt;code&gt;429 Too many requests&lt;/code&gt; response from the Document service.
In that case, you must wait until the current index build operation ends and clears the index creation pool. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can minimize the risk of exceeding the limits by planning your indexes ahead of time, and creating them for empty
 or small collections, instead of building an index for a massive data set that could take a very long time to process.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jan 27 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-01-27-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-01-24-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;multi-select&quot;&gt;Multi Select&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;API Docs&lt;/strong&gt; section of the Dev Portal is simplified, along with improvements to filtering on the Release Notes page. These changes make the Dev Portal consistent with Techne patterns, promoting a consistent user experience throughout YaaS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These are the latest updates:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;strong&gt;Packages&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down list, you can click the checkboxes to select multiple packages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Filter&lt;/strong&gt; menu takes less screen space when expanded.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Country Availability&lt;/strong&gt; filter is visible immediately when the page loads.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This screenshot shows the latest improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width:75%&quot; src=&quot;img/multiselect.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;API Docs and Release Notes filtering UI improvements - Multi Select&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;third-level-navigation&quot;&gt;Third level navigation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Dev Portal now has a third-level of navigation on the left-hand side, which makes content much easier to find in lengthy sections. Click on the third-level headings, to navigate directly there!
Also, the play button for interactive tutorials in the API Documentation section is removed from the navigation because it was distracting to users. In addition, the clickable expand arrow is moved from right to left to be consistent with the existing tree structure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For example, this is how the play button appeared in the navigation before:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width:20%&quot; src=&quot;img/3rdNav1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Example with old play button&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This is how the navigation appears now:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width:20%&quot; src=&quot;img/3rdNav2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Example with new, third-level navigation.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable. Thank you and keep your feedback coming.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jan 24 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-01-24-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2017-01-20-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Previously, the addition of a second discount to a cart caused an issue if the value of the discount&amp;#39;s sequence ID, an optional attribute, was &lt;code&gt;null&lt;/code&gt;. In those cases, the calculation resulted in an error.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The issue is now resolved. Now you can add multiple discounts to the cart and the total calculates properly.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jan 20 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2017-01-20-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Verification v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/verification/latest/2017-02-19-Verification-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Verification service allows you to verify the validity of email addresses and domains. The service offers these features: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Domain Verification&lt;/strong&gt; verifies that the domain name exists by checking whether there are DNS records of the type &lt;code&gt;MX&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;CNAME&lt;/code&gt; and/or &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt;, configured for the service, which makes receiving email theoretically possible.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Address Verification&lt;/strong&gt; verifies whether the email is properly formatted, and whether the domain component of the email address is a valid domain for receiving emails from YaaS. This email address verification works with the Domain Verification feature. You can use this feature to pre-validate an email address before sending an email to it, or before starting any lengthy process that relies on an valid email address.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Project Custom Domain(s) verification&lt;/strong&gt; retrieves the verification status of one or more domains registered for a project, including the projects&amp;#39; verification token(s). This verification is required to overcome current limitations when using the Email service with a &lt;strong&gt;FROM&lt;/strong&gt; address that does not belong to the domain &lt;code&gt;{yourProjectId}.mail.yaas.io&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;{yourProjectId}&lt;/code&gt; is the ID of your project.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Project Custom Domain(s) registration&lt;/strong&gt; registers one or more domains in YaaS as belonging to your project.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jan 19 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/verification/latest/2017-02-19-Verification-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>RAML Patterns 1.3.2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2017-01-18-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Adjusted the &lt;strong&gt;resource-type-element&lt;/strong&gt; pattern to use &lt;strong&gt;application/merge-patch+json&lt;/strong&gt; as body Content-Type. This change is aligned with recent Service-SDK changes.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jan 18 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2017-01-18-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Velocity Template v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/velocitytemplate/latest/2017-02-18-VelocityTemplate-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Velocity Template service allows you to create and upload Velocity templates that you can render later by making a simple REST call. The service provides flexible template management using Velocity-based templates. It also allows you to specify placeholders inside the template that you can later fill with custom data.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the Velocity Template service to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create and manage templates for any use case.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Render templates using the Velocity Template Language.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create multiple variants of Velocity templates for variable requirements, such as different languages and locations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jan 18 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/velocitytemplate/latest/2017-02-18-VelocityTemplate-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-01-17-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Now you can manage your documents in a Builder module for the Document service: The Document Explorer.
The Document Explorer is a user interface that provides you with:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;easy access to an overview of your documents&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;convenient and transparent index management&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;instant access to your statistics&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Document Explorer include these tabs:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Data&lt;/strong&gt; tab allows you to list all documents of a given type and display them, one-by-one, when necessary.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Index&lt;/strong&gt; tab allows you to list all indexes for a given type, along with corresponding details. You can also 
create or delete indexes in this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Tenants&lt;/strong&gt; tab provides outstanding value for tracking and planning the costs that apply to Document service 
usage, as well as deciding which rate plan to choose, and making sure you don&amp;#39;t exceed your quota. On the &lt;strong&gt;Tenants&lt;/strong&gt;
tab, you can view the total number of:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;tenants you currently manage&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;types you store in the Document service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;indexes created for your tenants&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the size of your total Document service storage&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Check out the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/documentexplorer/index.html#DocumentExplorerBuildermodule&quot;&gt;Document Explorer&lt;/a&gt; 
documentation 
and the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/documentexplorer/index.html#DocumentExplorerstepbystepguide&quot;&gt;Document Explorer step by step guide&lt;/a&gt; for further details and screen shots.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt; If you are already subscribed to the Persistence package you need to update your 
subscription to have access to the Document Explorer. In order to do that, go to your subscriptions under the 
&lt;strong&gt;Administration&lt;/strong&gt; tab for your project, choose the &lt;strong&gt;Persistence&lt;/strong&gt; package and click &lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Tue Jan 17 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2017-01-17-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-01-09-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to community feedback, an issue was discovered with broken links to specific service&amp;#39;s release notes. The issue is now resolved.
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/button_releaseNotes.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Example of not working button.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable. Thank you and keep your feedback coming.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jan 09 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2017-01-09-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.4</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-01-03-Technev154.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;hot-fix&quot;&gt;Hot Fix&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;This is a patch release to fix the Feedback Menu icons rendering issues on Windows machines&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jan 03 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2017-01-03-Technev154.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Knowledge Hub</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170102-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to community feedback, an issue was discovered with sorting articles by date. If you sorted the list of articles by &lt;strong&gt;Newest&lt;/strong&gt;, they didn&amp;#39;t sort properly due to improper date format handling. For example, articles in September displayed before those in November. The issue has been resolved. See the &lt;a href=&quot;https://knowledge.yaas.io/&quot;&gt;Knowledge Hub&lt;/a&gt; to see the new sorting in action.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
We appreciate your feedback. Keep letting us know how we can improve.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jan 02 2017 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/knowledgehub/20170102-NewKnowledgeHubRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.7</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-12-23-StorefrontTemplatev107.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release of the Storefront Template has the following new features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Product fee displays on various pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Product search related updates&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;AngularJS upgrade&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Product variant information in the order details and the order confirmation page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;product-fee-displays-on-various-pages&quot;&gt;Product fee displays on various pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a merchant, you can add fees to any of your products or items. An example of an additional charge on an item is a deposit fee on returnable bottles when you purchase beer. The fee can be one of the following types:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Absolute fee: An amount that is applied on an item or on the item quantity, such as a $5 fee for every six-pack of beer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Percentage fee: An amount that is applied on an item, such as 5%.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When a customer selects an item in the Storefront, the &lt;strong&gt;Product Details&lt;/strong&gt; page now shows the fee, if applicable, that is added to the item, such as a $0.60 fee for each beer bottle shown in the following screenshot:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; src=&quot;img/AbsoluteMultiplyItemQuantity.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The fee also displays in the customer&amp;#39;s cart and in the &lt;strong&gt;Order Details&lt;/strong&gt; page. The amount shown in the &lt;strong&gt;TAX&lt;/strong&gt; line represents the taxes on the items, and the fee, if applicable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;30%&quot; src=&quot;img/feesInCart.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; src=&quot;img/feesOnOrderPreview.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To display the fees, define the URL of the Fee service in the Site service and create fees for the products using an external fee provider. For more information about the Site service configuration, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/cartcalculation/latest/#Configuration&quot;&gt;Configuration&lt;/a&gt; page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For information about the Cart Calculation service&amp;#39;s supported fee types and how fees are calculated in the cart, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/cartcalculation/latest/#CartCalculationProcess&quot;&gt;Cart Calculation Process&lt;/a&gt; page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;product-search-related-updates&quot;&gt;Product search related updates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This release includes updates that prepare the Storefront for upcoming changes to the product indexing with the Algolia Search service. Pull the latest Storefront updates as soon as possible to ensure that the upcoming Algolia Search service release does not interfere with the ability to use the search functionality in the Storefront.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, product records sent to Algolia were indexed by the unique product ID value. With the new release, Algolia uses the value of the product&amp;#39;s YRN property in the Algolia index instead of the product&amp;#39;s ID property. You can use the search functionality regardless of whether your data is indexed by product ID or YRN. But to handle both types of Algolia indexing, it is strongly recommended to update as soon as possible, or the search functionality could cease to work in your Storefront.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;angularjs-upgrade&quot;&gt;AngularJS upgrade&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;AngularJS and its related libraries are now updated to the latest stable versions. The library base is renewed and the Storefront is adjusted to the features of the new libraries.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The following Angular, and Angular-related libraries are updated to the specified versions:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;angular: 1.5.9&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;angular-mocks: 1.5.9&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;angular-sanitize: 1.5.9&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;angular-touch: 1.5.9&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;angular-animate: 1.5.9&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;angular-bootstrap: 2.3.0&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;angular-ui-select: 0.19.6&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;product-variant-information-in-the-order-details-and-the-order-confirmation-page&quot;&gt;Product variant information in the order details and the order confirmation page&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Support is added to display product variant information in the order details and the order confirmation pages. Although the support is implemented now, it becomes available only when the next version of the Order service is released, and the Storefront is linked to this new version.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stay tuned for updates in future Storefront releases.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-12-23-StorefrontTemplatev107.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Community</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-12-23-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-card-called-create-your-own-showcase-on-community-showcases&quot;&gt;New card called &amp;quot;Create your own Showcase!&amp;quot; on Community Showcases&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Want to know how to create your own showcase? Community Showcases now has a card on the list called, &amp;quot;Create your own Showcase!&amp;quot;. Click on the card to get all the information on how to do it!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/2016-12-23/01_create_own_showcase.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-12-23-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-12-22-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;New with this release is the response body for all GET requests on the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/indexes/{type}/{name}&lt;/code&gt; 
and &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/indexes/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoints. 
&lt;br&gt;
The new format of the response body helps meet the highest standards of consistency between different types of requests, as shown in this example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;{
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;keys&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;some_field&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;1&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;another_field&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;-1&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
  &lt;/span&gt;}&lt;/span&gt;,

  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;options&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;unique&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-literal&quot;&gt;true&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;name&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;myIndex&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
  &lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;h3 id=&quot;response-body-format-changes&quot;&gt;Response body format changes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These changes appear in the new response body format:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;keys&lt;/code&gt; keyword is now added to meet the convention required for POST requests. This new keyword will
completely replace the &lt;code&gt;key&lt;/code&gt; keyword in next three months.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unnecessary attributes, such as &lt;strong&gt;v&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;background&lt;/strong&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;ns&lt;/strong&gt; are removed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The values for the &lt;strong&gt;options&lt;/strong&gt; parameter are included in the subdocument in exactly the same way they are required for write requests.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;do-i-have-any-time-to-adjust-&quot;&gt;Do I have any time to adjust?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because some implementations still expect the previous version of the response body format, response bodies will contain both 
formats for the next three months. This is to ensure backward compatibility and allow you to check and adjust before 
old deprecated format is removed from the response body.
 &lt;br&gt;
The format that includes the old and new versions of the response body looks like the example shown:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;{
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;keys&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;some_field&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;1&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;another_field&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;-1&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
  &lt;/span&gt;}&lt;/span&gt;,

  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;options&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;unique&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-literal&quot;&gt;true&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;name&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;myIndex&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
  &lt;/span&gt;}&lt;/span&gt;,
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;unique&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-literal&quot;&gt;true&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;name&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;myIndex&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;key&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;some_field&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;1&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;another_field&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;-1&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
  &lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;panel warning&quot;&gt; Please note that deprecated fields: &lt;code&gt;key&lt;/code&gt; and options on the document level will be 
completely removed after March 22nd, 2017. &lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu Dec 22 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-12-22-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-12-21-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;scaling-and-rounding-logic-updated&quot;&gt;Scaling and rounding logic updated&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, the scaling and rounding logic was applied at different parts of the cart calculation and it was not applied consistently across all monetary values. This created inconsistency in the values that were sent back to the Cart Calculation service. Not only were the values inconsistent, but applying scaling at various points also meant that the overall calculation lost some precision. To resolve these issues, the scaling is removed from various services and the roundup strategy is now only applied to the monetary values in the response of the cart calculation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;removal-of-unneccessary-attributes-from-the-calculation-response&quot;&gt;Removal of unneccessary attributes from the calculation response&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, if there were fees applied to a product, the Cart Calculation service returned various fee attributes that were of no value to the calculation response. These unnecessary attributes are removed and now only the pertinent attributes return in the calculation response.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Dec 21 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-12-21-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Earth Observation Analysis v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2016-12-21-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;data-access&quot;&gt;Data Access&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Improved availability and performance of data retrieval.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;cloud-filter&quot;&gt;Cloud Filter&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Satellite images can now be filtered for their cloud percentage, which helps users to find useful images.
For more details, check &lt;a href=&quot;/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest&quot;&gt;Dev Portal API Documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;normalized-burn-ratio-nbr-&quot;&gt;Normalized Burn Ratio (NBR)&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;NBR dataset series added for assessing fire severity.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Dec 21 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2016-12-21-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-12-21-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to community feedback, the tables style no longer suggests that table cells are clickable. Now, when you hover over the table cells, you see the arrow cursor and not a hand cursor. See the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/eu/product/latest/#Glossary&quot;&gt;Glossary&lt;/a&gt; table, which shows the current design.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable. Thank you and keep your feedback coming.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Dec 21 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-12-21-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.3</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-12-20-Technev153.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-pattern&quot;&gt;New Pattern&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A new pattern defines how to display avatars and images on cards and tables -using standard sizes. This pattern also defines the HTML markup and the user interaction to follow when uploading or changing images.
&lt;img src=&quot;img/v1.5.3/avatars-images.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tree screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;minor-updates&quot;&gt;Minor updates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Tree Pattern&lt;/strong&gt; HTML Markup is simplified. Complex use of CSS classes along with HMTL attributes is improved.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Toggle buttons&lt;/strong&gt; now have a stylized &lt;em&gt;1/0&lt;/em&gt; label instead of on/off. This change provides a more universal, conceptual representation for the toggle buttons, so there is no need to translate the button labels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Improved accessibility on the &lt;strong&gt;Expandable Button&lt;/strong&gt;. The expandable options are now in a more accessible order. Secondary options are now at the bottom of the widget and do not obscure the primary options anymore.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Checkboxes&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Radiobuttons&lt;/strong&gt; components now represent the &lt;em&gt;:focused&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;:active&lt;/em&gt; statuses visually.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Localised Editor&lt;/strong&gt; is extended to display &lt;em&gt;static content&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 20 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-12-20-Technev153.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Price v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-12-15-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;an-invalid-date-range-now-returns-the-correct-error-notification&quot;&gt;An invalid date range now returns the correct error notification&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, if you used the date range attribute when creating a product price, and a value was invalid, for example, April 31, the service returned a &lt;code&gt;500&lt;/code&gt; internal service error. With this update, the service returns the correct, and more informative, &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt; validation violation, along with the message, &lt;code&gt;The date format should be ISO 8601.&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Dec 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-12-15-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-12-15-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;updates-in-managing-the-language-header-to-support-the-product-service-v2&quot;&gt;Updates in managing the language header to support the Product service V2&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because the Product service V1 will be deprecated by the end of December 2016, the Checkout service now uses the Product service V2. The Product service V2 changes the way the service handles the language header, in that it no longer falls back to an &lt;code&gt;en&lt;/code&gt; locale. This change causes the Checkout service to retrieve, at times, incorrect data from the Product service. To resolve this issue, the Checkout service now provides a fallback locale of &lt;code&gt;en&lt;/code&gt; when a request to the Checkout service does not include the &lt;code&gt;en&lt;/code&gt; locale in the language header. This change maintains the current Checkout service V1 API contract.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For the Checkout service consumers who properly providing the language header, this update has no impact.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Dec 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-12-15-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-12-14-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-improved-api-docs-and-release-notes-search&quot;&gt;New improved API Docs and Release Notes search&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We received feedback from the community, concerning unintuitive searching on API Docs and Release Notes. To provide the best possible experience for our users, we decided to improve search functionality, by adding magnifier icon into search field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/filter_search.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Search field&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After filling search field, &amp;#39;x&amp;#39; icon will apear, giving a posibility to quickly clear  the search field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/filter_search_filled.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Filled search field&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;color-of-head-method&quot;&gt;Color of HEAD method&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thanks to community feedback, the background color, and therefore the visibility of the HTTP verb HEAD in the API Reference section is improved.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before:
&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/headColor2.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after fixing a bug.&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After:
&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/headColor1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after fixing a bug.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable. Thank you and keep your feedback coming.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Dec 14 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-12-14-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-12-13-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;rounding-logic-removed-from-the-tax-service&quot;&gt;Rounding logic removed from the Tax service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, the Tax service had a rounding logic when calculating the taxes for the cart. The rounding logic is applied to the calculated tax value before the Tax service passes the value to the Cart Calculation service. When the rounding logic is applied here, the Cart Calculation service loses some calculation precision.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To improve the precision of the cart calculation, the Tax service now passes its values without any rounding or scaling logic. Previously a tax of 1.9545 would be returned as 1.95. Now the Tax service takes the entire value (1.9545) and passes that value to the Cart Calculation service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This improvement is also applied to the Tax Avalara and Cart Calculation services so there is consistency between all of the services.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 13 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-12-13-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Avalara Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/avalaratax/latest/2016-12-13-ReleaseNotesTaxAvalaraService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;rounding-logic-removed-from-the-avalara-tax-service&quot;&gt;Rounding logic removed from the Avalara Tax service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, the Avalara Tax service had a rounding logic when calculating the taxes for the cart. The rounding logic is applied to the calculated tax value before the Avalara Tax service passes the value to the Cart Calculation service. When the rounding logic is applied here, the Cart Calculation service loses some calculation precision.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To improve the precision of the cart calculation, the Avalara Tax service now passes its values without any rounding or scaling logic. Previously a tax of 1.9545 would be returned as 1.95. Now the Avalara Tax service takes the entire value (1.9545) and passes that value to the Cart Calculation service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This improvement is also applied to the Tax and Cart Calculation services so there is consistency between all of the services.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 13 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/avalaratax/latest/2016-12-13-ReleaseNotesTaxAvalaraService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>PubSub v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2016-12-09-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Push-based message delivery&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;This release marks a major milestone for the PubSub service. Previously, it allowed you to consume events only by actively pulling them from topics. Now, the PubSub service additionally offers &lt;em&gt;push&lt;/em&gt;-based message delivery. This means that PubSub pushes events to you on demand.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;When to use push message delivery&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you need performance closer to real-time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you prefer a simpler solution to the &lt;em&gt;pull&lt;/em&gt; approach.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Get started!&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set up an HTTPS-enabled endpoint, protected by Basic Authentication.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the new &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/pubsub/latest/#PushSubscriptionManagement&quot;&gt;Push Subscription API&lt;/a&gt; to subscribe to a topic.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wait for the events to arrive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, check out the completely revamped PubSub service &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/pubsub/latest&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2016-12-09-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-12-09-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;time-limit-on-social-account-sign-in&quot;&gt;Time limit on social account sign in&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When signing into the Customer service through Facebook or Google takes longer than two seconds, the service times out so that the users can try again.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;better-error-handling-for-the-race-condition-when-updating-a-customer&quot;&gt;Better error handling for the race condition when updating a customer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In rare cases, simultaneous updates of a customer profile causes a race condition, when the service is unable to complete the updates in the correct sequence. Previously, the service returned the error code &lt;code&gt;500&lt;/code&gt; with an ambiguous message. With this update, the service now returns the error code &lt;code&gt;409&lt;/code&gt; with an appropriate message.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-12-09-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-12-06-Technev152.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-pattern&quot;&gt;New Pattern&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;There is a new pattern that highlights new and unsaved data elements. This pattern can be applied to cards, tables, and trees. An example of this pattern used in a tree, is shown in the following screenshot:
&lt;img src=&quot;img/2016-12-06/tree-highlight.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tree screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;minor-updates&quot;&gt;Minor updates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A new modifier class added to the expandable button pattern prevents the &lt;strong&gt;expanded options&lt;/strong&gt; from breaking the other elements in the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;There is a new &lt;strong&gt;Custom Select&lt;/strong&gt; element added to the form components.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;There are improvements to the documentation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Vendor-specific CSS prefixes are now added automatically&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 06 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-12-06-Technev152.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>YaaS Events</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/yaasevents/2016-12-05-ReleaseNotesEvents.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;social-sharing-for-yaas-events&quot;&gt;Social Sharing for YaaS Events&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Three new icons on the details page for each event allow you to share your events on Facebook, LinkedIn, and Twitter. Under those icons, some events might include a Twitter hashtag that you can use to share information. For example, #sapteched.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/2016-12-05/SocialSharing.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Dec 05 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/yaasevents/2016-12-05-ReleaseNotesEvents.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.12.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-12-05-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release of the Service SDK provides expanded functionality for the Rammler code generator, and a resolution to a previous issue involving overwritten DTOs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;code-generation-for-patch-and-options-in-client-generator&quot;&gt;Code generation for PATCH and OPTIONS in client generator&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Rammler code generator now supports using the PATCH and OPTIONS methods for clients generated from RAML files.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved Issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An issue in which the service generator might have overwritten DTOs with duplicate names is now resolved. A new renaming strategy appends digits to the class name when the service generator encounters duplicate names.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Dec 05 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-12-05-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-12-02-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-headers-to-support-data-compression&quot;&gt;New headers to support data compression&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;New with this release is the capability to use GZIP content encoding while receiving data from, and sending data to,
the Document service. Compressing data during transfer provides a significant reduction in bandwidth used, and thus, response times.
The bigger the data set received from or sent to the Document service, the bigger the performance improvements.
Two new headers enable the GZIP content encoding functionality in the Document service. 
To compress large data sets, include the new headers in your request and set the values to &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Document service supports these new headers:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; for write requests&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Accept-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; for read requests&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;how-to-use-the-headers&quot;&gt;How to use the headers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To experience the benefits of this new functionality, set one additional header
in your requests to the Document service:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For read requests, such as GET requests, use &lt;strong&gt;Accept-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;For write requests, such as PUT or POST requests, use &lt;strong&gt;Content-Encoding&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;code&gt;gzip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-12-02-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-12-02-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;proper-rounding-is-now-applied-to-a-discounted-item-price&quot;&gt;Proper rounding is now applied to a discounted item price&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, when an absolute discount value applied in the cart caused the new item price to be a trailing decimal value, it resulted in a failed cart calculation. For example, when a discount amount of $10.00 is distributed proportionally across three items in the cart, it causes the new item price to be a trailing decimal value, which caused an error during the calculation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To resolve this issue, a minimum precision of ten digits after the decimal is now applied. If the 11th digit is equal to, or larger than, a value of five (5), the 10th digit is rounded up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-12-02-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-11-29-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;em&gt;fallback&lt;/em&gt; query parameter along with the GET request to query on variants. For 
example: ?clip=300x200 on the:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/files/{fileId}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/public/files/{fileId}&lt;/code&gt;endpoint&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The default value for the &lt;code&gt;fallback&lt;/code&gt; query parameter is &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;. Set the value to true so that, when a particular variant does not exist, the 
Media service returns the master media file instead of a &lt;code&gt;not found&lt;/code&gt; response.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Nov 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-11-29-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Community</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-11-28-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;find-out-how-often-your-community-showcase-was-viewed&quot;&gt;Find out how often your Community Showcase was viewed&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Showcase owners can find out now how often their showcases were viewed in the last seven days, and in the previous seven days before that.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a showcase owner, you can use the statistics feature to see if the interest to your showcase increased.
To see the statistics, go to the Builder and select &lt;strong&gt;Projects -&amp;gt; &lt;i&gt;My Project&lt;/i&gt; -&amp;gt; Packages -&amp;gt; &lt;i&gt;My Package&lt;/i&gt; -&amp;gt; Showcase&lt;/strong&gt;. You may need to refresh your screen, as shown in the screenshot:
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/2016-11-28/01_statistics.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Nov 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-11-28-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center UI Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Engagement Center UI Configuration mashup service offers two new features that provide the capability to manage language-depending text, extend field-level functionality in the Engagement Center, and automatically generate SAP GUI for HTML views.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;language-dependent-text-support&quot;&gt;Language-dependent text support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The first new feature gives you the opportunity to store and read the available language-dependent texts in the Engagement Center. For example, Engagement Center user interface (UI) texts. Call the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/texts&lt;/code&gt; with the GET, POST, PUT, and DELETE HTTP-methods to manage these values.
Use the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/texts/{group}&lt;/code&gt; to group the texts and work with specific groups separately.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;object-view-extensions&quot;&gt;Object view extensions&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The second new feature, with the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/objectViewExtension&lt;/code&gt;, is the foundation for extending the service ticket view in the engagement context without any coding. Using this service, you can store configurations that contain information about additional fields. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the engagement context, you can customize the service ticket view with additional UI elements, such as: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Input field&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Label&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Check box&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Date picker&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Time picker&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;sap-gui-for-html-integration&quot;&gt;SAP GUI for HTML integration&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Updates to the SAP GUI for HTML integration, with the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/sapguihtml&lt;/code&gt;, include new attributes in the service’s data model. The configuration table now has three new flags to configure the behavior of the SAP GUI for HTML, as well as views and menu items for the engagement context (&lt;strong&gt;Active&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Action Area Link&lt;/strong&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;Autoclose&lt;/strong&gt;). Additionally, a &lt;strong&gt;Text ID&lt;/strong&gt; field is available to reference the language-dependent text objects. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-attribute-for-business-document-types&quot;&gt;New attribute for business document types&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The existing business document type feature with the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/businessdocumenttype&lt;/code&gt; is enhanced with a new attribute for the action area view. This attribute references to the action area views in the engagement context. Using this attribute, you can configure the automatic generation of action area views for SAP GUI for HTML. For additional information about SAP GUI for HTML configuration, see the &lt;strong&gt;Getting Started&lt;/strong&gt; guide in your &lt;strong&gt;Engagement Center Settings&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to the Engagement Center UI Configuration mashup service. The accepted scopes are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_view&lt;/strong&gt; (for the GET-method)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_manage&lt;/strong&gt; (for other HTTP-methods)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket Mashup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The latest release of the Service Ticket Mashup service includes a new automatic ticket number generation feature, and an update to support deleted customer accounts in the Customer Engagement Center. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt; Generate service ticket number &lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Service Ticket service now supports the automatic generation of ticket numbers. When you create or change a service ticket, and you do not specify a ticket number, the service automatically generates a unique ticket number.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Service ticket updates for customer deletion&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Service Ticket Mashup service now supports to update service tickets when the customer profile has been deleted.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Service Ticket service now supports the automatic generation of ticket numbers. If you do not specify a ticket number when you create or change a service ticket, the service automatically generates a unique ticket number.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>SAP Jam Communities v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/sapjamcommunities/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesSAPCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The latest release of the SAP Jam Communities service includes enhancements that improve security for generating access tokens, and allow you to search the community for blog posts. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Improved security mechanism for generating tokens&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The SAP Jam Communities service now supports a new method for generating access tokens. The new mechanism periodically refreshes an access token, before the previous token expires. You must apply for a new token every two hours to retrieve data from SAP Jam Communities. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To apply for a new token, configure these fields:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;applicationID&lt;/strong&gt;: ID of the application created in SAP Jam Communities&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;applicationSecret&lt;/strong&gt;: Secret of the application created in SAP Jam Communities&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;userName&lt;/strong&gt;: User name of the admin user for signing in to SAP Jam Communities&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;password&lt;/strong&gt;: User password of the admin user for signing in to SAP Jam Communities&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;The permanent token generated before this release is no longer valid after December 31, 2016.&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Blog searching enabled&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;New in this release is the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/search&lt;/code&gt;. Use this endpoint to search for blogs from SAP Jam Communities by keyword. The service returns blogs sorted by matching degree, or relevance to the specified keywords, and the post time of each blog. The search results contain only the original blogs, without returning blog replies.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/sapjamcommunities/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesSAPCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Product Support v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/productsupport/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesProductSupport.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Product Support service now supports localization settings for English and German users. Earlier, only English was supported. In addition, there was an issue with pagination on the store section. This issue has been resolved with server side pagination.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/productsupport/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesProductSupport.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Interaction Recording v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionrecording/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesInteractionRecording.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Improve efficiency of your customer interactions with chat transcripts&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;strong&gt;Interaction Recording&lt;/strong&gt; service to store transcripts of chat interactions between customers and agents. By making these interaction recordings available to your agents, you improve the efficiency of your customer interactions. Every agent can access an overview of the interactions that occurred with a particular customer, whenever necessary.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionrecording/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesInteractionRecording.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Interaction Log v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionlog/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesInteractionLog.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Interaction Log service now supports mixins in the interaction log. Specify the schema of a mixin in the &lt;strong&gt;metadata&lt;/strong&gt; attribute. The mixin feature lets you define a set of reusable properties for use in different interaction logs. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about mixins, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/document/latest/index.html#OperateonMixins&quot;&gt;Operate on Mixins&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionlog/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesInteractionLog.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Sales Order Proxy v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdsalesorderproxy/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesERPSalesOrder_overview.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Help values retrieval supported for more fields&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The ERP SD Sales Order Proxy service now supports the retrieval of help values for more fields, including payment card type, shipping conditions, sales unit, plant, item category, reject reason, schedule line category, incoterms, and delivery priority.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Retrieve help values for multiple fields&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now retrieve help values for multiple fields by calling the API only once.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, see the API documentation for &lt;a href=&quot;#RetrieveHelpValues&quot;&gt;Retrieval help values for multiple fields&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Remove unnecessary query parameters&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The unnecessary query parameters are removed, including:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qSalesOrganization&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;pageSize&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;pageNumber&lt;/strong&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;GET&lt;/code&gt; method at the endpoint &lt;strong&gt;/{tenant}/erpsalesorder/{salesorderId}&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pageSize&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;pageNumber&lt;/strong&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;GET&lt;/code&gt; method at the endpoint &lt;strong&gt;/{tenant}/erpsalesorder/simulate&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdsalesorderproxy/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesERPSalesOrder_overview.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Validation for the default configuration entry for SAP ERP connections&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The ERP SD Configuration service now supports validation for a default configuration entry for SAP ERP connections. When you create or update a configuration for SAP ERP connections, the service validates the configuration only if one of them is marked as default. If not, an error returns.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Retrieve the default schema file name list&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the ERP SD Configuration service to retrieve the name list of the mixin schema files which are delivered by SAP.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about the mixin concept, refer to the topic &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/document/latest/#Mixins&quot;&gt;Mixins&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;You can now use the Engagement Center Customer service to delete customer profiles and associated accounts.
This new feature is based on the same API endpoint of the Customer service. For more information about customer deletion, see &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-10-18-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html&quot;&gt;Delete customer profile functionality&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Search v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentersearch/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCECenterSearch.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Use the new query parameter, &lt;strong&gt;unpublishIncluded&lt;/strong&gt;, to search for unpublished products, in addition to published products, in  calls to the endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/product/advancedSearch&lt;/code&gt;. The default value for this parameter is &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cecentersearch/latest/index.html#Overview &quot;&gt;Engagement Center Search&lt;/a&gt; service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentersearch/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCECenterSearch.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>CECenter Mashup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cecentermashup/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCECenterMashup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The CECenter Mashup service now supports localization settings for English and German users. Earlier, only English was supported.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cecentermashup/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCECenterMashup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Indexing v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Several enhancements to the Engagement Center Indexing service support new indexing capabilities, the removal of data pertaining to deleted customer accounts, as well as upgrades to support version 2 of the Product service. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Price change indexing&lt;/h3&gt;
The Engagement Center Indexing service now supports price indexing for products. When a product price changes, you can index the product with the new price. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Deleted customer data removal&lt;/h3&gt;
After you delete a customer, the Engagement Center Indexing service removes related customer data and customer data contained in service tickets from the indexed data.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Customer login email change&lt;/h3&gt;
The Engagement Center Indexing service now supports to index a customer’s new contact email if the customer changes their login email and synchronizes it with their contact email. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Order status indexing&lt;/h3&gt;
The Engagement Center Indexing service now supports to index an order if the customer changes the &lt;strong&gt;status&lt;/strong&gt; field of the order.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Support for renamed &lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt; field in the Product service v2&lt;/h3&gt;
The Engagement Center Indexing service now supports the upgrade of the Product Details service from version 1 to version 2. In Product Details service v2, the former &lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt; field is now named &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt;. Consider both the &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt; fields when you search by SKU.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2016-11-25-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>SelfService Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/selfserviceconfiguration/latest/2016-11-23-ReleaseNotesSelfServiceConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Configuration service can be used to retrieve and load default settings needed for CECenter Self Service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It enables you to configure and check default settings for:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Product Registration specific Settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Product Registration Email default Template.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CECenter Settings for self service.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Interaction Log reason settings for self service.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Load Required scopes for Agent Home.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Configuration service lists out all of the configuration settings needed for the service and if all of the listed settings are appropriately configured. In addition, if any of the settings aren’t correctly configured, it visually highlights those settings, upon which the admin user can load all of the configuration with the single click of a button from builder ui.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/selfserviceconfiguration/latest/2016-11-23-ReleaseNotesSelfServiceConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.12.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-11-24-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The YaaS Service SDK supports you in developing your own YaaS services. This release helps you achieve more in less time. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;added-archetype-without-the-wishlist-sample&quot;&gt;Added archetype without the &lt;code&gt;Wishlist&lt;/code&gt; sample&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Currently, the SDK includes a second archetype with the ID &lt;code&gt;service-sdk-jersey-spring-base-archetype&lt;/code&gt;. It is similar to the existing one with the ID &lt;code&gt;service-sdk-jersey-spring-archetype&lt;/code&gt; but does not include the &lt;strong&gt;Wishlist&lt;/strong&gt; API sample. This makes it easier to start writing your own API without the need to clean up first.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;maven-dependencies-updated&quot;&gt;Maven dependencies updated&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Maven dependencies are updated, including the Jersey library version 2.24 and Spring dependencies version 4.3.4.RELEASE. Please check your Maven dependency tree and update the versions to eliminate the possible version conflicts.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Nov 24 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-11-24-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-11-22-Technev151.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;New Pattern&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;New way to display cards in groups. With the new modifier you can esily group cards into groups, with a more compact design.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Minor updates&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Resolved an issue with the mobile behavior of the tabs.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Modified the style of the tabs on the &lt;code&gt;:hover&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:active&lt;/code&gt; states.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Fixed the misaligned icon on the &lt;strong&gt;Add Button&lt;/strong&gt; for Android.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Changed the &lt;strong&gt;Starter Pages&lt;/strong&gt; to reflect the standard way to use a margin on a full page.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Visual changes were made to the &lt;strong&gt;Tables&lt;/strong&gt; pattern.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Tue Nov 22 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-11-22-Technev151.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Avalara Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/avalaratax/latest/2016-11-17-ReleaseNotesTaxAvalaraService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;vat-support&quot;&gt;VAT support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With the launch of globalization, specified updates ensure that all services are usable in the European market. The Avalara Tax service now supports the value-added tax (VAT), which is the tax included in the product&amp;#39;s sale price.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To use Avalara Tax VAT, configure the following keys in the Site service for your European site:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;businessIdentificationNo&lt;/strong&gt; - Your Avalara Unified Business Identifier (UBI). The UBI is a tax registration number you receive when you file for a business license.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;taxIncluded&lt;/strong&gt; - The default value for this key is &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;. Set the key value to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; for VAT.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;account&lt;/strong&gt; - Your Avalara account ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;license&lt;/strong&gt; - Your Avalara license key&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;apiVersion&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;code&gt;1.0&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;url&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;a href=&quot;https://development.avalara.net&quot;&gt;https://development.avalara.net&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about the UBI, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://help.avalara.com/006_Tax_Compliance_Best_Practices/Get_Started_Using_Avalara_Products!/Is_Your_Business_Registered%3F&quot;&gt;File business license applications&lt;/a&gt; section of the Avalara page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For information on how to configure the tax provider for your site, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/site/latest/&quot;&gt;Site service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To set up Avalara, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/avalaratax/latest/#AvalaraTaxCalculation&quot;&gt;Avalara Tax Calculation&lt;/a&gt; tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Nov 17 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/avalaratax/latest/2016-11-17-ReleaseNotesTaxAvalaraService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-11-16-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;contact-email-field-uses-the-yaas-login-email&quot;&gt;Contact email field uses the YaaS login email&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When a user creates a customer profile using the YaaS identity provider through the &lt;code&gt;/login/yaas&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, 
the system automatically stores the YaaS account email address in the &lt;code&gt;contactEmail&lt;/code&gt; field of the created customer profile.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Nov 16 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-11-16-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-11-16-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-improved-release-notes-filtering&quot;&gt;New improved Release Notes filtering&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The view of the &lt;a href=&quot;/rn/&quot;&gt;Release Notes&lt;/a&gt; page is improved. Previously, the navigation on the left side of the Dev Portal included filters to quickly find certain release note by API or Tool name.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Due to the rapid growth of services, the release notes landing page filters are enhanced to scale along with the increased number of services and to support an improved user experience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The improved landing page filters allow you to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the grid or list view. You can choose the view that works for you.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sort the list of release notes by date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Filter by keyword. Any filter you specify is applied to both the service name and its package.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Expand for more filters. For now, it includes five filters:&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Types&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Tools&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Markets&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Packages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Services&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new filters:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src=&quot;img/release_notes_filter_view.png&quot; width=&quot;75%&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Filter view&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See the improvements for yourself at &lt;a href=&quot;/rn/&quot;&gt;Release Notes&lt;/a&gt;. If you think the new navigation is missing something, has issues, is not what you expect, or you have ideas for improvements, click Feedback and share your thoughts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;api-docs-automatically-filter-based-on-your-geographic-location&quot;&gt;API Docs automatically filter based on your geographic location&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the newest version of the Dev Portal, the documentation for APIs filter automatically based on the services available in your geographic location.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you are logged it to the Builder, the &lt;a href=&quot;/services&quot;&gt;API Docs&lt;/a&gt; are filtered according to your region. For example, if you are in the U.S., the API Docs display services that are available in the &lt;code&gt;United States&lt;/code&gt;region.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can check other regions, by changing the filter, as shown in the following image:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/filter_based_on_geolocation.png&quot; width=&quot;75%&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Filter based on geolocation&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;What happens when you are not logged in to the Builder or when there is no market available in your location?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are not logged in to the Builder, or if there is no market available in your region, the filter is set to &lt;code&gt;Beta&lt;/code&gt; and only displays the BETA services.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Nov 16 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-11-16-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-11-15-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now supports a new attribute on a checkout request to pass along the shopper’s selected payment method. This extra information enables: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Processing various payment methods such as credit card, debit card, and cash on delivery&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Supporting fees on the selected payment methods&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition, the service now passes all item fee and payment method fee information to the Order service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;payment-method-processing&quot;&gt;Payment method processing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Until recently, the Checkout service supported only credit card and debit card payment authorization and capture. Passing the shopper&amp;#39;s selected payment method now allows the Checkout service to process different payment methods. Currently, there are four defined payment methods: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;credit card &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;debit card &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;invoice&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;cash on delivery (COD) &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The service processes credit cards and debit cards with a transaction to the configured payment service. Currently, invoices and CODs are processed as null operations and the Checkout service simply assumes downstream processing. This allows you to continue using the Checkout service for validations, coupon redemptions, and order creation, while customizing your own payment capture process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;payment-method-fee-support&quot;&gt;Payment method fee support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now supports an external fees service when adding charges and/or fees to the cart calculation for a selected payment method. You can use a fee service to add additional charges to the order as order surcharges. The payment method YRN is set to the format: &lt;code&gt;urn:yaas:hybris:payments:payment-method:{tenant};{method}&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;strong&gt;method&lt;/strong&gt; is the payment method received in the checkout request. The Checkout service sends the YRN to the Cart Calculation service and the Cart Calculation service uses the YRN to query the fee service for payment method fees. See the &lt;a href=&quot;/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-11-03-ReleaseNotesCartCalculcationService.html&quot;&gt;Cart Calculation release notes&lt;/a&gt; for additional information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;fee-information-passed-to-the-order-service&quot;&gt;Fee information passed to the Order service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition, the Checkout service now passes all of the item fee and the payment method fee information to the Order service.  The service passes the information using a checkout mixin as defined in the mixin schema: &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.us.yaas.io/hybris/checkout/v1/meta-data/schemas/fees.json&quot;&gt;https://api.xx.yaas.io/hybris/checkout/v1/meta-data/schemas/fees.json&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the Order service, use a simple GET request, using the order ID, to see exactly which fees were added to an order.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Nov 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-11-15-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Coupon v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-11-10-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Bugs&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multi-tenant authentication tokens are now used when communicating to the Document Service to allow correct access to client&amp;#39;s data.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Nov 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-11-10-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.11.3</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-11-09-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;service-generator-skip-flag&quot;&gt;Service Generator &lt;code&gt;skip&lt;/code&gt; flag&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Service Generation plug-in now provides a &lt;code&gt;service-generator.skip&lt;/code&gt; flag that you can use to disable the generation of service classes. Even if you skip the generation, the plug-in still adds the generated sources in the &lt;code&gt;target&lt;/code&gt; folder to the project sources. The effect is that as long as you don&amp;#39;t build your project using the &lt;code&gt;clean&lt;/code&gt; command, the plug-in does not remove the generated classes from the &lt;code&gt;target&lt;/code&gt; folder, even when you use the &lt;code&gt;skip&lt;/code&gt; flag.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;masking-of-password-fields-in-the-api-console&quot;&gt;Masking of password fields in the API console&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fields named &lt;code&gt;password&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;client_secret&lt;/code&gt; are now masked within the API console, without updates to the RAML.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Nov 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-11-09-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Earth Observation Analysis v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2016-11-08-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-earth-observation-analysis-service&quot;&gt;New Earth Observation Analysis service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new Earth Observation Analysis service is available on the YaaS Market. It allows you to search for and analyze historical and near real-time satellite imagery. For example, you can get information about the density of vegetation on our planet by extracting the Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) from images provided by the Sentinel-2 satellite. You can find more information about this new service in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest&quot;&gt;Dev Portal API Documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;features&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get metadata about satellite images within a specific region and time using simple REST calls, and download satellite images as classic RGB images or get higher-level information such as a vegetation index.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Nov 08 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/earthobservationanalysis/latest/2016-11-08-ReleaseNotesEarthObservationAnalysis.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-11-08-ReleaseNotesCartCalculcationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;malformed-fee-handling&quot;&gt;Malformed fee handling&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Following the support of fees in the Cart Calculation service, it can now handle malformed fees. A malformed fee is a fee whose data does not correctly or uniquely identify the identity of the fee. If a fee falls into one of the malformed scenarios defined by the Cart Calculation service, the fee value defaults to zero (0). This ensure the fee has no impact on the cart calculation totals and it serves as a visual cue that something may be wrong with the fee.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Cart Calculation service only supports the following fee type values:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ABSOLUTE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ABSOLUTE_MULTIPLY_ITEMQUANTITY&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PERCENT&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on cart calculation with fees, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cartcalculation/latest/#CartCalculationProcess&quot;&gt;Cart Calculation Process&lt;/a&gt; page and the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cartcalculation/latest/#CalculateaCart&quot;&gt; Calculate a Cart&lt;/a&gt; tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Nov 08 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-11-08-ReleaseNotesCartCalculcationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.5.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-11-04-Technev150.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;New Patterns&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;New Product Thumbnail pattern added. Can be used to show a list of products in a grid.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Revisited Tree pattern. Now with more standard expand/collapse icons and behavior; a description of how the interactivity should work.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;New Starter Pages&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;New Grid Started pages added. Speeds the development of pages used to display a grid of products using the Product Thumbnail pattern.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;New Tree Starter Page added to show the interactive behaviour in action.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Minor updates&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Fixed an issue when the Card component includes a popup submenu&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Improved Icons page with grid layout for easy scanability. Added suggested colors for each icon based on it&amp;#39;s recommended usage&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Improvements on Dialogues/Modals, Toolbar documentation, Help messages icons and widgets.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri Nov 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-11-04-Technev150.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-11-03-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;retrieve-cart-now-supports-fees&quot;&gt;Retrieve cart now supports fees&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A fee is an additional charge that can be applied to any item in the Storefront. For example, you can add a deposit fee to beer bottles. You can add multiple fees to a single item. When you retrieve a cart by using the cart ID, you retrieve details about the items in the cart as well as the cart calculation. The fees are a part of this calculation. Now, when you complete a GET request (/carts/{cartId}) and fees are included, you receive the following additional details:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The total, subtotal, and tax total for each fee item in the cart.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The total, subtotal, and tax total of the sum of the item fees for an item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The total, subtotal, and tax total of the sum of each item fee for all of the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The fee aggregate for each fee YRN in the cart.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about item fees, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cart/latest/#RetrieveItemDetailsFromtheCart&quot;&gt;Retrieve Item Details From the Cart&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cart/latest/#RetrieveCartDetailsbyID&quot;&gt;Retrieve Cart Details by ID&lt;/a&gt; tutorials.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Nov 03 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-11-03-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.6</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-10-26-StorefrontTemplatev106.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;display-of-product-variants-in-the-cart-details-and-checkout-confirmation-pages&quot;&gt;Display of product variants in the cart details and checkout confirmation pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Product variants lets the customer see all the different variations of the products in the storefront. For example, you can see the different sizes and colors that a t-shirt comes in. The storefront&amp;#39;s cart details and checkout confirmation page now support product variants.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you add an item to the cart and click the cart icon, you can see the item in the cart with the product variant information, if it is applicable. In the example below, a black t-shirt in size small is in the cart.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; src=&quot;img/CartDetailsPageWithVariants.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you click &lt;strong&gt;Checkout&lt;/strong&gt;, the checkout confirmation page also shows the same product information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;80%&quot; src=&quot;img/PreviewOrderPageWithVariants.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;price-ranges-for-products-with-variants&quot;&gt;Price ranges for products with variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, new pricing functionality in support of variants allows you to set the price as one value or, if a product has variants, as a price range.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; src=&quot;img/s_m_price_product_variants.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Depending on whether a product has variants and multiple prices, the service:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;displays a single price for products without variants, and for products with variants that cost the same price&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;displays the price range for products with variants that have at least two different prices in the &lt;strong&gt;Storefront List&lt;/strong&gt; page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;instock-presentation-for-product-with-variants&quot;&gt;InStock presentation for product with variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To further support product variants, updates to the service&amp;#39;s behavior in response to the &lt;strong&gt;inStock&lt;/strong&gt; value include:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;inStock&lt;/strong&gt; line is hidden in the &lt;strong&gt;Storefront List&lt;/strong&gt; page for products with variants.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The information on the &lt;strong&gt;Storefront Details&lt;/strong&gt; page changes depending on an item&amp;#39;s availability:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Out of stock&lt;/strong&gt;: Variants are out of stock&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add to cart&lt;/strong&gt;: Variants are in stock&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;customer-account-deletion&quot;&gt;Customer account deletion&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A customer with a storefront account can now delete the account if necessary. This feature requires the customer to sign into the storefront, go to the &lt;strong&gt;My Account&lt;/strong&gt; page, and click &lt;strong&gt;Delete Account&lt;/strong&gt;, as shown:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;100%&quot; height=&quot;30%&quot; src=&quot;img/DeleteAccount.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The system asks the customer to confirm the action:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;65%&quot; height=&quot;25%&quot; src=&quot;img/DeleteAccountConfirmation.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Upon confirming, the system sends an email with a confirmation link to the customer&amp;#39;s sign-in email address or, for accounts created with a social sign-in, to the customer&amp;#39;s contact email address. You can set the confirmation URL in the configuration key &lt;strong&gt;customer.deletion.redirecturl&lt;/strong&gt;, using the Configuration service. The token included in the email is valid for 24 hours.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;65%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/DeleteAccountCheckEmail.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After the customer clicks the link in the email, the system deletes the account.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;region-specific-storefronts&quot;&gt;Region-specific storefronts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To use the storefront in different regions, provide the &lt;code&gt;--region&lt;/code&gt; parameter in the build task, which runs the store in the specified region. This means that the service URL the storefront calls points to that specific region, for example, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://api.eu.yaas.io&quot;&gt;https://api.eu.yaas.io&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.
If you omit this parameter, the service builds the storefront URL in the US region. For now, the other available region is the EU. Here is an example of the region parameter in use:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;code&gt;$ npm run-script singleProd -- --pid=abc --cid=123 --ruri=http://example.com --region=eu&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;https-usage-in-the-storefront&quot;&gt;HTTPS usage in the storefront&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is recommended that you use domains that are encrypted into a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) HTTPS session. You can enforce HTTPS instead of HTTP in the storefront by providing an additional parameter, &lt;code&gt;--https&lt;/code&gt;, in the build task. Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;code&gt;$ npm run-script singleProd -- --pid=abc --cid=123 --ruri=http://example.com --https&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;anonymous-login-endpoint-migrated&quot;&gt;Anonymous login endpoint migrated&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The endpoint used before by Storefront to get the anonymous access token is now deprecated: &lt;code&gt;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/account/v1/auth/anonymous/login&lt;/code&gt;. We migrated it to the new &lt;code&gt;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/customerlogin/v1/auth/anonymous/login&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We recommend this migration for the already implemented customer storefronts. The new call should use the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Method&lt;/strong&gt;: POST&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;URL&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;code&gt;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/customerlogin/v1/auth/anonymous/login&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;code&gt;{
     &amp;quot;clientId&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;your_storefront_app_client_id&amp;gt;,
     &amp;quot;tenant&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;your_tenant&amp;gt;
 }&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Oct 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-10-26-StorefrontTemplatev106.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Community</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-10-24-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;add-a-youtube-video-to-your-community-showcase&quot;&gt;Add a YouTube video to your Community Showcase&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Showcase owners can now add a YouTube video promoting their showcases.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a showcase owner, you just have to add the YouTube video ID to your showcase. You will also see a preview.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/2016-10-24/01_addVideoID.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you save your update, the video is available for the community.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/2016-10-24/02_videoInUI.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Oct 24 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-10-24-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-10-24-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes two new features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Multiple source URL entries for services enabling deployment to EU and US data centers. YaaS generates the corresponding proxy URL per location.
&lt;/br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 60%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_31_0/module_location.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Notification Center in Builder&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Multiple module location URL entries for Builder modules enabling deployment to EU and US data centers.
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 60%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_31_0/source_url.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Notification Center in Builder&quot;&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Oct 24 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-10-24-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Algolia Search v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/algoliasearch/latest/2016-10-20-ReleaseNotesSearchAlgolia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-features-and-functionality&quot;&gt;New features and functionality&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With the new indexing properties in the Algolia Search service, you can now enjoy the flexibility of indexing all of your products: published, unpublished, or both. Read on to learn about the latest enhancements to the Algolia Search service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;enable-indexing-of-all-products-or-products-by-publication-status&quot;&gt;Enable indexing of all products or products by publication status&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A new feature in the Algolia Search service allows you to index published products, unpublished products, or all of your products, both published and unpublished.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the new endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/project/configuration/indexing&lt;/code&gt; to specify an indexing method in the Algolia Search service. Now you can manage indexing with help of these properties:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;activePublishedProductIndexing&lt;/strong&gt;: If set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;, this property enables indexing of published products. If set to &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;, the property disables indexing of published products.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;activeNonPublishedProductIndexing&lt;/strong&gt;: If set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;, this property enables indexing of non-published products. If set to &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;, the property disables indexing of non-published products.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;active&lt;/strong&gt; property, which enables indexing of published products only, is still available but is deprecated and scheduled to be removed entirely in an upcoming version of the Algolia Search service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;Enable unpublished product indexation only if your &lt;strong&gt;Product Content&lt;/strong&gt; package subscription is up-to-date. If your &lt;strong&gt;Product Content&lt;/strong&gt; package subscription is older than 20 October 2016, renew your subscription or the indexation feature will not work as expected. &lt;/div&gt;


&lt;h4 id=&quot;search-both-for-published-and-unpublished-products-with-new-search-credentials&quot;&gt;Search both for published and unpublished products with new search credentials&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The updated search feature changes the way the &lt;strong&gt;searchKey&lt;/strong&gt; works and introduces an additional &lt;strong&gt;backofficeSearchKey&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Previously, the &lt;strong&gt;searchKey&lt;/strong&gt; property searched for all indexed products, but only published products were indexed. Because you can now index both published and unpublished products, the new &lt;strong&gt;searchKey&lt;/strong&gt; property searches for published products only, and ignores unpublished products. Make sure you remove any old keys and generate a new &lt;strong&gt;searchKey&lt;/strong&gt; to use this feature properly.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To search for all products, both published and unpublished, use the &lt;strong&gt;backofficeSearchKey&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;If you previously used Algolia indexing, you might still have the old key that allowed you to search for all indexed products. Continuing to use the old key could lead to some issues, because there was no distinction between indexing of published and unpublished products in the former version. To avoid the unnecessary risk of getting the wrong results, it is strongly recommended that you delete the old &lt;strong&gt;searchKey&lt;/strong&gt; in your Algolia Dashbord and create a new &lt;strong&gt;searchKey&lt;/strong&gt; that enables you to search for published products only.&lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu Oct 20 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/algoliasearch/latest/2016-10-20-ReleaseNotesSearchAlgolia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-10-18-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;delete-customer-profiles-and-accounts-as-a-merchant&quot;&gt;Delete customer profiles and accounts as a merchant&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Customer service now allows merchants to delete customer profiles and associated accounts. Here is the process for deleting a customer account:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To request the deletion of a customer profile, the merchant sends a &lt;code&gt;DELETE&lt;/code&gt; request to the &lt;strong&gt;/{tenant}/customers/{customerNumber}&lt;/strong&gt; endpoint.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If the request is successful, the Customer service responds with a &lt;code&gt;202 Accepted&lt;/code&gt; message.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The service deletes the customer data asynchronously, in the background, and therefore no further action or communication is required. As soon as the service accepts the delete request, it fires the &lt;strong&gt;hybris.customer.customer-deleted&lt;/strong&gt; event. The payload of this event contains the &lt;code&gt;customerNumber&lt;/code&gt; and, if available, the &lt;code&gt;email&lt;/code&gt; of the customer that is being deleted. The payload also contains the &lt;code&gt;hybris.user&lt;/code&gt; that requested the deletion.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Resolved Issues&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customers can now confirm deletion requests without having to be logged in.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Oct 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-10-18-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-10-17-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The view of the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/&quot;&gt;API Docs&lt;/a&gt; landing page is improved. Previously, the navigation on the left side of the Dev Portal included filters to quickly find documentation by API name.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Due to the rapid growth of services, the landing page filters are enhanced to scale along with the increased number of services and to support an improved user experience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The improved landing page filters allow you to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the grid or list view. You can choose the view that works for you.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sort the list of APIs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Filter by keyword. Any filter you specify is applied to both the service name and its package.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Expand for more filters. For now, the only filter is the package filter, which allows you to filter services for a specific package. The filter also informs you how many services the package contains.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new filters:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src=&quot;img/api_filter_view.png&quot; width=&quot;75%&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Filter view&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See the improvements for yourself at &lt;a href=&quot;/services/&quot;&gt;API Docs&lt;/a&gt;. If you think the new navigation is missing something, has issues, is not what you expect, or you have ideas for improvements, click Feedback and share your thoughts.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Oct 17 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-10-17-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-10-14-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;From now on you can use &lt;strong&gt;rawwrite&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter when performing a POST request on the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/data/{type}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the new parameter to insert the body of your request into the database in exactly the same form as you send it in your request.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When using this new query parameter, remember that the body of the request must contain at least these basic metadata attributes:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;id&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;createdAt&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;modifiedAt&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;version&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Please, keep in mind that in case, the document with the same id attribute already exists, the document is fully replaced.
Because the operation performed on the database replaces the document in the database, do not set the &lt;strong&gt;patch&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; when the &lt;strong&gt;rawwrite&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter is set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Oct 14 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-10-14-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.4.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-09-03-Technev141.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h1&gt;Techne v1.4.1&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is a minor patch release with some small updates to Starter Pages and minor bug fixes.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Updates&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Starter Pages - Updated Table and Cards pages to include pagination component at the bottom of the page&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Localization Editor - Updated to show more specific error messages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu Oct 06 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-09-03-Technev141.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Order v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-10-05-ReleaseNotesOrder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h2 id=&quot;store-the-original-price-for-an-order-item&quot;&gt;Store the original price for an order item&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A new optional field, &lt;strong&gt;originalAmount&lt;/strong&gt;, is now available in order entries. The new field allows merchants to store the original price of an item. You can store the &lt;strong&gt;originalAmount&lt;/strong&gt; separately from the &lt;strong&gt;unitPrice&lt;/strong&gt;, which is the currently effective price of an item.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;add-the-original-price-to-email-templates&quot;&gt;Add the original price to email templates&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To display the &lt;strong&gt;originalAmount&lt;/strong&gt; in emails to your customers, you can edit the order confirmation email templates. To do so, replace this section of code:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs stylus&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;span&lt;/span&gt; style=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;padding-bottom: 10px;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;#&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${d.order.currency})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;format_amount&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${entry.unitPrice})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;With this code:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs stylus&quot;&gt;#&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;if&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;($!{entry.originalAmount} != $!{entry.unitPrice})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;span&lt;/span&gt; style=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;padding-bottom: 10px; font-weight:bold; text-decoration: line-through&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
         #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${d.order.currency})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;format_amount&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${entry.originalAmount})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;
    &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;span&lt;/span&gt; style=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;padding-bottom: 10px; font-weight:bold; color:#ff1616&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
         #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${d.order.currency})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;format_amount&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${entry.unitPrice})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-id&quot;&gt;#else&lt;/span&gt;
    &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;span&lt;/span&gt; style=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;padding-bottom: 10px;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
         #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${d.order.currency})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;format_amount&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;(${entry.unitPrice})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-id&quot;&gt;#end&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;</content>
			<updated>Wed Oct 05 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-10-05-ReleaseNotesOrder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.4.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-09-03-Technev140.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Techne v1.4.0&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, we have some brand new patterns and some minor updates to components.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New Patterns&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Toolbar Pattern - Includes functionality for handling Multiple Attribute/Facet filtering, Sorting, Pagination and View Switcher between Cards and Table layout&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Localization Editor - When content needs to allow for translation into more than one locale&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Expandable Button -  Allows you to design an experience that supports multiple actions from a dropdown&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Components Updates&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Alerts, Errors &amp;amp; Notifications – added example of &amp;quot;Notification” alert&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Status Indicators - added example of &amp;quot;Warning” status&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Help and Validation - added exmple of field-level error for Form Validation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Starter Pages&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Updated Tables and Cards Starter pages to include the Toolbar Pattern&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Mon Oct 03 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-09-03-Technev140.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>CECenter Mashup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cecentermashup/latest/2016-09-27-ReleaseNotesCECenterMashup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This service allows customers to create service tickets to report issues to a customer service agent for resolution. You can configure service ticket types for the different services you provide, such as requests for repairs, requests for servicing, and general inquiries.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you create a service ticket, you can specify the information to collect in the tickets you customers submit. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A short description of the customer&amp;#39;s issue or request&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The customer for whom the service ticket was opened&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The product that the request or issue relates to&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Manage the service ticket resolution process with features such as:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Built-in status management&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A transcript concept that allows customer service agents to enter additional information about the processing status&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Automatic calculation of processing times&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cecentermashup/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;CECenter Mashup&lt;/a&gt; service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Sep 27 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cecentermashup/latest/2016-09-27-ReleaseNotesCECenterMashup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Product Support v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/productsupport/latest/2016-09-27-ReleaseNotesProductSupport.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Use the new Product Support service to allow consumers to register a product. Product registration is essential for many follow-up processes such as warranties and recalls. This service does not handle warranties or recalls.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The service allows consumers to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Register a product&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;View registered products&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also configure the service to: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an email upon product registration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Maintain products that consumers can register&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create stores to indicate the retail location where products are purchased&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Update store details&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you configure the service, you can: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Maintain email templates for registration notifications&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create new stores&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Flag products that are available for registration from a catalog&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Sep 27 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/productsupport/latest/2016-09-27-ReleaseNotesProductSupport.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-09-23-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;YaaS users, &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In January of this year, the Media service version 2 was released. You can read more about that release &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-01-15-ReleaseNotesMedia.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. In July, the addition of &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/blog/post/57557e33c63783001d752e73&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;automatic migration functionality&lt;/a&gt; ensured that all data belonging to active users of the service remained safe and was migrated to the new service. Additionally, &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/blog/post/577cd386339fce001d685a30&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Deprecated storage locations&lt;/a&gt; were disabled at the time. 
By now, all users of the Media service should be familiar with version 2, which is, of course, much cooler than the previous version, Media service v1. Because the old version is no longer required, the time has come to announce that the shutdown date for Media service v1 is scheduled for Sunday, December 25, 2016. Please plan to use Media service v2 only after that date.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Sep 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-09-23-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Product Details v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/productdetails/latest/2016-09-19-ReleaseNotesProductDetails.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Product Details service v2 is available and is compatible with the latest Product service release. As of this release, use Product service v2, instead of Product service v1, within the Product Details service. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;changes-in-this-release&quot;&gt;Changes in this release&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This release includes updates to make the Product Details service compatible with the Product service v2 release. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;external-media-support-removed&quot;&gt;External media support removed&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For security reasons, external media support is removed. Any external media you create is no longer visible in the Product Details service v2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;the-sku-field-is-renamed-to-code&quot;&gt;The sku field is renamed to code&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The field, &lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt;, is now named &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt; to match the field name in Product service v2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;default-language-replaced-with-localization-value-map&quot;&gt;Default language replaced with localization value map&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the previous version of the Product Details service, if you did not provide &lt;strong&gt;Accept-Language&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;hybris-languages&lt;/strong&gt; headers, the service assumed that you wanted to retrieve content in English. To provide more insight into how your data gets treated, the English-language assumption is removed. Now, when you fetch data without providing an &lt;strong&gt;Accept-Language&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;hybris-languages&lt;/strong&gt; header, you receive a full map of localization values, matching the functionality in the Product service v2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;default-currency-replaced-with-prices-in-all-provided-currencies&quot;&gt;Default currency replaced with prices in all provided currencies&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the previous version of the Product Details service, if you did not provide the &lt;strong&gt;hybris-currency&lt;/strong&gt; header, the service assumed that you were interested only in the USD currency. To provide more control over your data, the USD currency assumption is removed. Now, when you provide data without a &lt;strong&gt;hybris-currency&lt;/strong&gt; header, you receive prices in all provided currencies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;migration&quot;&gt;Migration&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You might need to reorder your media in the Product service v1 before you begin using Product service v2. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;media-reorder-migration-possible-action-required-&quot;&gt;Media reorder migration (possible action required)&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you currently use the Product service v1 to manage your products, you might need to use the Migration service to reorder your media to the format supported by this release of the Product Details service. The Migration service takes into consideration the media&amp;#39;s &lt;strong&gt;position&lt;/strong&gt; attribute and the &lt;code&gt;main&lt;/code&gt; flag. The &lt;code&gt;main&lt;/code&gt; flag has a higher priority than any &lt;strong&gt;position&lt;/strong&gt; value. If you ordered your media using the Product service v1, make sure you trigger migration after you finish using it, and before you start using Product Details service v2. For more information about the media reorder migration, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#ProductServicev2MediaMigration&quot;&gt;Product service v2 Media Migration tutorial&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Sep 19 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/productdetails/latest/2016-09-19-ReleaseNotesProductDetails.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-09-15-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes two new features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Notification Center&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Chinese Localization&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;notification-center&quot;&gt;Notification Center&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From this release on, the Notification Center notifies you about happenings in the Builder.
After you sign in to the Builder, you&amp;#39;ll see a small bell icon on the top right. Click the bell to open the Notification Center and view all notifications related to your access rights, as well as the projects and organizations you belong to. 
&lt;/br&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 80%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_24_0/01_notification-center.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Notification Center in Builder&quot;&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;For example, you can see a notification for an outdated subscription in the image shown.
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 80%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_24_0/02_notification-center.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Notification Center in Builder&quot;&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;Within the notification message, you can click the blue headline to navigate to an action page. In the example image, the link redirects to a subscription update page. After you perform an action to resolve a notification the message disappears from the notification center.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;chinese-localization&quot;&gt;Chinese Localization&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For all of our colleagues in China, content in the Builder can now appear in Chinese.
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 80%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_24_0/03_chinese-builder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;Chinese language in Builder&quot;&gt;&lt;/br&gt;
To change your user interface (UI) language to Chinese, go to &lt;strong&gt;My Account&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;strong&gt;My Profile&lt;/strong&gt; and specify your preferred language in &lt;strong&gt;Builder Settings&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back soon for the latest updates!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Sep 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-09-15-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Price v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-09-14-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;scope-removal-for-pubsub-events&quot;&gt;Scope removal for PubSub events&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From now on, clients do not need to declare scopes to read events. As of a recent update to the PubSub service, when a tenant subscribes to any service, the subscribed service has access to all of the tenant&amp;#39;s events on all the topics. Due to this update, you no longer need the &lt;strong&gt;hybris.pubsub.topic=hybris.price.price-change&lt;/strong&gt; scope to read the price-change event. This update is backward compatible, so all existing clients are not affected by this change.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved Issues&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The issue in which the incorrect tenant header was passed in a price-change event is fixed. Previously, reading events was limited to the &lt;strong&gt;Hybris CaaS&lt;/strong&gt; tenants.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Sep 14 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-09-14-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>YaaS Events</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/yaasevents/2016-09-12-ReleaseNotesEvents.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;a href=&quot;https://events.yaas.io&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;YaaS Events&lt;/a&gt; on YaaS.io to find out about YaaS-specific events and activities, events featuring YaaS, and where to meet the YaaS experts. You can browse a list of upcoming events, as well as learn more about past events.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;View, search for, and filter events&lt;/h2&gt;

&lt;p&gt;On the &lt;b&gt;YaaS Events&lt;/b&gt; page, you can view a full list of upcoming and past events, search for events by keyword, or filter the list of events by event type, country, or city.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;View events&lt;/h3&gt;
To view events at YaaS.io, click &lt;b&gt;Community &amp;gt; Events&lt;/b&gt;.  You can also go directly to &lt;a href=&quot;https://events.yaas.io&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://events.yaas.io&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you arrive at &lt;b&gt;YaaS Events&lt;/b&gt;, check out a full list of upcoming and past events. Click on any event tile to view the event details.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;img/2016-09-12/ClickOnAnyEvent.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; alt=&quot;Click on Event&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;img/2016-09-12/EventDetail.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; alt=&quot;Event Detail&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
In an event’s details view, you can view information such as date, time, and location. Events are listed in the time zone of the event location. If you do not see a time zone, then you are located in the same time zone as the event.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
Use the scroll arrows on the left and right side of the image strip to view all images for the event. Click on any image to enlarge it.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
The event URLs shown contain the event title and event date. For example, &lt;a href=&quot;https://events.yaas.io/2016/10/07/SAP+CodeJam+Munich&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://events.yaas.io/2016/10/07/SAP+CodeJam+Munich&lt;/a&gt; shows that an event called SAP CodeJam Munich that takes place on October 10, 2016.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
Click &lt;b&gt;Register Now&lt;/b&gt; to navigate to a registration page or click &lt;b&gt;More Details&lt;/b&gt; to navigate to the event’s official landing page.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;img/2016-09-12/RegisterNow.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; alt=&quot;Register Now&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Search for events&lt;/h3&gt;
You can use the type-ahead search bar to find events easily on the &lt;b&gt;YaaS Events&lt;/b&gt; page. Enter at least the first three letters of your search term in the search. Press &lt;b&gt;Enter&lt;/b&gt; to filter the list of relevant events. You can then select an event from the results list to view the event’s details.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
To clear the search results and return to the events overview, click the &lt;b&gt;x&lt;/b&gt; on the right side of the search bar.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;img/2016-09-12/CloseSearch.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; alt=&quot;Clear Search&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Filter events&lt;/h3&gt;
You can also use the filters on the top of the page to narrow the events shown by event type, country, or city.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;img/2016-09-12/FilterEvents.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; alt=&quot;Filter Events&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
Select a filter item to display the relevant events. Click &lt;b&gt;Clear All&lt;/b&gt; to remove the filters and return to the full list of events.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
  &lt;img src=&quot;img/2016-09-12/ClearFilter.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; width=&quot;600&quot; alt=&quot;Clear Filter&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Sep 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/yaasevents/2016-09-12-ReleaseNotesEvents.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-09-08-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The latest release of the Customer service includes several updates, including the ability for customers to delete their profiles, a new event that identifies updates to customer sign-in emails, and an improved error message for a missing redirect URI. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-event-when-a-customer-changes-a-sign-in-email&quot;&gt;New event when a customer changes a sign-in email&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A new event, &lt;strong&gt;customer-login-email-changed&lt;/strong&gt;, occurs when a customer updates the email address used to sign into YaaS. Here is an a example of the event&amp;#39;s payload when a hypothetical customer changes a sign-in email from &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;mailto:myoldemail@yaastest.com&quot;&gt;myoldemail@yaastest.com&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;mailto:newemail@yaastest.com&quot;&gt;newemail@yaastest.com&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;{
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;customerNumber&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;C0123456789&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;oldEmail&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;myoldemail@yaastest.com&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;,
    &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;newEmail&lt;/span&gt;&quot; : &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;newemail@yaastest.com&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;more-informative-error-message-when-the-redirect-uri-is-not-set&quot;&gt;More informative error message when the redirect URI is not set&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Customer service now returns the error code &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt;, along with a proper error message, when the redirect URI is not set. Previously, the service sent a more ambiguous &lt;code&gt;500&lt;/code&gt; internal server error. More informative error messages can help you determine how to resolve issues.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;customers-can-delete-profiles-and-accounts&quot;&gt;Customers can delete profiles and accounts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Customer service now allows customers to delete their profiles and associated accounts. A customer must be signed in to delete the account from the Customer service. Here is the process for deleting a customer account.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When the customer requests to delete the profile, send a &lt;code&gt;DELETE&lt;/code&gt; request to the &lt;strong&gt;{tenant}/me&lt;/strong&gt; endpoint.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If the request is successful, the service sends an email with a confirmation link to the customer&amp;#39;s sign-in or, for accounts created with a social sign-in, the customer&amp;#39;s contact email address. You can configure the confirmation URL, in the configuration key &lt;strong&gt;customer.deletion.redirecturl&lt;/strong&gt;, using the Configuration service.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When the customer clicks the link to confirm, send a &lt;code&gt;DELETE&lt;/code&gt; request with a token as a query parameter to the &lt;strong&gt;{tenant}/me?token={token}&lt;/strong&gt; endpoint. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The Customer service responds with a &lt;code&gt;202 Accepted&lt;/code&gt; message. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The service deletes the customer&amp;#39;s data asynchronously, in the background. As soon as the service accepts the delete request, the service fires the &lt;strong&gt;hybris.customer.customer-deleted&lt;/strong&gt; event. This event contains the &lt;code&gt;customerNumber&lt;/code&gt; and email address of the deleted customer in its payload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Sep 08 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-09-08-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-09-08-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;excess-calls-to-the-cart-calculation-service-eliminated-when-adding-items-to-cart&quot;&gt;Excess calls to the Cart Calculation service eliminated when adding items to cart&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adding an item or a bulk of items to a cart triggers an add-to-cart request. In previous versions of the Cart service, each add-to-cart request also triggered a separate call to the Cart Calculation service, which caused Cart Calculation to time out.
Now in most cases, add-to-cart requests no longer call the Cart Calculation service. This improvement reduces the load on the service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beginning with this release, add-to-cart requests only call the Cart Calculation service when a discount is applied to the cart, so that the Cart Calculation service can provide feedback to the storefront about the cart’s discount status.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Sep 08 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-09-08-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.11.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-09-05-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new patch version of the Service SDK solves former issues with file name and enum interpretation, as well as other fixes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The RamlRewriterFilter now works with Spring Boot 1.4.0.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The system no longer interprets the target folder for generated files as an encoded URI, so you can now safely use the percent sign (%) inside your project&amp;#39;s folder name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can use relative paths to external files that hold a JSON schema when using code generation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The system now correctly interprets locally-referenced enums when generating a service code from the RAML file.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Sep 05 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-09-05-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>RAML Patterns 1.3.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2016-09-02-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;A new version (v3) of the &lt;strong&gt;resource-type-element&lt;/strong&gt; pattern is released with an improvement. The PUT and DELETE methods in the &lt;strong&gt;resource-type-element&lt;/strong&gt; pattern are not required anymore. The methods for this pattern are now optional.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved Issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An issue with the &lt;strong&gt;trait-yaas-aware&lt;/strong&gt; pattern was resolved. It no longer refers to the old format of the &lt;strong&gt;hybris-client&lt;/strong&gt; header.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Sep 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2016-09-02-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-09-02-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;support-of-item-yrns&quot;&gt;Support of item YRNs&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because the Cart service supports item YRNs (&lt;strong&gt;itemYrn&lt;/strong&gt;), the Checkout service must do the same. Now, the system passes the product&amp;#39;s item YRN from the Cart service to the Checkout service, and then to the Order service when you complete a checkout. This process ensures that the system supports products that have an item YRN throughout the entire shopping experience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;language-header-support&quot;&gt;Language header support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The language header (&lt;strong&gt;accept-language&lt;/strong&gt;) now works with not only the Order service, but the Product service as well. Include the header in requests to complete an order checkout. The header&amp;#39;s value determines the language for the content that is retrieved from the Product service. If you do not include this header in your request, the system uses the default value, English.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/checkout/latest/index.html#CheckoutanOrder&quot;&gt;Checkout an Order&lt;/a&gt; tutorial for an example.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;sku-attribute-is-now-called-code&quot;&gt;SKU attribute is now called code&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To achieve consistency with the Product service, the SKU (&lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt;) attribute is now called code (&lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Sep 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-09-02-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Playbook v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/playbook/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesPlaybookService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This is the first official release of the Playbook service which is wrapped into the Customer Journey Manager package, now available on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://market.yaas.io&quot;&gt;YaaS Market&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Build and monitor customer journeys&lt;/h3&gt;
The Playbook service enables you to perform the following tasks:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Design and build a customer journey.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create a standard journey, or a KPI-driven journey.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve, update, and delete a <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='A design-time tool used to create a journey.'>Playbook</span>.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fetch all the <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='An ordered set of stages, each comprising a set of activities, designed to achieve a business goal.'>Journey</span>s.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Collaborate with &lt;strong&gt;SAP JAM&lt;/strong&gt; users.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on this service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/playbook/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Playbook service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Aug 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/playbook/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesPlaybookService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Template v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/template/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesTemplateService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This is the first official release of the Template service which is wrapped into the Customer Journey Manager package, now available on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://market.yaas.io&quot;&gt;YaaS Market&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Create and manage an activity template, or a stage template&lt;/h3&gt;
Use a pre-defined template, or customize and design your own <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='A distinct task done to achieve a business goal.'>Activity</span> or <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='Collection of activities in a journey, grouped as a logical unit.'>Stage</span>, and save it as a new template. Also, import or export custom activity and stage templates from any SAP, or non-SAP system.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on this service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/template/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Template service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Aug 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/template/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesTemplateService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Activity v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/activity/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesActivityService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This is the first official release of the Activity service which is wrapped into the Customer Journey Manager package, now available on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://market.yaas.io&quot;&gt;YaaS Market&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Manage entities and activity metrics&lt;/h3&gt;
The Activity service enables you to fetch business entities and <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='Measurable data associated with an activity.'>Metrics</span> from a <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='A system in which an activity related to Customer Journey Manager occurs.'>Source</span> system. For example, use this service to fetch pre-defined email campaigns from the SAP Hybris Marketing system, which you can then assign to an <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='A distinct task done to achieve a business goal.'>Activity</span>.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on this service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/activity/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Activity service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Aug 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/activity/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesActivityService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer Journey Manager Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customerjourneymanagerconfiguration/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesConfigurationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This is the first official release of the Customer Journey Manager Configuration service which is wrapped into the Customer Journey Manager package, now available on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://market.yaas.io&quot;&gt;YaaS Market&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Manage business and system configurations&lt;/h3&gt;
The Customer Journey Manager Configuration service is a mashup service that is used to configure the <span class='u-help-label' data-toggle='tooltip' data-placement='top' title='Customer Journey Manager is a tactical tool that allows marketers to build, monitor, and optimize the activities at various stages of a customer life cycle. It helps them to enhance the key marketing performance indicators (KPIs) thus achieving the overall brand goal.'>Customer Journey Manager</span> application. This service provides the URL to access the Customer Journey Manager application.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on this service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/customerjourneymanagerconfiguration/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Customer Journey Manager Configuration service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Aug 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customerjourneymanagerconfiguration/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesConfigurationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>KPI v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/kpi/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesKpiService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This is the first official release of the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) service which is wrapped into the Customer Journey Manager package, now available on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://market.yaas.io&quot;&gt;YaaS Market&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Create and manage KPIs&lt;/h3&gt;
KPIs (Key Performance Indicator) help you to monitor a journey. Use the KPI service to create a KPI-driven journey that enables you to achieve business goals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on this service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/kpi/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;KPI service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Aug 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/kpi/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesKpiService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Web Interaction Persistence Enricher v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/webinteractionpersistenceenricher/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesWebInteractionPersistenceEnricher.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;Overview&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This enricher captures the clickstream of a user after the consent is obtained, captures it, and ports it to the graph database.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;features&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Persists end-user interaction&lt;br&gt;The enricher captures the following five interaction types:  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WEBSITE_VISIT: Visits to the Web site  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WEBSITE_SEARCH: Searches on the Web site  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WEBSITE_DOWNLOAD: Downloads from the Web site  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WEBSITE_VIEW: Views at the Web site; for example, viewing a video  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WEBSITE_REGISTRATION: Registrations at the Web site  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Persists End User Navigation&lt;br&gt;This enricher tracks the navigation path of the user as the user moves from one point to another on the Web site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/webinteractionpersistenceenricher/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesWebInteractionPersistenceEnricher.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Member v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Activity Types CUSTOM and ACTIVITY are now introduced to support custom scenarios.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A new configuration &amp;quot;Maximum Points per day&amp;quot; is now added to restrict a user from earning points beyond a certain limit per day.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;/activities and /memberRegistrations endpoints now support custom attributes, which are in turn passed to Rules service to support custom conditions.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Offer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyoffer/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyOffer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h1 id=&quot;replicate-offers-from-sap-hybris-marketing-and-sap-hybris-marketing-cloud&quot;&gt;Replicate offers from SAP Hybris Marketing and SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Offer service now supports the replication of offers from SAP Hybris Marketing and SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud into Loyalty. With this enhancement, the replication of offers is bidirectional. Two new fields support this feature. The field originId, contains the origin system ID of the offer. The field externalId, contains the external unique ID of the offer. These fields contain data only for the replicated offers, not for offers directly created in Loyalty.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyoffer/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyOffer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyconfiguration/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyConfigurationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Features&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Configuration service now stores initial load configuration status for the following services:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Member &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Offer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Geofence &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Content&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Report Metadata&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyconfiguration/latest/2016-08-29-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyConfigurationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket Mashup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Service Ticket Mashup service now supports mixins in service tickets. Specify the schema of a mixin in the &lt;strong&gt;metadata&lt;/strong&gt; attribute.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about mixins,see &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/document/latest/index.html#OperateonMixins&quot;&gt;Operate on Mixins&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Service Ticket service now supports mixins in the service ticket. Specify the schema of a mixin in the &lt;code&gt;metadata&lt;/code&gt; attribute.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about mixins,see &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/document/latest/index.html#OperateonMixins&quot;&gt;Operate on Mixins&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Customer Proxy v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdcustomerproxy/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesSDCustomerProxy.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Get detailed customer information&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the ERP SD Customer Proxy service to retrieve detailed customer information via the BAPI BAPI_CUSTOMER_GETDETAIL1.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdcustomerproxy/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesSDCustomerProxy.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Interaction Log v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionlog/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesInteractionLog.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;You can now use the Interaction Log service to calculate the communication duration of contact with customers, such as video chats, text chats, and phone calls. The new data fields, &lt;strong&gt;communicationStartedAt&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;communicationEndedAt&lt;/strong&gt;, are now available in this service to support this new function.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionlog/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesInteractionLog.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center UI Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Now you can use a new service with the GET, POST, PUT, and DELETE methods to configure SAP GUI for HTML for the Engagement Center. The endpoint of this new service is &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/sapguihtml&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To integrate SAP GUI for HTML in the Engagement Center, you must maintain this data:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SAP GUI for HTML URLs&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WebSocket URLs&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;View types (DISPLAY, SEARCH, CREATE, or EDIT)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Keys of the business document type for the view types&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Switch flag for customer data replication&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the ERP SD Configuration service to manage the customer data replication between the connected ERP system and the Engagement Center using the ERP SD Customer Proxy service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;New mixin schemas for IDoc&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the ERP SD Configuration service to generate mixin schemas for IDoc types of both DEBMAS06 and ADRMAS03. The new mixin schemas can be used in customer data replication between the connected ERP system and the Engagement Center via SAP HANA Cloud Integration.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;You can now create or update a customer profile without specifying an email address. The body still contains some basic customer data, but the &lt;strong&gt;contactEmail&lt;/strong&gt; attribute is no longer required. The service saves the new customer without assigning an internal account. To create an internal account for such a customer, use the new endpoint &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/customers/{customerNumber}/accounts/internal&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Indexing v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Engagement Center Indexing service now supports a new field, &lt;strong&gt;formattedPhone&lt;/strong&gt;, which removes all of the characters in the &lt;strong&gt;contactPhone&lt;/strong&gt; parameter excluding numeric characters.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Sales Order Proxy v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdsalesorderproxy/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesERPSalesOrder_overview.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;New edit function for ERP sales orders&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The ERP SD Sales Order Proxy service now supports the editing of ERP Sales Orders. To use this function, you must implement the SAP Note &lt;a href=&quot;http://service.sap.com/sap/support/notes/2339873&quot;&gt;2339873&lt;/a&gt;.
For more information, see the API documentation for the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/erpsdsalesorderproxy/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;ERP SD Sales Order Proxy&lt;/a&gt; service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Retrieving help values&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The ERP SD Sales Order Proxy service now supports to retrieve the help values from the connected SAP ERP system. Currently only the fields of the payment terms, payment method, billing block, and delivery block are supported.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdsalesorderproxy/latest/2016-08-26-ReleaseNotesERPSalesOrder_overview.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.3.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-08-22-Technev131.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Techne v1.3.1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We focused this release on cleaning up the Techne website and documentation so standards and practices are more clear for teams building on YaaS, with some minor updates to existing components and patterns.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Component &amp;amp; Pattern Updates&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Updated and clarified the Action Bar (formerly Page Header with Save/Cancel actions) pattern expected behaviors to ensure consistency across Builder modules&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Increased the size and changed the orientation (vertical to horizontal)  of the contextual menu for visibility and usability purposes&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Updated and clarified guidelines for the Modal/Dialog pattern&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Website Updates&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Updated the main site navigation to separate Components, Patterns and Starter Pages from each other&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Separate Starter Pages section for easier access and reference (source code available via Github)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redesigned all site pages for better readability and access to code snippets&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Made Axure libraries and techne color swatches available on the Download &amp;amp; Getting Started page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Mon Aug 22 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-08-22-Technev131.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-08-18-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Interactive tutorial&lt;/strong&gt; is a functionality in the Dev Portal that enables creation and usage of tutorials in interactive way. Basically it means there are documents that you can edit and run the code that they have inside.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, the content in the interactive tutorials was hidden, unless the &lt;strong&gt;Load Tutorial&lt;/strong&gt; button was clicked. It looked like it is shown in the following screenshot:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/tut_old.png&quot; width=&quot;600px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Old way of loading tutorials.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We have received an improvement request from the community to be able to:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Search content of each tutorial with &lt;code&gt;ctrl + f&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;cmd + f&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Read the content before loading the tutorial&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now interactive tutorials are displayed as static HTML. Scroll to the certain tutorial and click the &lt;strong&gt;Load {{Tutorial Name}} tutorial to run or edit the code.&lt;/strong&gt; link, which appears now in the fixed box, to load the tutorial, as shown in the following screenshot:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/tut_new.png&quot; width=&quot;600px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;New way of loading tutorials.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable for us, so thank you and keep it up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Aug 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-08-18-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Stripe Payment v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2016-08-12-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;additional-stripe-account-name&quot;&gt;Additional Stripe account name&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now when you activate Stripe Connect, the Stripe Payment service updates the site&amp;#39;s settings with the merchant&amp;#39;s Stripe account name (&lt;strong&gt;businessName&lt;/strong&gt; attribute). In the Builder, a new field appears on the Payment Details page of the site&amp;#39;s payment settings. Since a Stripe account can only be connected to one site, being able to see which Stripe account has already been used is beneficial to the merchant.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If Stripe Connect is already activated, you must deactivate and reactivate Stripe Connect for the Stripe account name to appear in the Builder.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2016-08-12-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-08-12-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;support-of-item-yrns-to-improve-functionality-with-external-product-services&quot;&gt;Support of item YRNs to improve functionality with external product services&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Further to the introduction of the YaaS Resource Name (YRN) support, the Cart service now supports item YRNs (&lt;strong&gt;itemYrn&lt;/strong&gt;). An item YRN is the equivalent to the current product schema. Now when you add, remove, or update an item in the cart by using the item YRN instead of the product schema or product ID. The item YRNs were introduced because, eventually, the Cart service will cease to use the product schema. When you add an item to the cart, the product schema, which consists of various attributes (for example, ID, YRN, description, and SKU), is coupled with the product information you entered using the Product service in the Product Content package. By removing the product schema and only using a generic item YRN, it allows you to use your own product service with ease.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about how item YRNs are used in the current API calls, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cart/latest/index.html#Tutorial&quot;&gt;tutorials&lt;/a&gt; in the Cart service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;cart-service-decoupled-from-the-other-services&quot;&gt;Cart service decoupled from the other services&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The design of the Cart service is refactored so that it is no longer depends on other services such as the Product service. This way, you can use it as a standalone service, which corresponds to the true definition of a microservice.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This refactoring introduces the following validation changes:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;There is no longer any product validation when items are added to the cart during a merge cart or a change site request. This imples that when you change the site of a cart, or when you merge two carts together, these actions will be successful even if the items within the cart do not exist.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;There is no longer any tax code validations or updates when you merge two carts or when you change the site of an existing cart.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Price validation is no longer executed when you merge two carts. Therefore, carts with different currencies can now be merged even if the price does not exist in the desired currency.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Aug 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-08-12-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-08-09-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;summary&quot;&gt;Summary&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The search box and the &lt;strong&gt;Ask a question&lt;/strong&gt; button on many landing pages are removed. The removal is because:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;According to Google Analytics, these components were used by a very small percentage of users.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The search box duplicated a search feature present in the top navigation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Thanks to your feedback, it became apparent that the exact search scope of the removed search boxes on each landing page was not clear.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable for us, so thank you, and keep it up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Aug 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-08-09-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-08-04-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
Added &lt;strong&gt;hybris.profile_consent_view, hybris.profile_consent_manage, hybris.serviceticket_view, hybris.serviceticket_manage and hybris.serviceticket_configuration_view&lt;/strong&gt; scopes for a logged in customer.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Aug 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-08-04-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.11.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-08-03-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;spring-version-update&quot;&gt;Spring Version Update&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, the Spring Framework version is updated to the &lt;code&gt;4.3.2.RELEASE&lt;/code&gt;. Update the version you use accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;service-generation-issues-resolved&quot;&gt;Service Generation Issues Resolved&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To resolve a number of Service Generator issues without breaking existing code, a new feature flag called
 &lt;code&gt;compatibilityModeEnabled&lt;/code&gt; is available and is enabled by default. You must explicitly disable the flag to make the
 fixes take effect. To do so, configure the plug-in as shown:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;execution&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;id&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;service-generation&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;id&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goals&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goal&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;generate-service&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goal&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goals&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        ...
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;compatibilityModeEnabled&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;false&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;compatibilityModeEnabled&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;execution&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;The details of the fixes included in the feature flag are described as follows.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;enum-generation&quot;&gt;Enum Generation&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, a new feature generates enumeration classes as inner classes with the Service Generator.
This improves readability and helps to avoid mapping conflicts when the same attribute name is used within multiple DTOs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;dtos-definition-generation&quot;&gt;DTOs Definition Generation&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DTOs that are generated for nested schemas are named after the referenced schema name instead of the first occurring
reference name. That enables better naming when the same schema is referenced in multiple places.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;validation-of-lists&quot;&gt;Validation of lists&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now the &lt;code&gt;@Valid&lt;/code&gt; annotation is generated in Jersey resources in front of DTOs that are mapped form JSON arrays to
Java &lt;code&gt;List&lt;/code&gt;s, as long as the &lt;code&gt;List&lt;/code&gt; type is a JSON object that itself requires validation itself.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Aug 03 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-08-03-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-08-03-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes two new features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the project&amp;#39;s scopes when defining user roles&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select an organization contact person from organization members&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;use-the-project-s-scopes-when-defining-user-roles&quot;&gt;Use the project&amp;#39;s scopes when defining user roles&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, you can choose from your project&amp;#39;s scopes when defining a new user role in your project. The scopes that are available for selection come from the scopes you defined in your services.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_22_0/01-user-roles.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;
The scopes are grouped by the packages you subscribed to and alphabetically ordered. Your projects scopes appear in the section &lt;strong&gt;My project scopes.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;select-an-organization-contact-person-from-organization-members&quot;&gt;Select an organization contact person from organization members&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The contact person for an organization must now be a member of that organization. Previously, you could enter any name and email address. Now, you must select the email address from the &lt;strong&gt;Email Address&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down list, which includes all available organization members &lt;/br&gt;&lt;/br&gt; &lt;img style=&quot;width: 80%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_22_0/02-email-drop-down.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;The list dynamically updates as you type, allowing you to find users based on a few characters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back soon for the latest updates!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Aug 03 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-08-03-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>PubSub v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2016-07-29-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Read events without declaring scopes&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The reading of events by consumers is made simpler. If a tenant subscribes to a service, that service has access to all of the events on the tenant&amp;#39;s topics. The consumer no longer need to declare scopes to read events.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;For more details, see the PubSub RAML contract, specifically the JSON schema for the &lt;code&gt;/topics/read&lt;/code&gt; resource in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/pubsub/latest/apiconsole.html&quot;&gt;PubSub API console&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;This change in the PubSub contract is backward-compatible, so all existing clients are not affected by this new functionality. From now on, clients do not need to configure scopes to read events.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2016-07-29-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.5</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-07-27-StorefrontTemplatev105.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;order-cancellation&quot;&gt;Order cancellation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A customer can now cancel an order before the order is shipped if it has been placed using a registered customer account. Anonymous orders cannot be cancelled in the storefront. The cancel order button is available in the &lt;b&gt;Order details&lt;/b&gt; screen:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; height=&quot;40%&quot; src=&quot;img/OrderDetails_CancelOrder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After the order cancellation is confirmed, the order status becomes &amp;#39;Cancelled&amp;#39; and no future changes to this order can be made:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/ConfirmCancelOrder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;70%&quot; height=&quot;20%&quot; src=&quot;img/OrderHistoryCancelledOrder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;measurement-unit-prices-on-cart-checkout-page-order-confirmation-and-order-details-pages&quot;&gt;Measurement unit prices on cart, checkout page, order confirmation, and order details pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When products with units of measurement are purchased, the item price displayed in the cart, checkout, order details, and order confirmation pages contain the unit of measurement information, as shown:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;70%&quot; src=&quot;img/PriceWithUomInCart.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;80%&quot; height=&quot;30%&quot; src=&quot;img/PriceWithUomInOrder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;email-address-stored-in-customer-profile-for-social-login&quot;&gt;Email address stored in customer profile for social login&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If a customer logs in to the Storefront using a social account, the email address linked to this social account is automatically saved in the customer profile. The email address then prepopulates the email field in the checkout page when the customer places an order.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 27 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-07-27-StorefrontTemplatev105.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Price v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-07-26-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;publishing-a-price-change-event&quot;&gt;Publishing a price change event&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, there wasn&amp;#39;t a way to know when a product&amp;#39;s price changed. For third-party services like Algolia Search, knowing when a price changes is important information when you&amp;#39;re searching for a certain price. The Price service now publishes an event for immediate price changes. The following price changes trigger the &lt;strong&gt;price-change&lt;/strong&gt; event:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A price is created for a product.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A price for an existing product is updated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A product&amp;#39;s price is deleted.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The event is published only if the price change is effective immediately. For a price change that occurs at a later date, the service publishes the event when that price change takes effect (for example, a price change with a new date range).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To allow a third-party service to read this event, use the &lt;strong&gt;hybris.pubsub.topic=hybris.price.price-change&lt;/strong&gt; scope. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about the event, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/price/latest/index.html#Events&quot;&gt;Events&lt;/a&gt; page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about the scope, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/price/latest/index.html#ScopesinPriceService&quot;&gt;Scopes in Price Service&lt;/a&gt; page.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jul 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-07-26-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Community</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-07-25-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;type-ahead-search-for-community-showcases&quot;&gt;Type-ahead search for Community Showcases&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new type-ahead search enables you to find showcases more easily on Community.&lt;br&gt;
Enter the first three letters in the search bar on the top of the current showcase page to display a selection of relevant showcases.&lt;br&gt;
Select a showcase from the result list to view the showcase&amp;#39;s details.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/2016-07-25/typeahead.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jul 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-07-25-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-07-20-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;search-improvement&quot;&gt;Search improvement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, searching in the Dev Portal was slow and faulty. We received feedback from the community that the search engine froze the whole page. This happened because the search function triggered every time the search query changed. If the query was short (for example two characters), there were so many matching records that it could freeze the page until all the results loaded. This search brought no real value and prevented users from typing proper queries until the results loaded.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From now on, the search function triggers when you finish typing and, for slow typers, only when you enter three or more characters.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your search query is too short, this information appears:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src=&quot;img/type_least_3_chars.png&quot; width=&quot;600px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Information about minimal length of query&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;solutions-section-in-dev-portal&quot;&gt;Solutions section in Dev Portal&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;YaaS is a platform that you can use to build various solutions. Each solution, depending on its complexity, can consist of one or more independent packages that are available for subscription on the YaaS Market. Therefore, we are happy to announce a new section in the Dev Portal, called &lt;strong&gt;Solutions&lt;/strong&gt;. The new section aims to explain all the technical details concerning solutions currently available on YaaS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Your feedback is very important and valuable for us, so thank you and keep it up.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 20 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-07-20-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Customer Proxy v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdcustomerproxy/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesSDCustomerProxy.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Resolved Issues&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The update resolves the issue of simplified and enhanced management of ERP customers in ERP SD Customer Proxy v2. You must update your subscription to fix these issues.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jul 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdcustomerproxy/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesSDCustomerProxy.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Resolved Issues&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The update resolves the issue of generating mixin schemas in the ERP SD Configuration v1 service. You must update your subscription to fix these issues.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jul 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;New &amp;quot;link&amp;quot; field in POST response body&lt;/h3&gt;
A new field, &lt;strong&gt;link&lt;/strong&gt;, is included in the body of the response to a POST request. The &lt;strong&gt;link&lt;/strong&gt; field contains the full path to the resource created.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;New configuration keys for customer emails&lt;/h4&gt;
The following configuration keys are now available for changing the headers of customer emails:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cust.notification.email.from&lt;/strong&gt; - The corresponding value assigned for this key in the customer setting is used to set the sender&amp;#39;s email address as part of the email header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cust.notification.email.from.name&lt;/strong&gt; - The corresponding value assigned for this key in the customer setting is used to set the sender&amp;#39;s name as part of the email header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cust.notification.email.replyTo&lt;/strong&gt; - The corresponding value assigned for this key in the customer setting is used as the sender&amp;#39;s reply email address, as part of the email header, when a recipient responds. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cust.notification.email.replyToName&lt;/strong&gt; - The corresponding value assigned for this key in the customer setting is used as the sender&amp;#39;s reply name, as a part of email header, when recipient responds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jul 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Coupon v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;New &amp;quot;link&amp;quot; field in POST response body&lt;/h3&gt;
In the Coupon service, a new field, &lt;strong&gt;link&lt;/strong&gt;, is included in the body of the response to a successful POST request. The &lt;strong&gt;link&lt;/strong&gt; field contains the full path to the resource created.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jul 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-07-18-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.10.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-07-15-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;With this release we fixed an issue with missing overlay artifact WAR for the ApiConsole in version 4.10.0.
We extended &lt;strong&gt;yaasAware&lt;/strong&gt; trait to reflect the headers mentioned in &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/apibestpractices/index.html#HybrisHeaders&quot;&gt;Hybris-specific headers&lt;/a&gt;.
Also we fixed some usability bugs that affected API Console and improved our documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-07-15-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-07-15-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes two new features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Define Blocking Rules for Services &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use Builder Modules in Project&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;define-blocking-rules-for-services&quot;&gt;Define Blocking Rules for Services&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now define blocking rules that prevent a tenant from using a higher metric amount than the limit specified. For each metric key, which is the name of the blocked property, you can define the endpoint (Path) and the methods (GET, PUT, DELETE, and POST) that become blocked after the specified limit is reached. 
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_19_0/01-blocking-rules.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
The limit is defined in the publishing tab in the package which contains the service.
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 80%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_19_0/01-metric.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;use-builder-modules-in-project&quot;&gt;Use Builder Modules in Project&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A new toggle button is available on the Builder module view named, &lt;b&gt;Use this Builder Module for my Project&lt;/b&gt;. With this feature, test the functionality of a Builder module easily before wrapping it into a package. Simply select the toggle button, as shown in the screenshot below, to make the Builder module appear in the navigation on the left side:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_19_0/02_subscribe_to_module.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back soon for the latest updates!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-07-15-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>RAML Patterns 1.2.2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2016-07-14-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;features&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We adjusted the &lt;strong&gt;yaasAware&lt;/strong&gt; Trait to reflect the headers mentioned in the documentation as &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/apibestpractices/index.html#HybrisHeaders&quot;&gt;Hybris-specific headers&lt;/a&gt; and also changed the way of how we display the traits in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.yaas.io/patterns/&quot;&gt;overview&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2016-07-14-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-07-13-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;sorting-and-paginating&quot;&gt;Sorting and paginating&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now supports paginating and sorting of the query parameters. Sorting and paginating the parameters allows you to view the results in an organized format and find specific orders with ease.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pagination is based on two parameters: &lt;strong&gt;pageSize&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;pageNumber&lt;/strong&gt;
Page size determines how many results are displayed on a single page, while page number determines which page you are viewing (if the results span more than a single page). By default, if you do not specify a page size or page number, a GET request displays 1000 results per page and the results appear on page one first. If you set a page number, but no page size, it displays 16 results per page. If you set a page size, but no page number, the results of the first page are displayed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can sort in ascending or descending order based on the following query parameters:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;customer ID (&lt;strong&gt;customerId&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;order created (&lt;strong&gt;orderCreated&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;completed checkouts after a failed initial attempt (&lt;strong&gt;checkoutCompleted&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;checkout modification date and time (&lt;strong&gt;modifiedFrom&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;modifiedTo&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If a sort order is not specified, the results are sorted in ascending order.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on sorting and paginating, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/checkout/latest/index.html#RetrieveaCheckout&quot;&gt;Retrieve a Checkout&lt;/a&gt; tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;yrn-support&quot;&gt;YRN support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now supports the YaaS Global Resource Name (YRN) concept. The YRN concept is described as a best practice in the YaaS DevPortal. See &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/apibestpractices/index.html#ResourceIdentifier&quot;&gt;Resource Identifier&lt;/a&gt;. Corresponding YRNs are supported for the following parameters:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;cart ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;cart item ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;checkout ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;customer ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;discount ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;order ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;price ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;product ID&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;display-additional-information-in-orders&quot;&gt;Display additional information in orders&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make the order more informative, two new parameters are now passed from the Checkout service to the Order service. They are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the item&amp;#39;s original price&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the payment mode (live or test)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 13 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-07-13-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-07-12-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;sorting-and-paginating-tax-codes&quot;&gt;Sorting and paginating tax codes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Tax service now supports sorting and pagination of tax codes. Being able to sort and page the tax codes allows you to view the results in an organized manner and gives you the ability to find specific tax codes with ease.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pagination is based on two parameters: &lt;strong&gt;pageSize&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;pageNumber&lt;/strong&gt;
Page size determines how many results are displayed on a single page, while page number determines which page you are viewing (if the results span more than a single page). By default, if you do not specify a page size or page number, a GET request displays 1000 results per page and the results appear on page one first. If you set a page number, but no page size, it displays 16 results per page. If you set a page size, but no page number, the results of the first page are displayed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can sort the tax codes in ascending or descending order based on the &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;siteCode&lt;/strong&gt; parameters. If a sort order is not specified, the results are sorted in ascending order.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on sorting and paginating, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/tax/latest/index.html#RetrieveaTaxCode&quot;&gt;Retrieve a Tax Code&lt;/a&gt; tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jul 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-07-12-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-07-08-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-query-parameter&quot;&gt;New query parameter&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Going forward, you can use the &lt;code&gt;content-type&lt;/code&gt; query parameter to filter your media files. The new parameter is available under the following endpoints:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/files&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/public/files&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/bulk/variants&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The query parameter &lt;code&gt;content-type&lt;/code&gt; filters your files by the content type that was specified during the upload of media files, so if you uploaded an image as a binary/octet-stream content type, you are not able to retrieve it by querying for the image/jpeg content type.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This functionality is useful to get or delete a particular type of files, for example, all invoices that you know are stored as PDFs.
The useful example is to filter files by content-type image/jpeg, image/png ant image/gif. This way you receive only those files which are supported for transformation.
To learn more, see &lt;a href=&quot;#ContentType&quot;&gt;Filter media by content type&lt;/a&gt; section of the Media service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jul 08 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-07-08-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Order Stripe v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripeorder/latest/2016-07-06-ReleaseNotesOrderStripe.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
 Stripe order service adds known channel (from where the order originated) to order service while creating an order in YaaS order service. Right now, the only known channels are Twitter and Stripe.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 06 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripeorder/latest/2016-07-06-ReleaseNotesOrderStripe.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-07-06-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Technical Tasks&lt;/h4&gt;
    The configurations of tenant are fetched from configuration service in a single GET request&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 06 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-07-06-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/configuration/latest/2016-07-06-Configuration-InternalReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;simultaneously-updating-the-same-configuration-property-made-safer&quot;&gt;Simultaneously updating the same configuration property made safer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Configuration service now implements the optimistic locking mechanism, which means that it is possible to protect yourself from unexpected results of simultaneous updates of the same configuration
 property. To do so, add the &lt;code&gt;version&lt;/code&gt; query parameter to any property-modifying calls and include the version you previously received in the payload. Please refer to the Configuration service &lt;a href=&quot;/services/configuration/latest/index.html#OptimisticLocking&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;faster-api-console&quot;&gt;Faster API Console&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We migrated to the improved API Console that was introduced with the &lt;a href=&quot;/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-05-24-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html&quot;&gt;4.10.0 release of the Service SDK&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 06 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/configuration/latest/2016-07-06-Configuration-InternalReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Order v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-07-06-ReleaseNotesOrder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;New fields show order origination and total taxable amounts&lt;/h3&gt;
A new optional field for an order, &lt;strong&gt;channel&lt;/strong&gt;, can show where orders originated from. The &lt;strong&gt;channel&lt;/strong&gt; attribute consists of two values, &lt;code&gt;name&lt;/code&gt; (string) and &lt;code&gt;source&lt;/code&gt; (URL). For example, &lt;code&gt;name&lt;/code&gt; can be something like &amp;quot;Twitter&amp;quot; and &lt;code&gt;source&lt;/code&gt; can be the URL of a tweet &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/hybriskiwis/status/707599225782214656&amp;quot;&quot;&gt;https://twitter.com/hybriskiwis/status/707599225782214656&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;/br&gt;
A new field, &lt;strong&gt;taxable&lt;/strong&gt;, added to the &lt;strong&gt;taxLine&lt;/strong&gt;, represents the total taxable amount for each line.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Technical Tasks&lt;/h4&gt;
The configurations for the tenant resource are fetched from the configuration service in a single GET request.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jul 06 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-07-06-ReleaseNotesOrder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-06-30-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Bug Fixes&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multi-tenant authentication tokens are now used when communicating to the Document Service to allow correct access to client&amp;#39;s data.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jun 30 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-06-30-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-06-28-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;additional-yrn-support&quot;&gt;Additional YRN support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, the YaaS Global Resource Name (YRN) concept was introduced in the Cart service to support the product YRN in the product attribute of the cart item. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To further support addtional YRNs, the Cart service now supports YRNs in the following locations:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When you add an item to the cart, the response returns the item ID (&lt;strong&gt;itemId&lt;/strong&gt;) and corresponding YRN (&lt;strong&gt;yrn&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When you add an item to the cart, the request contains the price ID (&lt;strong&gt;priceId&lt;/strong&gt;) and possibly the price YRN (&lt;strong&gt;yrn&lt;/strong&gt;). It is not mandatory to include the price YRN in the request.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When you create a new cart, the response returns the cart ID (&lt;strong&gt;cartId&lt;/strong&gt;) and corresponding YRN (&lt;strong&gt;yrn&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When you add a discount to the cart, the request contains the coupon code (&lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt;) and possibly the coupon YRN (&lt;strong&gt;couponYrn&lt;/strong&gt;). It is not mandatory to include the coupon YRN in the request. The response returns the discount ID (&lt;strong&gt;discountId&lt;/strong&gt;) and corresponding YRN (&lt;strong&gt;yrn&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about YRN support, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cart/latest/index.html#Tutorial&quot;&gt;tutorials&lt;/a&gt; in the Cart service.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jun 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-06-28-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-06-28-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-yrn-identifiers&quot;&gt;New YRN identifiers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Tax service now associates, with every newly-created tax code, an identifier that is based on the Uniform Resource Name (URN) schema called the YaaS Global Resource Name (YRN). The YRN concept is described as a best practice in the YaaS DevPortal. See &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/apibestpractices/index.html#ResourceIdentifier&quot;&gt;Resource Identifier&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The service returns the YRN in the response body and provides a way to uniquely identify and locate a particular tax code.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For backward compatibility, the Tax service currently returns, where applicable, both tax code &lt;strong&gt;id&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;yrn&lt;/strong&gt;. Requests to locate and modify a tax code must still supply a resource &lt;strong&gt;id&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jun 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-06-28-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Price v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-06-27-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-group-attribute&quot;&gt;New group attribute&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now when you create a new price for your product, you can also group certain products together using the new &lt;strong&gt;group&lt;/strong&gt; attribute. Using this attribute allows you to create prices for individual products while assigning them to a group so you can retrieve the prices for all of the products within the same group with ease (instead of retrieving prices for products individually). Keep in mind that although the service supports prices that are created with the product ID or the item YRN, you can only use the &lt;strong&gt;group&lt;/strong&gt; attribute if you create the price using the item YRN.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on how to add the group attribute when creating a new price, or how to retrieve all of the prices for a specific group, refer to the &lt;strong&gt;Create multiple prices for a tenant&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Retrieve all prices by query parameters&lt;/strong&gt; sections in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/price/latest/index.html#Querying&quot;&gt;Querying&lt;/a&gt; tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jun 27 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-06-27-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>PubSub v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2016-06-24-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Max length for the topic eventType increased to 64 characters&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Due to popular demand, the maximum length constraint for the topic eventType has been relaxed. The topic eventType can now contain up to 64 characters, instead of only 32 characters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;For more details, see the PubSub RAML contract, specifically the JSON schema for the &lt;code&gt;/topics&lt;/code&gt; resource in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/pubsub/latest/apiconsole.html&quot;&gt;PubSub API console&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;This change in the PubSub contract is backward-compatible, so all existing clients should not be affected.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jun 24 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/pubsub/latest/2016-06-24-ReleaseNotesPubSub.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-06-24-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;list-of-scopes-for-existing-applications-available-in-interactive-documentation&quot;&gt;List of scopes for existing applications available in interactive documentation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In interactive documentation, you can select the existing project to use later in the document. Before this release, the result of your selection looked like this:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/pick_existing_project_old.png&quot; width=&quot;400px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Previous result of pick application&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The feedback from the community was that sometimes a selected application doesn&amp;#39;t include the scopes that are required for the interactive document. You may not be aware of that, or you may not remember all the scopes your application has.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now, when you select an existing application, you can clearly see which scopes it contains:
&lt;img src=&quot;img/pick_existing_project_new.png&quot; width=&quot;550px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Current result of pick application&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After expanding the list, you can see a full list of application scopes:
&lt;img src=&quot;img/scopes_expanded.png&quot; width=&quot;550px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Scopes of picked application&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;top-experts-questions-on-landing-pages&quot;&gt;Top experts questions on landing pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to promote the community and its engagement within the Dev Portal, the &lt;a href=&quot;/&quot;&gt;Home&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/tools&quot;&gt;Getting Started&lt;/a&gt; landing pages are now extended with a list of the top eight questions from &lt;a href=&quot;https://experts.hybris.com/spaces/151/index.html&quot;&gt;hybris experts&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Just above the list, you can click an option to sort the list of questions by:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hottest&lt;/strong&gt; questions&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;most &lt;strong&gt;active&lt;/strong&gt; questions&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;newest&lt;/strong&gt; questions&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;questions given the most &lt;strong&gt;votes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here&amp;#39;s an example that shows the &lt;strong&gt;Top Experts Questions&lt;/strong&gt; section on the Home landing page.
&lt;img src=&quot;img/top_experts_questions.png&quot; width=&quot;660px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Top Experts Questions on the Home landing page&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;
Thank you a lot for your feedback. We always take it into account, so don&amp;#39;t stop providing it.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jun 24 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-06-24-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-06-23-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes the following new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dev Teams and Projects merged&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;New Publisher mode&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;New default user roles&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Applications renamed to Clients and new service access functionality&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Package makeover&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Test package creation disabled &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;dev-teams-and-projects-merged&quot;&gt;Dev Teams and Projects merged&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you sign in to the Builder, you&amp;#39;ll notice its new appearance. Previously, there was a column for Dev Teams and a column for Projects &amp;amp; Sites.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/01_teams_projects.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Now, there is only Projects. Don&amp;#39;t worry, your Dev Teams did not disappear. They are still there, but all teams functionality is now merged into Projects. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/02_projects_new.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
The functionality for Dev Teams and Projects is still available. The navigation still contains all the nodes that were previously available in Dev Teams as well as Projects &amp;amp; Sites: 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/03_navigation.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Please note that the available navigation is defined by the user role assigned to you for a project. For more information, see the section &lt;a href=&quot;#NewDefaultUserRoles&quot;&gt;New default user roles&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-publisher-mode&quot;&gt;New Publisher mode&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To publish packages in the YaaS Market, you must enable Publisher mode. To use the Publisher mode toggle, open your project and select &lt;strong&gt;Administration&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;strong&gt;Details&lt;/strong&gt;. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/04_pub_mode.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
You can turn on Publisher mode at any time. When you enable Publisher mode, an additional tab labeled &lt;strong&gt;Publishing&lt;/strong&gt; appears for all of your packages within the selected project. 
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/05_publish_tab.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
In the Publishing tab, you can enter all publishing-related data such as Terms of Service, Marketing Content, screenshots, and pricing conditions. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a id=&quot;NewDefaultUserRoles&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-default-user-roles&quot;&gt;New default user roles&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Two new default user roles are available: the Publisher role and the Developer role. 
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/06_user_roles.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Since some of the new navigation nodes within projects are not applicable to all project team members, access to different areas of the Builder can be restricted by user role. A marketing person, for example, doesn&amp;#39;t need access to service administration, while a developer likely won&amp;#39;t provide marketing content for a package. Therefore, different user groups now see different nodes in their navigation: 
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/07_default_roles.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;applications-renamed-to-clients-and-new-service-access-functionality&quot;&gt;Applications renamed to Clients and new service access functionality&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Applications are now called Clients. We extracted the clients from Services and merged them with Applications, making the creation of a service even easier. All you need to do is provide the unique identifier for your service and a version: 
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/08_service.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Like before, you can secure your service with basic authentication and add authorization rules to allow different methods for each endpoint of your API. Additionally, if you want your service to call other services, you can add a client to your service that defines the scopes and grants access to other APIs. You can add from the list of your existing clients or create a new one directly from the service: 
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/09_clients.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
When you click &lt;strong&gt;New Client&lt;/strong&gt;, a wizard guides you through the process: 
Choose required scopes and enter the &lt;strong&gt;Identifier&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Display Name&lt;/strong&gt;. Click &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt; to automatically attach your new client to the service.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/091_create_client.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Previously, you had to decide in the beginning whether to create a service that interacts with other services or not. Now you can add a client to a service whenever you want.
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/092_service_desision.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;package-makeover&quot;&gt;Package makeover&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Package tabs are renamed and their contents reshuffled to improve the interface.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/094_tabs.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
In the &lt;b&gt;Configuration&lt;/b&gt; tab, you can add the services and Builder modules that will be delivered with your package to  subscribers: 
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/095_configtab.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Access Control&lt;/b&gt; allows you to whitelist other projects, from other organizations, that can subscribe to your package without publishing your package to the YaaS Market: 
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/096_accesscontroltab.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;b&gt;Publishing&lt;/b&gt; tab contains all publishing-related data such as Terms of Service, Marketing Content, screenshots, and pricing conditions: 
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/097_publishingtab.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;
The Publishing tab appears only when you set your project to Publisher mode.   &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;test-package-creation-disabled&quot;&gt;Test package creation disabled&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is no longer possible to create test projects. Because the number of projects is limited for each organization, automatically setting up test projects can create a problem when an organization reaches its project limit. It is still possible to test a package. Simply subscribe to the package within the current project and start testing instantly. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/093_testpackage.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back soon for the latest updates!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jun 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-06-23-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.3.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-06-20-Technev130.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Techne v1.3.0&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Major/New Updates&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to make your UI design work even faster and have better consistency across Builder UI Modules we’ve introduced some starter page layouts you can use and customize as needed.  These starter layouts include:&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Table page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cards page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Detail 1 page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Detail 2 page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;
We look forward to feedback on these starter pages and suggestions for other starter pages you might find useful.
&lt;/p&gt;


&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Full Screen View of Screenshot component:&lt;/strong&gt; standard component to enlarge screenshots included in UI modules
&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;
Included a Feedback Form component so you can easily add the Feedback form to any module in a consistent way with the rest of Builder
&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;
Included a standard “Back to Top” component for pages that are long
&lt;/p&gt;


&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Minor Updates&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fixed Back Button animation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Clarified pagination usage guidelines&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Updated and made consistent styling of modals&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Updated Help component text so it is all italic&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Updated tabs for better mobile usability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Mon Jun 20 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-06-20-Technev130.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-06-10-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;channel-support&quot;&gt;Channel support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Through the use of embedded commerce, you can sell your products on various channels (such as the YaaS Storefront, Twitter, and Pinterest to name a few). To support these new channels, the channel information needs to be received by the Cart service from the client application.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now when you create a cart, the channel information is added to the cart.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;product-yrns&quot;&gt;Product YRNs&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Cart service now supports the product&amp;#39;s YaaS Global Resource Name (&lt;strong&gt;yrn&lt;/strong&gt;) in the &lt;strong&gt;product&lt;/strong&gt; attribute of the cart item. When you add a product to the cart, you can use the product&amp;#39;s ID or the YRN. For more information about YRNs, see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/tools/apibestpractices/index.html#ResourceIdentifier&quot;&gt;Resource Identifier&lt;/a&gt; section in the DevPortal.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jun 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-06-10-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Social Media User v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/socialmediauser/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSocialMediaUser.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Social Media User service is used to store and manipulate social media user data, which can be harvested from social media channels. You can map the harvested social media users to Engagement Center customer accounts. This enables you to understand your customers better, based on their social media activities. The Social Media User service also provides the functionality of basic consent management. You should make sure that the social media user data you stored in this service is fully compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. SAP does not accept any liability for the use of the service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this service, you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve social media users.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Store social media users.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete social media users.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Update social media users.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/socialmediauser/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSocialMediaUser.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Social Media Post v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/socialmediapost/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSocialMediaPost.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;New parameters and endpoint added for manipulating social media data&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Social Media Post service now supports &lt;code&gt;pageNumber&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pageSize&lt;/code&gt; parameters, you can also use &lt;code&gt;q&lt;/code&gt; parameter to search multiple data fields from the Document service. In order to avoid accidentally updating or deleting social media data, you should keep the following rules when using q query parameter for &lt;code&gt;PUT&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;DELETE&lt;/code&gt; methods:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;communicationMediumID&lt;/code&gt; must be valid&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;socialPostRootID&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;socialPostID&lt;/code&gt; cannot be &lt;code&gt;null&lt;/code&gt; or empty at the same time&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meanwhile, a new endpoint to this service &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/socialMediaPosts/{id}&lt;/code&gt; is added to this service, You can used it to manipulate social media data stored in the Document service. The &lt;code&gt;id&lt;/code&gt; parameter is a mandatory field if you want to access the data.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/socialmediapost/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSocialMediaPost.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket Mashup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Manage attachments&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the Service Ticket Mashup service to manage attachments for a service ticket. The new capabilities are as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload attachments for a given service ticket. The allowed file types are &lt;code&gt;*.txt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*.png&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*.jpg&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*.mp4&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;*.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. The total uploaded file size for a service ticket cannot exceed 1.6 MB.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Modify the file name of attachment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete an attachment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve the download link for the specified attachment. The download link will expire after one minute upon retrieval.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete all attachments for a service ticket.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dispatch service tickets&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the Service Ticket Mashup service to dispatch service tickets. If the status of an unassigned service ticket is &lt;code&gt;OPEN&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;INPROCESS&lt;/code&gt;, the service dispatches the ticket to a user assigned to the &lt;strong&gt;service ticket&lt;/strong&gt; user group in the Contact Center Settings. Users can accept or reject the service tickets they receive. Details are as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the new endpoint &lt;code&gt;{tenant}/dispatchingSetting&lt;/code&gt; to configure dispatch settings for service tickets.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If a new service ticket is posted without an assigned processor, the Service Ticket Mashup service sends a request to the Contact Center for dispatching. This happens only when the service ticket dispatch setting is switched on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The request body of the PUT operation for the endpoint &lt;code&gt;{tenant}/serviceTickets/{id}&lt;/code&gt; is enhanced with the new attribute &lt;strong&gt;cctrTaskStatus&lt;/strong&gt;. If the modified service ticket is unassigned, with the status of &lt;code&gt;Open&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;InProcess&lt;/code&gt;, you can set the value of &lt;strong&gt;cctrTaskStatus&lt;/strong&gt; to &lt;code&gt;TO_BE_SENT&lt;/code&gt; to trigger dispatch again. This happens only when the service ticket dispatch setting is switched on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The response body of the GET operation for the endpoints for retrieving a service ticket is enhanced with the new attribute &lt;strong&gt;cctrTaskStatus&lt;/strong&gt;.  Use it to indicate the status of sending a request to the Contact Center for dispatching.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;You can now use the Service Ticket service to manage attachments for a service ticket. The new capabilities are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload attachments for a specified service ticket. The allowed file types are &lt;code&gt;*.txt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*.png&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*.jpg&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*.mp4&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;*.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. The total uploaded file size for a service ticket cannot exceed 1.6 MB.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Modify the file name of attachment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete an attachment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve the download link for the specified attachment. You should notice that the download link will expire after 1 minute.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete all attachments for a service ticket.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Customer Proxy v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdcustomerproxy/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSDCustomerProxy.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;With this release of the ERP SD Customer Proxy service, managing ERP customers is easier than ever before!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;With the ERP SD Customer Proxy service version v2, you can do the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create an ERP customer in the SAP ERP system via BAPI BAPI_CUSTOMER_CREATEFROMDATA1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Update an ERP customer in the SAP ERP system via BAPI BAPI_CUSTOMER_CHANGEFROMDATA1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve the sales areas of a given ERP customer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;What&amp;#39;s new&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Compared to v1, the v2 ERP SD Customer Proxy service has the following added capabilities:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The interface for creating and updating ERP customers is simplified. Now you do not need to use the mixin schema generated by the ERP SD Integration                  builder module, to pass some ERP specific customer data to the service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The interface for creating and updating ERP customers is enhanced. Now you have access to all the import parameters supported by the BAPI, on the interfaces of relevant service operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The endpoint /{tenant}/messages provided in v1 is removed. You do not need to separately retrieve the error messages from the endpoint. Now you can directly get error messages returned by the BAPI or any other errors from the response body, in the process of creating or updating ERP customers. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A new endpoint is provided to get all sales areas of a given ERP customer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdcustomerproxy/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSDCustomerProxy.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>SAP Jam Communities v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/sapjamcommunities/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSAPCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Use the new SAP Jam Communities service to integrate YaaS functionality with the SAP Jam Communities collaboration product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this service, you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve published questions and answers and the relevant comments from SAP Jam Communities.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reply to a question or a comment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Get all of the messages and participants who post questions or comments within a specific conversation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage the configuration of SAP Jam Communities.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage SAP Jam Communities user data.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/sapjamcommunities/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesSAPCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Price v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;resolved-issues&quot;&gt;Resolved issues&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, if you had a product with multiple price attributes (for example, original amount, unit of measurement, and sales price), you could not complete a partial update to the original price (&lt;strong&gt;originalAmount&lt;/strong&gt;) attribute. In this scenario, you would receive a 400 error code stating that the price has already been defined for that specific product ID and currency. This error has now been fixed and you can now complete a partial update to the &lt;strong&gt;originalAmount&lt;/strong&gt; attribute.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Support for generating mixin schemas&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;You can now use the ERP SD Configuration service to generate mixin schemas. The generated schemas can be added to the customer root level to store the ERP specific customer attributes. Using this service, you can also retrieve the links to the schemas stored within the Schema service. If you use the Customer Engagement Center package and its ERP Sales Order module, it’s a mandatory step to generate schemas via the endpoint.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;mixin-enhancements&quot;&gt;Mixin enhancements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Currently, mixins can be added to the cart at the cart, cart item, and product levels. This feature has been enhanced to handle mixins in the following two scenarios:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When you merge an anonymous cart with a registered cart&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;When you complete a partial or full update to the cart&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Prior to this enhancement, some mixins were lost when you merged or updated a cart.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you merge an anonymous cart with a registered cart, two outcomes can occur. If the anonymous cart and registered have different mixins, the mixins will be consolidated when the two carts are merged. If the anonymous cart and registered cart have the same mixin but the mixin values are different, the cart retains the mixin values from the anonymous cart.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you update the mixins in a cart, you can complete a partial or full update. A partial mixin update lets you add a new mixin or update an existing mixin value in the cart. If you do a full update, the entire cart is updated with the content sent in the request.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Indexing v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The latest enhancement for the Engagement Center Indexing service supports the upgrade of the Product service from version 1 to version 2. In the Product service v2, the former &lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt; field is now name &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt;. To maintain compatibility, the value of the &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt; parameter is now assigned to the &lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt; parameter in the Engagement Center Indexing service. You can retrieve the value of &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;strong&gt;sku&lt;/strong&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2016-05-31-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.10.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-05-24-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release integrates the latest version of the open-source &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#APIConsole&quot;&gt;API Console&lt;/a&gt; into the Service SDK, improving performance and security.
The API Console integration into your YaaS service is now more clean and robust.
If you develop a new service based on the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#TheArchetype&quot;&gt;Service SDK Archetype&lt;/a&gt;, you benefit from these improvements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This new feature deprecates the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#legacy-api-console-integration&quot;&gt;old approach for integrating the API Console&lt;/a&gt;.
However, existing services using the old approach is supported until the next major release of the Service SDK.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;migration-to-new-api-console&quot;&gt;Migration to new API Console&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To migrate your existing YaaS service from the legacy API Console to the new one, follow this &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#APIConsole&quot;&gt;integration guide&lt;/a&gt;.
Then, remove the legacy API Console by removing the registration of &lt;code&gt;ApiConsoleFeature&lt;/code&gt; in your &lt;strong&gt;Jersey&lt;/strong&gt; configuration, usually found in the &lt;code&gt;JerseyApplication&lt;/code&gt; class of your service.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 24 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-05-24-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Order v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-05-23-ReleaseNotesOrder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
Customers can now cancel an order that is not yet SHIPPED. For this purpose, there is a new endpoint, &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/orders/{orderId}/transitions&lt;/code&gt;, for GET and POST operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To make GET or POST calls on this endpoint, the &lt;strong&gt;hybris.order_update_as_customer&lt;/strong&gt; scope is required, which is automatically granted by the Customer service after the customer logs in.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The GET operation returns an array of possible transitions for an order that can be made by a customer. But because customers can only make transitions to declined, the response is either empty or an array of a single status – DECLINED.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Example Response:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;[
{
  &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;status&lt;/span&gt;&quot;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;DECLINED&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;}
]
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The POST operation changes the status of the order to the status that is indicated in the request body.
Example Request:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs json&quot;&gt;{
 &quot;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;status&lt;/span&gt;&quot;: &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;DECLINED&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If a customer tries to make transitions that are not allowed, the service returns &lt;code&gt;403 – Forbidden&lt;/code&gt; with an appropriate error message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-05-23-ReleaseNotesOrder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-05-23-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;release-note-links-on-landing-pages&quot;&gt;Release note links on landing pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/services&quot;&gt;API Docs&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/tools&quot;&gt;Tools &amp;amp; Resources&lt;/a&gt; landing pages now include links to release notes for the service or tool you are viewing. Click any release note link to read up on the latest or previous changes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This image shows the release notes links on the API Docs landing page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;text-center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/release_notes_in_landing_pages.png&quot; width=&quot;660px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Release notes in API Docs&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;This improvement has been added, because your feedback was that:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Previous list with all services on API Docs landing page didn&amp;#39;t bring any real value to you,&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You like when there&amp;#39;s a link to release notes in documentation of specific service. Therefore the decision was to do the same for landing pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;interactive-documentation-searchable&quot;&gt;Interactive documentation searchable&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Dev Portal search results now include interactive documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To try out the new functionality, search for this example sentence, &lt;code&gt;To perform the basic operations supported by the Product service&lt;/code&gt;. A Product service document with the title &lt;strong&gt;Basic&lt;/strong&gt; appears.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-play-buttons-in-interactive-documentation&quot;&gt;Improved play buttons in interactive documentation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Play Notebook&lt;/strong&gt; button in interactive documentation has a new look. The button is now named &lt;strong&gt;Execute All&lt;/strong&gt; and appears in two places in the tutorials, so you no longer need to scroll to the bottom to start a tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As shown in this image, the second &lt;strong&gt;Execute All&lt;/strong&gt; button is located at the beginning of each tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;img/execute_all.png&quot; width=&quot;400px&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;New buttons within interactive tutorials&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This change was driven by your feedback. It was confusing for you why it says &lt;code&gt;Notebook&lt;/code&gt; and why you have to scroll to the bottom of each document to start it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
We appreciate your feedback. Keep letting us know how we can improve.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-05-23-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-05-23-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.order_update_as_customer&lt;/code&gt; scope is granted in addition to existing scopes to a customer on login. This scopes allows customers to transition the orders they have placed to declined.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-05-23-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Email Builder Module v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/emailbuildermodule/2016-05-20-EmailBuilder-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;create-and-delete-templates-in-the-builder&quot;&gt;Create and delete templates in the Builder&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now create and delete templates directly in the Builder. Finally, you can perform all template management tasks using the Builder web interface instead of having to make direct REST calls.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri May 20 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/emailbuildermodule/2016-05-20-EmailBuilder-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-05-18-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes the following new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Securely change passwords&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Assign roles to staff members&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Disable auto logout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete images for organization, profile, and packages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Download invoices&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;View statistics on the number of package subscribers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create organizations more easily &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;securely-change-passwords&quot;&gt;Securely change passwords&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We improved the method of changing the password in your profile and made it more secure. Previously, you were able to just set a new password. Now you need to know the current password to be able to change it, as shown in the image. If you do not provide the current password, you will not be able to save the new password. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/password.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;assign-roles-to-staff-members&quot;&gt;Assign roles to staff members&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We simplified how to assign a role to a staff member. In the past, you had to enter the whole email address to assign a particular user role to a user in your team or project. Now, you can choose, from a drop-down list of all users within your team or project, the user to whom you want to grant the rights for the selected user role. You can start typing the name of a user and the list filters the suggested users according to your typing. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/assign-user.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;disable-auto-logout&quot;&gt;Disable auto logout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For security reasons, the Builder logs you out after 30 minutes of inactivity. However, we received several requests to provide the ability to stay logged in. While we didn&amp;#39;t completely disable auto logout, you can now remain logged into the Builder for the current session, until you log out on your own or close the browser window. After 30 minutes, you will be informed one time that your session is about to expire. You can check the box to stay logged in. The session expiration pop-up will not appear again for the remainder of the session.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/auto-logout.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;delete-images-for-organization-profile-and-packages&quot;&gt;Delete images for organization, profile, and packages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now remove images from your organization, your profile, and your package icons. To do so, simply click the red x on the right side of the icon and the previously selected image will disappear. You still need to save the change in the header bar. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/delete_image.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;download-invoices&quot;&gt;Download invoices&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now download your invoices. To download invoices, navigate to your Organization page, and then click &lt;strong&gt;Bills&lt;/strong&gt;. Click the &lt;strong&gt;Download&lt;/strong&gt; link to open the selected invoice in a new window, where you can save it as a PDF. Please make sure that your browser allows pop-ups from YaaS. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/invoice.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;view-statistics-for-the-number-of-subscribers&quot;&gt;View statistics for the number of subscribers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a package provider, you can see how your package is used and how many users subscribed to it in the last six months. On the package details page, click the &lt;strong&gt;Statistic&lt;/strong&gt; link to view details on package usage.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/stats.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;create-organizations-more-easily&quot;&gt;Create organizations more easily&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, when you created an organization, you entered the country your organization is located in. Now, you must select your organization’s purpose of use for YaaS. You can chose between &lt;strong&gt;Commercial&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Non-commercial&lt;/strong&gt;. If you choose &lt;strong&gt;Non-commercial&lt;/strong&gt;, you can test and play around with YaaS and subscribe to the Beta packages that are available on the YaaS Market. All countries are allowed to use YaaS for non-commercial purposes, including the US.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/create_org.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
When you create a non-commercial organization, you do not need any further approval. You are automatically allowed to subscribe to the Beta packages.&lt;br&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/non-commercial.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Subscribing to commercial packages is still restricted to US-based companies. When you select &lt;strong&gt;Commercial&lt;/strong&gt;, “United States” is the only option available in the &lt;strong&gt;Country&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down list on the Organization Address page, as shown. You still must complete the approval process. A wizard guides you through the mandatory fields that must be completed before sending the form to the back end systems.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_16_0/commercial.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back soon for the latest updates!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu May 19 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-05-18-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-05-13-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;media-v2-image-cropping-and-image-variants&quot;&gt;Media V2 image cropping and image variants&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Media V2 upgrade includes awesome new features that provide more options for image management.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;crop-images&quot;&gt;Crop images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition to image clipping, Media V2 now supports cropping - resizing the original image to fit within the desired dimensions by cutting off the edges.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aqrpiLq.png&quot; alt=&quot;Image cropping&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;add-new-variants-to-existing-images&quot;&gt;Add new variants to existing images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you upload an image, you can also trigger the creation of new variants by making a &lt;code&gt;POST&lt;/code&gt; request on the &lt;code&gt;variants&lt;/code&gt; endpoint, with the variants specified in the query parameters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;delete-variants&quot;&gt;Delete variants&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is now possible to delete variants. 
Just make a &lt;code&gt;DELETE&lt;/code&gt; request on the &lt;code&gt;variants&lt;/code&gt; endpoint to remove all of the variants. Pass query parameters in the request to remove specific variants.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/media/latest/index.html#Tutorial&quot;&gt;head over to the docs&lt;/a&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cheers,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Framefrogs&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Sun May 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-05-13-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Stripe Order v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripeorder/latest/2016-05-14-ReleaseNotesOrderStripe.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The newly-released Stripe Order service is part of the &lt;b&gt;Stripe Relay In-App &amp;amp; Social Sales package&lt;/b&gt;. This package allows merchants to sell products directly within applications via Stripe Relay.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about this service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/stripeorder/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Stripe Order&lt;/a&gt; service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Sat May 14 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripeorder/latest/2016-05-14-ReleaseNotesOrderStripe.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Stripe Order Webhook v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripeorderwebhook/latest/2016-05-14-ReleaseNotesOrderwebhookStripe.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The newly-released Stripe Order Webhook service is part of the &lt;b&gt;Stripe Relay In-App &amp;amp; Social Sales package&lt;/b&gt;. This service&amp;#39;s role is to receive orders from Stripe and notify the Order Stripe service to create the orders on the YaaS
side.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about this service, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/stripeorderwebhook/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Stripe Order Webhook&lt;/a&gt; service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Sat May 14 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripeorderwebhook/latest/2016-05-14-ReleaseNotesOrderwebhookStripe.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.4</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-05-12-StorefrontTemplatev104.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;image-carousel-on-product-details-page-improved&quot;&gt;Image carousel on product details page improved&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the Product Details page, the carousel with the product images has been improved. As a result, the zoom function on a desktop, in full screen mode, and when changing between thumbnail images for a product, provides a better user experience than previously. Zoom is no longer available on mobile.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;out-of-stock-button-disabled-when-the-product-is-out-of-stock&quot;&gt;Out of Stock button disabled when the product is out of stock&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When a product is out of stock, the &lt;b&gt;Out of Stock&lt;/b&gt; button on the Product Details page is disabled.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;migration-from-google-sign-in-to-google-sign-in&quot;&gt;Migration from Google+ sign-in to Google sign-in&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because Google+ sign-in is deprecated, we have migrated to Google sign-in. After the user signs in to the Storefront with a Google account, if Google returns an avatar, the application displays it as the user&amp;#39;s profile picture in &lt;b&gt;My Account&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; height=&quot;40%&quot; src=&quot;img/GoogleSignIn.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/GoogleAvatar.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu May 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-05-12-StorefrontTemplatev104.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>API Management v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2016-05-12-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;no-more-applications&quot;&gt;No more applications&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Simplifying the YaaS experience is entering a new stage. We deprecated the endpoint &lt;strong&gt;/applications&lt;/strong&gt; in the &lt;strong&gt;API Management&lt;/strong&gt; service and replaced it with &lt;strong&gt;/clients&lt;/strong&gt;.
This eliminates the confusion behind the common idea of an &amp;quot;application&amp;quot; and is more consistent with the OAuth 2.0 framework.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The functionalities of both endpoints are equal.
The changes are not yet in the Builder. Stay tuned for a further announcement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel warning&quot;&gt;The final calling date for &lt;strong&gt;/applications&lt;/strong&gt; is September 1, 2016.&lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu May 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2016-05-12-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Coupon v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-05-11-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
    Redemption event now consists of a new property – &amp;#39;issuedTo&amp;#39; that contains the customer number, to whom the coupon was issued.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed May 11 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-05-11-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Email v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyemail/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyEmailService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Email service enables you to create and upload email templates in multiple languages so that you can send repetitive emails by making a simple REST call. You can send emails to intimate your customers of  activities such as:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Successful registration &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Order confirmation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Account expiration &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Referral emails&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Tier upgradation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Offers &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These types of emails are sent to one person as a result of an action triggered by the user. You can create and manage email templates for any use case.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send a registration email to a customer when they register to the loyalty program.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an order confirmation email to a customer that lists their order details.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send a referral email to friends for registering to the loyalty program.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an email to a customer when they upgrade their tier. For example, when a customer upgrades from the bronze to silver tier. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an email to a customer to inform about account expiration. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an email to a customer to inform about offers on any product.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyemail/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyEmailService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Member v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Features&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Member service allows you to: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage loyalty programs and tiers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage loyalty member information such as user, status, tier, points, and registered on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage member activity information such as registration, order, redeem, rating, review, and expiration.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fault tolerance introduced for the member service so that it retries partially disrupted calls.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Service now generates human readable member numbers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Email is no longer the unique identifier for the member but customerid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Cards v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltycards/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCards.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Cards service enables you to design templates for your digital loyalty cards and coupons, and offer them as part of your loyalty program.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Cards service allows you to create digital loyalty card and coupon templates for Apple and Google wallets.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Card Service provides REST service to create, update and view loyalty card and coupon templates for Google and Apple wallets. In addition, the loyalty card service also provides service for one time configuration of certificate and merchant details required to configure Apple or Google wallet service. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A Loyalty administrator can configure cards and coupons for Apple and/or Google wallets from Configuration &amp;gt; Wallet Configuration menu.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Card service now supports multiple languages.
Loyalty Card templates can now be saved in multiple languages which are supported by the tenant. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Cards service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loycard_view - View Google and Apple loyalty card and coupon templates&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loycard_manage - Create or edit Google and Apple loyalty card and coupon templates&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Note: Deletion of template for digital loyalty cards and coupons is currently not supported.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltycards/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCards.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Apple Wallet v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyapplewallet/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAppleWallet.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Apple Wallet gives users a convenient way to organize and use rewards cards, boarding passes, tickets, and gift cards. You can bring up passes in your app with PassKit APIs, send them via email, or post them on the web. You can also set the time or location for an item to appear. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Passes are a digital representation of information that might otherwise be printed on small pieces of paper or plastic. They let users take an action in the physical world. Passes can contain images and a barcode, and you can update passes using push notifications. The pass library contains the user’s passes, and users view and manage their passes using the Wallet app. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Apple Wallet service will enable you to download and update loyalty card and coupon passes on supported iOS devices.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Apple Wallet service now supports multiple languages.
The Loyalty Card passbook can now be saved on compatible Apple devices in the preferred language of the member.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Apple Wallet service are: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.applewallet_view - View Apple loyalty card and coupon configuration for Apple Wallet&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.applewallet_manage - Manage or edit Apple loyalty card and coupon configuration for Apple Wallet&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyapplewallet/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAppleWallet.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Analytics v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyanalytics/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAnalyticsService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Analytics service is now more flexible, robust and easy to use. It does not directly required and respond with standard Elastic Search query, rather it deals with very generic format.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty KPIs enhancements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Member Revenue: Total revenue generated from loyalty program members can be shown in currency (sum of all the revenue in one currency).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Charts enhancements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Member Revenue ($)  by Month / Qtr / Year per Tier can be shown in multiple currencies.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, Analytics service provides better way of filtering charts and kpis.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon May 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyanalytics/latest/2016-05-09-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAnalyticsService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.9.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-05-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;With the new release of the Service SDK, we improved functionality and fixed some bugs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fixed wrongly generated setters for complex objects that use additionalProperties.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed May 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-05-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Stripe Payment v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2016-05-03-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;deferred-payment&quot;&gt;Deferred payment&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, when you checked out an order, the payment was captured during the checkout process. Now with the deferred payment feature, you can authorize the payment during the checkout, but the customer&amp;#39;s credit card will not be charged until the order has shipped. This gives the merchant the flexibility to determine how they want to charge their customers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If the merchant has set the payment settings to capture after an order is shipped, the payment is only authorized during the checkout process. The payment transaction ID and &lt;code&gt;pending&lt;/code&gt; status is sent to the Order service. After the order has been shipped, the transaction ID is used to capture the payment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/stripepayment/latest/index.html#DeferredPayment&quot;&gt;Deferred Payment&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 03 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2016-05-03-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-05-03-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;deferred-payments&quot;&gt;Deferred Payments&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now supports the new deferred payment feature in the Stripe Payment service. When a customer checks out their cart, their credit card will either be charged at the initial checkout or after their order has been shipped. This depends on how the merchant decided to set up their payment settings. If the merchant chooses to have the payment captured once the order has shipped, the payment call made during checkout will return a transaction ID and a payment status of &lt;code&gt;pending&lt;/code&gt;, which will be passed to the Order service. Once the order has been shipped, the same payment endpoint will be called again and the payment will be captured. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/stripepayment/latest/index.html#DeferredPayment&quot;&gt;Deferred Payment&lt;/a&gt; page in the Stripe Payment service, or the payment information in the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/checkout/latest/index.html#CheckoutProcess&quot;&gt;Checkout Process&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue May 03 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-05-03-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-04-29-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;resizing-the-image-files-in-the-media-service-v2-is-now-possible&quot;&gt;Resizing the image files in the Media service V2 is now possible&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now upload your master image file and then trigger a transformation process to create multiple variants of different sizes.
This can be useful if you need to resize images in your application to accommodate different devices, such as mobile devices or standard desktop computers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;What&amp;#39;s new:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can now specify additional image sizes of your master image file by performing requests on the &lt;code&gt;/files&lt;/code&gt; endpoint with the &lt;strong&gt;size&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter and its required value. The master image will be automatically transformed to multiple variants.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To retrieve a specific variant of your image file, perform a GET request on the &lt;code&gt;/files/{fileId}&lt;/code&gt; endpoint.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Apr 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-04-29-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-04-29-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Before this release, Dev Portal pages did not print correctly. The rendering issues have been fixed now so that you can easily share Dev Portal content offline with other parties.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The following images show how the generated PDFs looked in previous versions and how printed PDFs will look now, in the current version.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;section style=&quot;width: 50%; float:left; margin-bottom: 30px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;img style=&quot;width: 440px;&quot; src=&quot;img/print_broken.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive pull-left&quot; alt=&quot;Broken PDF&quot;&gt;
&lt;/section&gt;
&lt;section style=&quot;width: 50%; float:left; margin-bottom: 30px;&quot; &gt;
    &lt;img style=&quot;width: 440px;&quot; src=&quot;img/print_fixed.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive pull-left&quot; alt=&quot;Fixed PDF&quot;&gt;
&lt;/section&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Thank you again for your valuable feedback.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Apr 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-04-29-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.9.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-04-28-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;With the new release of the Service SDK, we added further support for easier authorization, fixed some bugs, and updated Maven dependencies. &lt;strong&gt;Please make sure your Maven dependency versions are not in conflict with Service SDK versions&lt;/strong&gt; after the update.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;enabled-generated-client-to-use-the-new-oauth-2-0-jersey-filter-with-the-same-client-instance&quot;&gt;Enabled generated client to use the new OAuth 2.0 Jersey Filter with the same client instance&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now override the &lt;code&gt;AuthorizationScope&lt;/code&gt; used by the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#authorizing-your-jax-rs-client-requests-with-the-oauth2filter&quot;&gt;OAuth2 Jersey Filter&lt;/a&gt; on a request basis. To do this, set a &lt;code&gt;RequestProperty&lt;/code&gt; with the key &lt;code&gt;OAuth2Filter.PROPERTY_AUTHORIZATION_SCOPE&lt;/code&gt; and the desired &lt;code&gt;AuthorizationScope&lt;/code&gt; as the value anywhere in your client invocation call chain:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs java&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-keyword&quot;&gt;return&lt;/span&gt; documentClient
    .tenant(tenant)
    .client(CLIENT_NAME)
    .dataType(DATA_TYPE)
    .prepareGet()
    .withRequestProperty(OAuth2Filter.PROPERTY_AUTHORIZATION_SCOPE, &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-keyword&quot;&gt;new&lt;/span&gt; AuthorizationScope(tenant, SCOPES))
    .execute();
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this new functionality, you can reuse the same generated client instance for making calls that are authorized with a different &lt;code&gt;AuthorizationScope&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;maven-dependencies-updated&quot;&gt;Maven dependencies updated&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Maven dependencies have been updated to the latest ones, including updating the Jersey library to version 2.22.2 and Spring dependencies to version 4.2.5.RELEASE. Please check your Maven dependency tree and update the versions in order to eliminate possible version conflicts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We fixed the problem of the API Console throwing a &lt;code&gt;NullPointerException&lt;/code&gt; error when requesting a non-existing resource. We also improved the confusing JavaDoc of the &lt;code&gt;RamlRewriterFilter.setTraitMappings()&lt;/code&gt; method, which was not in sync with the implementation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Apr 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-04-28-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Commerce Builder Module v0.2.15</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2016-04-26-AdminUITemplatev0215.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-cancel-button-functionality&quot;&gt;New Cancel button functionality&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release of the Commerce Builder Module, the &lt;strong&gt;Cancel&lt;/strong&gt; button functionality has been updated in accordance with the following Techne requirement:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cancel&lt;/b&gt;: Stops the process the user has started and brings the user back to the page before they started the process. Cancel stops a new object being created, closes a modal or an edit page, ends a complete wizard and deletes all data changes. Most of the time, this pattern can be solved with a historical back using the Referrer from the Builder link manager.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-ux-when-deleting-tax-overrides-on-pdp&quot;&gt;Improved UX when deleting tax overrides on PDP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The user experience for deletion of tax overrides on the &lt;strong&gt;Product Details&lt;/strong&gt; page has been improved. Before, the tax override would be removed from display when clicking the &lt;strong&gt;X&lt;/strong&gt; on the tax override card, but the actual deletion would only happen when the user subsequently clicked &lt;strong&gt;SAVE&lt;/strong&gt;. Now, when the user clicks the &lt;strong&gt;X&lt;/strong&gt; on the tax override card, a modal dialog displays and asks the user if they are sure they wants to delete the tax override, and an API call to delete the tax override is made after the user clicks &lt;strong&gt;OK&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;75%&quot; height=&quot;50%&quot; src=&quot;img/DeleteTaxOverridesPdp.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-alert-when-a-site-currency-is-updated&quot;&gt;New alert when a site currency is updated&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release we added a notification for the user whenever currency for a site is changed. This alert informs that shipping rates are affected by the change of currency and allows the user to navigate to the shipping settings for that specific site and make any necessary adjustments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/SiteCurrencyUpdateAlert.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;stripe-connect-and-test-mode&quot;&gt;Stripe Connect and test mode&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stripe Connect is a new and easy way for you to integrate the Stripe payment provider with YaaS. With Stripe Connect, you can take advantage of the Stripe Relay feature that will be available in the upcoming Stripe Relay In-App &amp;amp; Social Sales package.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate Stripe, navigate to the following setup page:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;your project&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;strong&gt;Commerce Settings&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;strong&gt;Payment Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Activate Stripe&lt;/strong&gt;. You will be routed to the Stripe site to activate your Stripe account. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/StripeConnectFirstConfig.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once you are connected to Stripe, the Stripe private and public keys are stored in the Site setting. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are already connected to Stripe using the previous configuration, you have the option to remain as is, or to click on the &lt;strong&gt;Activate Stripe Connect&lt;/strong&gt; button to update your configuration.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/StripeConnectReConfig.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you are connected to Stripe, its default is set to &lt;strong&gt;Live&lt;/strong&gt; mode, which means you are ready to begin charging credit cards. If you want to test the checkout process and not charge a real credit card, you can toggle it to &lt;strong&gt;Test&lt;/strong&gt; mode. Click the slider to toggle back and forth between these modes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/StripeTestMode.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want to remove Stripe as your payment provider, click &lt;strong&gt;Deactivate&lt;/strong&gt; and Stripe will be removed.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Apr 26 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2016-04-26-AdminUITemplatev0215.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.3</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-04-25-StorefrontTemplatev103.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;customer-login-email-address-change-option&quot;&gt;Customer login email address change option&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Until now a customer could change their contact email address in Storefront, but not the login email address. As customer service allows now login email address change, we have implemented also this in Storefront.
The login email address can be changed from &amp;#39;My Account&amp;#39; page once a user is logged in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;100%&quot; height=&quot;30%&quot; src=&quot;img/MyAccountInfo.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When changing the address, the user is prompted to enter his password. After pressing &amp;#39;Save&amp;#39; button, an email notifying about the change is sent to the old address and another email requesting to confirm the change is sent to the new email address.
After the user confirms the change, the login email is updated as requested. At the same time the customer contact email address is set to the changed login email address.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; height=&quot;35%&quot; src=&quot;img/UpdateLoginEmailWindow.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; height=&quot;20%&quot; src=&quot;img/LoginEmailChangeConfirmation.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;main-media-for-products-and-categories&quot;&gt;Main media for products and categories&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From now on, the main media for products and categories is the first media item in the collection. You should no longer rely on the &lt;strong&gt;main&lt;/strong&gt; attribute for product and &lt;strong&gt;image&lt;/strong&gt; attribute for category.
We also recommend a &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/product/latest/index.html#ProductServicev2MediaMigration&quot;&gt;migration&lt;/a&gt; to make sure the order of your media is kept properly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;add-an-item-to-the-cart&quot;&gt;Add an item to the cart&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An indicator has been added so you are aware that an item has successfully been added to your cart. When you add an item to the cart, a notification slides over the cart icon to show how many products have been added.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;60%&quot; height=&quot;10%&quot; src=&quot;img/AddProduct.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;add-a-note-to-the-item&quot;&gt;Add a note to the item&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After an item has been added to the cart, you can add a note to that item. This field is for you to add extra information to the product. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;100%&quot; src=&quot;img/AddItemNote.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;multiple-coupons-and-coupon-revalidation&quot;&gt;Multiple coupons and coupon revalidation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now add multiple coupons to the cart. As you add and remove items from the cart, the coupon is revalidated with each cart update. If the coupon is no longer valid, a message appears that the order value is too low for that specific coupon. Note that even though the coupon no longer valid, it is not removed from the cart. If the coupon is valid again, the &lt;strong&gt;NOT APPLIED&lt;/strong&gt; message is removed. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;25%&quot; src=&quot;img/CouponRevalidation.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;billing-and-shipping-address-on-checkout-page&quot;&gt;Billing and shipping address on checkout page&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The placement of the billing and shipping addresses on checkout page has changed. After adding shipping configurations, the options in the country drop-down menu of the shipping address on checkout page had to be limited to the configured ship to countries of that specific site, while the country drop-down of the billing address should display all countries. To simplify the logic and ensure a smoother user experience (and because there was no real reason to display the billing address on top), we simply decided to switch the placement of the billing and shipping addresses. With this solution, the user will immediately see which countries are available destinations for delivery, while they have the option to add any country to their billing address.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another change introduced in this release is an update to the drop-down menus themselves. The formerly used ui-select2 directive has been deprecated and it was recommended to start using the ui-select directive from Angular, thus all drop-down menus in the Storefront has been updated to use this new directive, also supporting search and scrolling.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;85%&quot; height=&quot;30%&quot; src=&quot;img/ShippingAddressCheckout.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;85%&quot; height=&quot;30%&quot; src=&quot;img/BillingAddressCheckout.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Apr 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-04-25-StorefrontTemplatev103.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-04-21-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;We have improved the user experience for interactive documentation within the code cells and left navigation of the Dev Portal. Code cells are now more functional and easier to understand.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;play-icon&quot;&gt;Play icon&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A triangular play icon now displays in the left navigation of the Dev Portal next to sections that include interactive documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 200px;&quot; src=&quot;img/play_icon.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive pull-left&quot; alt=&quot;Play icon in the left navigation&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;pencil-icon-for-editable-code-cells-in-interactive-documentation&quot;&gt;Pencil icon for editable code cells in interactive documentation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The blue code cells in the interactive documentation can be edited directly. A pencil icon displays next to code cells that are editable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 660px;&quot; src=&quot;img/pencil_icon.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive pull-left&quot; alt=&quot;Pencil icon within code cell&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-code-hints-in-code-cells&quot;&gt;Improved code hints in code cells&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We improved the look and feel of the code hints that display when you type your code inside a code cell.
Previously, they were placed directly between lines of code, which was confusing and disrupted the workflow.
Code hints now display in their own layer above the code cell and are separated by a box shadow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 660px;&quot; src=&quot;img/code_cell_hints.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive pull-left&quot; alt=&quot;Hint within code cell&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;expand-collapse-functionality-and-indentation-in-responses-in-code-cells&quot;&gt;Expand/collapse functionality and indentation in responses in code cells&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you execute a code cell, a response displays below it. These responses are now indented for better readability.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You may also expand and collapse certain lines within a response. A small, triangular arrow displays next to lines that can be expanded or collapsed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 660px;&quot; src=&quot;img/expandable_responses.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive pull-left&quot; alt=&quot;Expandable responses&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;red-background-for-error-responses&quot;&gt;Red background for error responses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All error responses with status codes of &lt;code&gt;4XX&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;5XX&lt;/code&gt; now have a red background for better visibility.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 660px;&quot; src=&quot;img/error_responses.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive pull-left&quot; alt=&quot;Expandable responses&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Apr 21 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-04-21-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Stripe Payment v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2016-04-20-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;stripe-connect&quot;&gt;Stripe Connect&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stripe Connect is a new and easy way for you to integrate the Stripe payment provider with YaaS. Previously, you needed to configure the public and private keys in the Site service, but with Stripe Connect, the merchant can configure Stripe with the click of a button in the Builder. With Stripe Connect, you can take advantage of Stripe&amp;#39;s full API, including the Stripe Relay feature found in the upcoming Stripe Relay In-App &amp;amp; Social Sales package. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you&amp;#39;re currently using the old configuration with the public and private keys, you can continue to use this approach indefinitely, or you can reconnect Stripe using Stripe Connect.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To read more about this feature, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/stripepayment/latest/index.html#StripeConnect&quot;&gt;Stripe Connect&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;live-mode-and-test-mode&quot;&gt;Live Mode and Test Mode&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can switch between live or test mode in Stripe Connect. When you first configure Stripe using Stripe Connect, the &lt;strong&gt;liveMode&lt;/strong&gt; attribute is set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; by default, which means that it only captures the payment with valid credit cards. If you switch to test mode, you can use a fake credit card to complete a payment capture for development purposes or to validate the payment process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To read more about live mode and test mode, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/stripepayment/latest/index.html#LiveandTestMode&quot;&gt;Live and Test Mode&lt;/a&gt; tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 20 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2016-04-20-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-04-19-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously you could use any currency code to create a cart. The code did not need to comply with any standards. This has now changed. The Cart service now checks that the currency code used to create the cart is valid according to [ISO 4217][1] standards. If the code is not valid, the service will return a &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt; Bad Request error.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;[1]: &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217&lt;/a&gt; iso4217&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Apr 19 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-04-19-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-04-18-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;This release includes the following new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;New &lt;strong&gt;Website&lt;/strong&gt; field added to the &lt;strong&gt;Organization Details&lt;/strong&gt; page &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;New package update process &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;website-field-added-to-organization-details&quot;&gt;Website field added to Organization Details&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the &lt;strong&gt;Organization Details&lt;/strong&gt; page, there is now a &lt;strong&gt;Website&lt;/strong&gt; field to enter the URL for your organization. Associated teams and projects inherit the &lt;strong&gt;Website&lt;/strong&gt; field value.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_13_0/01_website-org.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
When you define the website for an organization, it populates the &lt;strong&gt;Publisher Website&lt;/strong&gt; field on the &lt;strong&gt;Package Detail&lt;/strong&gt; page of the &lt;strong&gt;Publishing&lt;/strong&gt; tab. You can still edit the URL in the &lt;strong&gt;Publisher Website&lt;/strong&gt; field, if necessary.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_13_0/02_package.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-package-update-process&quot;&gt;New package update process&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We have made the first in a series of improvements in updating packages in the Builder. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Currently, every change on the package level is a breaking change and needs a new approval from the YaaS Market moderator. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_13_0/03_saved_changes.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Editing the package and clicking the &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button will create a new package version and put the package into a draft state. To push the new version to the YaaS Market, you must submit it again for approval. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_13_0/04_re-publish.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
You will be unable to modify the package while it is in review. You can edit the package again after it has been approved or declined. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_13_0/05_confirm.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
After the package is approved and available in the YaaS Market, the &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; button displays in the &lt;strong&gt;Subscription&lt;/strong&gt; section of the Builder for customers who are subscribed to the previous version. Customers can click &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; to resubscribe to the package.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_13_0/06_update_package.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;div class=“panel note”&gt;Currently, customers who are already subscribed remain subscribed to the old version until the end of the current month. The new version becomes available on the first day of the following month. &lt;/div&gt; 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_13_0/07_confirm_update.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back soon for the latest updates!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Apr 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-04-18-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Community</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-04-18-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;sign-in-to-the-builder-from-the-contact-form&quot;&gt;Sign in to the Builder from the contact form&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to make it easier for you to contact the owner of a showcase, you can now sign in directly from the contact form, if you are not signed in already. Previously, you had to sign in to the Builder and then navigate back to the contact form. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 598px;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/01_inplace_sign_in.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-design-for-community-showcases&quot;&gt;New design for Community Showcases&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The overview and details of the Community Showcases have a new design. The overview is now more compact and in a grid format. The tags are displayed in the details, but not in the overview. The mobile form is even more compact and does not show the short description anymore.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/02_new_showcase_list.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The details also have a new design. The tags were removed from the left section of the page and are now located in the content area on the right.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_18_0/03_new_showcase_detail.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Signing in to the Builder when using Internet Explorer now works correctly.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The ScreenShot Carousel now works correctly on narrow screens.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Apr 18 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/community/2016-04-18-ReleaseNotesCommunity.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Category v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/category/latest/2016-04-15-CategoryReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h1 id=&quot;new-features-and-functionality&quot;&gt;New Features and Functionality&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Prior to this release, you could only assign single image to category. Starting from this release, you can create as many images as you need.
For more information about this functionality, see Media Tutorial in category service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h1 id=&quot;image-property-is-deprecated&quot;&gt;Image property is deprecated&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because image property on category will not be longer supported and it might be removed in future releases we strongly recommend using new endpoint for assigning images to category.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Apr 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/category/latest/2016-04-15-CategoryReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.8.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-04-14-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug&quot;&gt;Bug&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, we further hardened the &lt;strong&gt;service-sdk-api-console&lt;/strong&gt; library against a security vulnerability that was fixed in the previous version (4.8.0).
Users of this library are advised to upgrade to this latest version as soon as possible.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Apr 14 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-04-14-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.2.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-04-13-Technev120.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Techne v1.2.0&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Our second release of 2016!&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;We used Q1 to do some major clean up and refactoring, as well as improved guidelines and standards documentation.  We also had our first contribution back to the library and we’re looking forward to more!&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Major notes:&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fixed techne.yaas.io navigation on mobile devices&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Clarified color coding of status indicators&lt;/li&gt;

&lt;li&gt;Added Pills as a component to communicate status or state on detail panels&lt;/li&gt;

&lt;li&gt;Added an orange ‘warning’ status color designation&lt;/li&gt;

&lt;li&gt;Major cleanup on the bootstrap overwrites file for improved usage&lt;/li&gt;

&lt;li&gt;Cleaned up the markup for Section Level Help&lt;/li&gt;

&lt;li&gt;Removed the definition of the @bower-path variable.  &lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT NOTE&lt;/strong&gt;: As some people need to change the path to their bower_components folder, we removed the default value for the @bower-path variable. &lt;strong&gt;In order to build your less files with techne, it is from now on required to define this variable on your own in your stylesheet. ( Example: @bower-path: &amp;#39;../../bower_components&amp;#39;;   ): &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;

&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 13 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-04-13-Technev120.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-04-13-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;We received feedback that the interactive tutorials were sometimes taking a long time to load, which made the documentation page unresponsive for several seconds. This was particularly noticeable when there were multiple interactive tutorials available on a single page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Due to the technical complexity of the solution, it was not possible to improve the load times. Therefore, we have implemented manual loading for on-demand tutorials instead of loading them automatically.  To load a tutorial, click the &lt;strong&gt;LOAD TUTORIAL&lt;/strong&gt; button, as shown in the following image:
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src=&quot;img/load-screens.png&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you click the button, the following displays while the tutorial is loading:
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;200px&quot; src=&quot;img/waiting.png&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;
&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are no changes in usability. After loading, the interactive tutorials look and behave the same way as they did before.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 13 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-04-13-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-04-12-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;An optional Boolean property named &lt;code&gt;syncContactEmail&lt;/code&gt; can now be used to update the contact email when performing a POST request to change a login email address. If the property is set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;, then the contact email will be set to the new login email address when the login email is changed successfully. If the property is absent or set to &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;, then the contact email will remain intact and only the login email address will be changed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Apr 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-04-12-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.8.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-04-08-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;oauth-2-0-authorization-for-jersey-made-simple&quot;&gt;OAuth 2.0 authorization for Jersey made simple&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Service SDK &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#Authorization&quot;&gt;Authorization Library&lt;/a&gt; now provides an &lt;code&gt;OAuth2Filter&lt;/code&gt; component.
This makes it even easier to authorize your requests to other YaaS services – at least when you&amp;#39;re using Jersey/JAX-RS for these requests.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;other-improvements&quot;&gt;Other Improvements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Also, in the Authorization Library, the &lt;code&gt;ClientCredentialsGrantProvider&lt;/code&gt; now comes with preset connection and read timeouts.
This makes services more robust in the event of an outage of the OAuth 2 authorization server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In generated clients, the &lt;code&gt;Response&lt;/code&gt; is now always closed inside the &lt;code&gt;RequestExecutor&lt;/code&gt;.
This mitigates possible memory leaks when reading the response body as an &lt;code&gt;InputStream&lt;/code&gt; and forgetting to close it later.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bugs&quot;&gt;Bugs&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fixed potential vulnerabilities inside the &lt;code&gt;service-sdk-api-console&lt;/code&gt; library.
Users of this library are advised to upgrade to the latest version as soon as possible.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Also, the API console now transmits more appropriate media types when delivering static web resources.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Apr 08 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-04-08-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-04-06-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Currently, you can configure multiple tax providers for a single site. The Cart Calculation service was calculating taxes by using the tax settings of the first tax provider you created. This calculation was incorrect. Now Cart Calculation service will check the multiple tax providers and use the &lt;code&gt;Active&lt;/code&gt; tax for that particular site when completing the calculation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Apr 06 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-04-06-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Algolia Search v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/algoliasearch/latest/2016-03-31-ReleaseNotesSearchAlgolia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-feature&quot;&gt;New feature&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A new feature has been added to the Algolia Search service to provide you with better and more useful information for error responses.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;details-of-validation-errors&quot;&gt;Details of validation errors&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Users can validate Algolia credentials, such as validating the &lt;strong&gt;searchKey&lt;/strong&gt; attribute for a specific application and index name. However, sometimes this validation results in an error.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With the latest feature update, the error message is more descriptive. The new complex &lt;strong&gt;details&lt;/strong&gt; attribute has two fields named &lt;strong&gt;type&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;message&lt;/strong&gt; that carry information about the error type. The attribute also provides a descriptive explanation of the error.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If validation fails, the &lt;strong&gt;type&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;message&lt;/strong&gt; attributes (being part of the &lt;strong&gt;details&lt;/strong&gt; attribute) may contain the following values:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;invalid_api_key&lt;/strong&gt;: The searchKey is invalid or does not grant access to the index.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;unknown_application_id&lt;/strong&gt;: The application ID is invalid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;invalid_index&lt;/strong&gt;: An index with the specified name does not exist.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 31 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/algoliasearch/latest/2016-03-31-ReleaseNotesSearchAlgolia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-03-28-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;cart-now-supports-inline-schemas-in-mixins&quot;&gt;Cart now supports inline schemas in mixins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Cart service now supports inline schemas for the mixins that were previously added to the cart, cart item, and product level. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, you could only add mixins by first defining them within the Schema service. Now you have more flexibility to define the mixins in the different levels of the API. This gives you the ease of creating new mixins within the service request rather than having to define them beforehand.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For information on mixins and how to create inline mixins, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cart/latest/index.html#ExtendCartInformation&quot;&gt;Extend Cart Information&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;coupon-validation-to-not-include-shipping-costs&quot;&gt;Coupon validation to not include shipping costs&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When a discount is added to the cart, the coupon validation is made against the cart&amp;#39;s subtotal which includes the shipping cost. This should not be the case. The coupon validation is now only based on the subtotal of the items within the cart. For more information about discounts, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cart/latest/index.html#Discounts&quot;&gt;Discounts&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Mar 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-03-28-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-03-28-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;checkout-now-supports-inline-schemas-in-mixins&quot;&gt;Checkout now supports inline schemas in mixins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now supports inline schemas for the mixins that were previously added to the cart at the item and product level. The service is also able to handle the inline schemas that were added to the address and the customer attributes. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, you could only add mixins by first defining them within the Schema service. Now you have more flexibility to define the mixins in the different levels of the API.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When a product is given a price with more than 2 decimal places, the checkout validation was failing due to the rounding process that is implemented. To ensure that the customer can complete a successful checkout, the rounding validation has been fixed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When the payment provider (Stripe Payment service) is not configured properly in the Site service, the system was returning an improper error code (&lt;code&gt;404&lt;/code&gt;) and message. This issue is now fixed and it is returning the proper error code (&lt;code&gt;500&lt;/code&gt;) and message.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Mar 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-03-28-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-03-28-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, if a discount was applied to a cart, it was being applied to the sum of the cart&amp;#39;s subtotal and shipping cost. This calculation was incorrect and has been fixed. Discounts are now only applied to the cart&amp;#39;s &lt;strong&gt;subTotalPrice&lt;/strong&gt; (in other words, the total of the cart items).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For tax-inclusive products (VAT), if a discount is applied after taxes and the product&amp;#39;s original price is reduced, the &lt;strong&gt;totalTax&lt;/strong&gt; value should reflect the taxes on the reduced price and not the original price. The tax total is now calculated correctly.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Mar 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2016-03-28-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-03-21-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;From now on, to partially update a document in the Document service you can use the &lt;strong&gt;patch&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter.
This query parameter is introduced to align with the YaaS standards and to replace the outdated query parameter, &lt;strong&gt;partial&lt;/strong&gt;. It works exactly in the same way as the old one. 
It is strongly recommended to use the &lt;strong&gt;patch&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter instead of &lt;strong&gt;partial&lt;/strong&gt;, however the Document service supports both to provide backward compatibility.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Mar 21 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-03-21-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>API Management v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2016-03-17-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h2 id=&quot;hear-ye-hear-ye-&quot;&gt;Hear Ye! Hear Ye!&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new &lt;strong&gt;API Management&lt;/strong&gt; service is now available. This Essential Service introduces major improvements in the management of applications and services.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-features-and-functionality&quot;&gt;New features and functionality&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The service introduces major improvements in the management of applications and services and boosts the YaaS adventure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;simplified-initial-yaas-experience-no-more-dev-teams-&quot;&gt;Simplified initial YaaS experience: no more dev teams!&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To improve the user&amp;#39;s initial experience and understanding of YaaS, dev teams have been replaced with regular projects. All of the actions that can be performed for dev teams are also available for projects.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;publisher-mode&quot;&gt;Publisher mode&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Applications and services are visible for the project owner by default. As a project member, you can switch the &lt;strong&gt;Publisher Mode&lt;/strong&gt; to ON in the Builder to see them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;no-difference-in-applications&quot;&gt;No difference in applications&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The functionalities for both types of applications are unified. Single-tenant applications (previously in projects) and multi-tenant applications (previously created for services) became one type of application.
This limits the confusion connected with required scopes and service scopes. An application is created &lt;strong&gt;independently&lt;/strong&gt;, and you can link it later to your service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;no-yaas-url-in-application-identifier&quot;&gt;No YaaS URL in application identifier&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;YaaS URL&lt;/strong&gt;, referred to as the &amp;quot;base path&amp;quot; in the code, is still mandatory for every organization and is used in the service&amp;#39;s proxy URL. However, it is no longer part of the application &lt;strong&gt;Identifier&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt; The above functionalities will be available in the Builder soon!&lt;/div&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu Mar 17 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/apimanagement/latest/2016-03-17-ReleaseNotesApiManagement.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-03-15-StorefrontTemplatev102.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;styling-and-layout-changes&quot;&gt;Styling and layout changes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The new release of Storefront template brings many styling and layout improvements.  You will notice these changes right away in the product/category list pages, where sorting options and the product counter are better highlighted at the top of the page. Further updates are visible in the cart and checkout pages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Product listing page
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;90%&quot; height=&quot;50%&quot; src=&quot;img/ProductSort.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cart
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;70%&quot; src=&quot;img/CartNewStyle.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Checkout
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img width=&quot;100%&quot; height=&quot;70%&quot; src=&quot;img/CheckoutStyle.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;checkout-process-improvements&quot;&gt;Checkout process improvements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;During checkout, once the customer clicks on the ‘Preview Order’ button, the page scrolls down automatically to the billing information.  Several bugs related to shipping rates on checkout were also fixed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition, we made improvements in the implementation of the translation files.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-03-15-StorefrontTemplatev102.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Order v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-03-15-ReleaseNotesOrder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;order-subtotalprice-field&quot;&gt;Order subTotalPrice field&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, a checkout client can now post the subtotal value of the order using the &lt;code&gt;subTotalPrice&lt;/code&gt; field. This will eliminate the need to recalculate this value before it is served by the Order service when a user wants to read the details of the order, such as seeing the details of a placed order in the Builder UI or receiving the order details in a confirmation email. This will ensure that there is no room for any calculation inconsistencies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The latest order schema is available here: &lt;a href=&quot;%- @partial(&amp;#39;order_url&amp;#39;&quot;&gt;order.json&lt;/a&gt; %&amp;gt;/hybris/order/v1/meta-data/schema/order.json)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;mixins-in-customer-attributes&quot;&gt;Mixins in customer attributes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, a merchant/checkout application can create an order with mixins in customer objects.
The schema of a mixin should be specified in the &lt;strong&gt;metadata&lt;/strong&gt; attribute.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs undefined&quot;&gt;&quot;metadata&quot;: {
   &quot;mixins&quot;: {
     &quot;secondaryContactPhone&quot;: &quot;&amp;lt;%- @partial('proxy_url') %&amp;gt;/hybris/schema/v1/kiwistest/contact-number.json&quot;
   }
 },
&quot;mixins&quot;: {
 &quot;secondaryContactPhone&quot;: {
       &quot;number&quot;: &quot;+86 334 0033 9934&quot;
     }
}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make use of this data in your order confirmation email templates, refer to the following example and modify it to your needs according to mixin contents:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs less&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-id&quot;&gt;#if&lt;/span&gt;($!{&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;d&lt;/span&gt;.order.customer.mixins} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; $!{&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;d&lt;/span&gt;.order.customer.mixins.secondaryContactPhone})
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-id&quot;&gt;#e&lt;/span&gt;($!{&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;d&lt;/span&gt;.order.customer.mixins.secondaryContactPhone.number})
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-id&quot;&gt;#end&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-03-15-ReleaseNotesOrder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-03-15-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;organizations-moved&quot;&gt;Organizations moved&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For easier handling and usability, organizations have been moved from &lt;b&gt;My Account&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;My Profile&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Organizations&lt;/b&gt; to the Builder. All organizations are now under &lt;b&gt;[Organization Choser]&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Manage Organizations&lt;/b&gt;. If you click &lt;b&gt;Manage Organizations&lt;/b&gt;, you will be redirected to the Organizations Overview and will see all of the organzations that you have permissions to manage. You can click on any organization to see its organization details, billing preferences, and billing history.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_9_0/01_where_to_find.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
You can also navigate to a particular organization and manage it from the Builder home page. If you are a direct member of an organization and have permissions to manage it, the organization&amp;#39;s name displays as a blue link in the title bar. If you click on it, you will be forwarded to the organization details page. 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_9_0/02_orgs_editable.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
If you do not have access to a particular organization, then you will see its name as simple text in the title bar: 
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_9_0/org_non_editable.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back soon for the latest updates!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-03-15-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-03-09-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-features&quot;&gt;New Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;new-functionality-to-delete-multiple-files-belonging-to-a-given-tenant-&quot;&gt;New functionality to delete multiple files belonging to a given tenant.&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The delete functionality has been extended to enable removal of multiple files with a single request. Deleting by query enables you to remove files that have metadata that matches a given query. The metadata query syntax for this operation is the same as for a filter operation.
The deletion operation may be performed on both the public and private media files of a particular tenant.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-03-09-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.7.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-03-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;http-error-response-callbacks-for-generated-clients&quot;&gt;HTTP error response callbacks for generated clients&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;generate-client&lt;/code&gt; goal of the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/servicesdk/index.html#the-generator-maven-plug-in&quot;&gt;generator plug-in&lt;/a&gt; is generating even more code now. For each error HTTP response that was defined in RAML, it will generate an &lt;code&gt;on-&lt;/code&gt; method to register a callback, for example &lt;code&gt;onInternalServerError&lt;/code&gt;. This feature has the benefit of allowing you to shorten your code significantly.  However, old code will continue to be supported in the same way with the new Ramler version, so no changes are required.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes-and-improvements&quot;&gt;Bug fixes and improvements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The SDK Maven Archetype now only generates one common Spring context to ensure consistency between the generated Jersey tests and the actual service. The generated Cloud Foundry deployment configuration &lt;strong&gt;cf-manifest.yml&lt;/strong&gt; has been renamed to the Cloud Foundry&amp;#39;s default &lt;strong&gt;manifest.yml&lt;/strong&gt;. The default URL of the authorization endpoint has been updated to point to the latest version of the OAuth2 service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;References to Riemann&amp;#39;s URL have been removed from the Service SDK documentation. The monitoring library of the Service SDK is supposed to be used with its own instance of Riemann. The library will always expect the Riemann URL to be provided. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The default log format now also accepts the application &lt;code&gt;instance&lt;/code&gt; as an integer. Previously, it only accepted string values.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An &amp;quot;eager token expiration&amp;quot; feature was added in the authorization library, which causes the token to be refreshed five seconds before its expiration in order to compensate for possible network lag and to prevent the usage of an expired token.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A bug was fixed in service generation that was causing missing imports in DTOs created for specific JSON type formats.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Mar 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-03-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Product v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/product/latest/2016-03-04-ReleaseNotesProduct.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;We are pleased to announce the release of &lt;strong&gt;Product Service v2&lt;/strong&gt; which introduces new functionality and improvements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For this release, we have introduced features that allow you to use our service for more general and simpler purposes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h1 id=&quot;new-features-and-functionality&quot;&gt;New Features and Functionality&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our most important goal for this release was simplifying the user experience. In doing so, we have introduced following improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;media-enhancements&quot;&gt;Media enhancements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;automatic-media-reorder-when-creating-updating-your-product-s-media-&quot;&gt;Automatic media reorder when creating/updating your product&amp;#39;s media.&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Prior to this release, you were on your own with media ordering, for example, when you added media to the product in any other position than the last, you had to recalculate the position of all other media in this product. This made it difficult to use. In this release, when you are creating or updating media, you no longer have to manually manage its position in the media&amp;#39;s collection. The service now automatically places it in the  appropriate position and reorder the rest of your media respectively. For more information about this functionality, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#Media&quot;&gt;Media Tutorial&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;panel note&quot;&gt;
If you were previously managing your media collection&amp;#39;s order manually, you will need to use (just once) our &lt;strong&gt;Migration service&lt;/strong&gt; to migrate your media&amp;#39;s order to the format used with the &lt;strong&gt;Product Service v2&lt;/strong&gt;.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-media-endpoint&quot;&gt;New media endpoint&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To be compliant with Media Repository v2, we changed how to add media to products. This change was necessary because the Media Repository service v2 moved storage to an external service (AWS S3 Bucket). In addition, this change gives you the ability to define a &amp;#39;Content-Type&amp;#39; header for the uploaded media. This value is respected when fetching media with the returned media&amp;#39;s link (with the Product Service v1, you received &amp;#39;binary/octet-stream&amp;#39; &amp;#39;Content-Type&amp;#39; header). For more information about this change in the Product service, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#Media&quot;&gt;Media Tutorial&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;removing-external-media-support-&quot;&gt;Removing external media support.&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For security reasons we have removed external media support. It will no longer fetch, create, or update the media, so all external media created is not visible. For more information about external media support, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#Media&quot;&gt;Media Tutorial&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;product-management&quot;&gt;Product management&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;rename-field-sku-to-code-&quot;&gt;Rename field &amp;#39;sku&amp;#39; to &amp;#39;code&amp;#39;.&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The SKU (Stock Keeping Unit) is just one of many other product&amp;#39;s identifier types, such as UPC, EAN, GTN, and so forth. Not all products have to be connected with inventory. We want you to be able to use the Product service for more than shops, for example, the YaaS Market or the YaaS blog. We were looking for another word for a user-managed identifier. We chose &amp;#39;code&amp;#39; as it is more general than &amp;#39;sku&amp;#39;. As of this release, every product must have a &amp;#39;code&amp;#39; value and it must be unique for a single tenant. The code is not automatically generated for you, because one of the code considerations was human-readability.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;optimistic-locking-feature&quot;&gt;Optimistic locking feature&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To allow you to safely manage your products, we introduced an optimistic locking mechanism. Now with every update, you can provide the version metadata value that you received when you fetched that product. The service ensures that the version you provided matches the version stored in the database. If it does not match, someone has updated your product in the meantime. For more information about the optimistic locking feature, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#OptimisticLocking&quot;&gt;Optimistic Locking Tutorial&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;no-strict-validation-for-product-s-attributes-&quot;&gt;No strict validation for product&amp;#39;s attributes.&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, additional attributes that are not supported by the Product service are simply ignored when provided instead of generating an error.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;partial-put-improvements-&quot;&gt;Partial put improvements.&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We improved the partial update function to include the possibility to add or remove single elements of the product&amp;#39;s collections. With the &lt;strong&gt;Product Service v1&lt;/strong&gt;, you had to provide a full collection even if you wanted to simply add a new element to it. In this release, adding or removing additional translations in the localization map is simpler than ever before. For more information about partial update improvements, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#PartialUpdate&quot;&gt;Partial Update Tutorial&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;localization&quot;&gt;Localization&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;removing-default-language-support&quot;&gt;Removing default language support&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the previous version of the Product service, if you did not provide &amp;#39;Content-Language&amp;#39; or &amp;#39;Accept-Language&amp;#39; headers, the service assumed that the content you were working on was in English. As we want you to be more aware of how your data are treated, we removed that assumption. Now, if you are providing data without localization, the service requires that you provide a &amp;#39;Content-Language&amp;#39; header. If you&amp;#39;re fetching data, and you provide &amp;#39;hybris-languages&amp;#39; header or do not provide a &amp;#39;Accept-Language&amp;#39; header, you will receive a full map of localization values. For more information about language support, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#Localization&quot;&gt;Localization Tutorial&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h1 id=&quot;migration&quot;&gt;Migration&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;-sku-field-s-migration-no-action-required-&quot;&gt;&amp;#39;SKU&amp;#39; field&amp;#39;s Migration (no action required)&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We have added a field named &amp;#39;code&amp;#39; to all your products with &amp;#39;sku&amp;#39; as the value. In the previous release, the introduced the mapping mechanism that was updating both fields simultaneously. Now, using the Product service, you will notice that the values from your &amp;#39;sku&amp;#39; field are now visible in the field &amp;#39;code&amp;#39;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;media-reorder-migration-possible-action-required-&quot;&gt;Media reorder migration (possible action required)&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, we introduced a new tool called the &lt;strong&gt;Migration Service&lt;/strong&gt;. The purpose of the tool is to migrate your media collection order. The tool reorders your media to the format supported by this release of the Product service, taking into consideration the media&amp;#39;s &lt;strong&gt;position&lt;/strong&gt; attribute and the &lt;strong&gt;main&lt;/strong&gt; flag. Note that the &lt;strong&gt;main&lt;/strong&gt; flag has the higher priority than any &lt;strong&gt;position&lt;/strong&gt; value. If you were ordering your media with the &lt;strong&gt;Product Service v1&lt;/strong&gt; make sure you trigger it after you have finished using it and before you start using &lt;strong&gt;Product Service v2&lt;/strong&gt;. For more information about the media reorder migration too, see &lt;a href=&quot;/services/product/latest/index.html#ProductServicev2MediaMigration&quot;&gt;Product Service v2 Media Migration Tutorial&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Mar 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/product/latest/2016-03-04-ReleaseNotesProduct.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Order v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-03-02-ReleaseNotesOrder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;measurement-units&quot;&gt;Measurement units&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, a checkout client can post and customer/merchant can see measurement units for order line items. 
A measurement unit consists of a numeric &lt;strong&gt;value&lt;/strong&gt; and a &lt;strong&gt;unit&lt;/strong&gt;. It describes how much of a product is ordered when a customer puts &lt;code&gt;quantity=1&lt;/code&gt; of this product in their cart. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs undefined&quot;&gt;&quot;measurementUnit&quot;: {
  &quot;value&quot;: 1,
  &quot;unit&quot; &quot;m&quot;
}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs undefined&quot;&gt;&quot;measurementUnit&quot;: {
  &quot;value&quot;: 2,
  &quot;unit&quot; &quot;kg&quot;
}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Only &lt;strong&gt;value&lt;/strong&gt; is a required field. If &lt;strong&gt;unit&lt;/strong&gt; is not provided, it will be interpreted as 1 piece.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The schema of the measurementUnit is a common quantitative-value schema, which you can find here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.us.yaas.io/patterns/v2/schema-quantitative-value.json&quot;&gt;schema-quantitative-value&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can make use of this data and present it to your users. If you would like to update your order confirmation email templates and include this information in the order line items section, you can add the following code to your email template and customize the styling to your needs:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs stylus&quot;&gt;#&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;if&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;($!{entry.measurementUnit} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; $!{entry.measurementUnit.value})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
   &amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;span&lt;/span&gt; style=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-string&quot;&gt;&quot;color: #3c3c3c; padding-bottom: 10px;&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;
       #&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;($!{entry.measurementUnit.value})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;#&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-function&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-params&quot;&gt;($!{entry.measurementUnit.unit})&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; per package
   &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-id&quot;&gt;#end&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;Please note that this will only work if the order is placed using a checkout service that passes this information correctly to the Order service. The YaaS Checkout service does not support this yet, but it will be introduced soon.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;exposing-the-raml-api-descriptor-at-the-fixed-url&quot;&gt;Exposing the RAML API descriptor at the fixed URL&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Order service now exposes the RAML API descriptor at the &amp;#39;meta-data/api.raml&amp;#39; relative URL. This makes the service more accessible to potential API consumers, which can easily locate the API descriptor entry point by knowing the base URL. Although the API descriptor is also served at the previous URL for backwards compatibility, existing Order service API consumers should update to the latest URL.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/order/latest/2016-03-02-ReleaseNotesOrder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-03-02-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;exposing-raml-api-descriptor-at-the-fixed-url&quot;&gt;Exposing RAML API descriptor at the fixed URL&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Customer service now exposes the RAML API descriptor at the &amp;#39;meta-data/api.raml&amp;#39; relative URL. This makes the service more accessible to potential API consumers, which can easily locate the API descriptor entry point by knowing the base URL. Although the API descriptor is also served at the previous URL for backwards compatibility, existing Customer service API consumers should update to the latest URL.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-03-02-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-03-02-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Previously, the Feedback modal was not displaying properly in Internet Explorer (IE). When the user selected the link, the entire page grayed out and became unresponsive. This was caused by a &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/twbs/bootstrap/issues/16148&quot;&gt;Bootstrap issue&lt;/a&gt;. We fixed the issue, and the design is now consistent across all browsers.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-03-02-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Site v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/site/latest/2016-03-02-ReleaseNotesSite.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;exposing-raml-api-descriptor-at-the-fixed-url&quot;&gt;Exposing RAML API descriptor at the fixed URL&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Site service now exposes the RAML API descriptor at the &amp;#39;meta-data/api.raml&amp;#39; relative URL. This makes the service more accessible to potential API consumers, which can easily locate the API descriptor entry point by knowing the base URL. Although the API descriptor is also served at the previous URL for backwards compatibility, existing Site service API consumers should update to the latest URL.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Mar 02 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/site/latest/2016-03-02-ReleaseNotesSite.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-03-03-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-features&quot;&gt;New Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;single-token-for-many-requests&quot;&gt;Single token for many requests&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Going forward, you can get one access token for your team and use it to perform many requests for many tenants.
You can now use query parameter &lt;code&gt;{tenant}&lt;/code&gt; to specify for which tenant you want to run the operation. 
The main advantages of this solution are: &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Easier development of multi-tenant services.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reduced  number of calls to the OAuth service, and therefore reduced latency.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reduced token cache size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;get-a-list-of-all-tenants-for-a-client&quot;&gt;Get a list of all tenants for a client&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To improve development and management of multi-tenant services, a new function to list of all tenants for a given client is introduced. 
You can now use simple &lt;code&gt;GET&lt;/code&gt; method on the &lt;code&gt;/all&lt;/code&gt; endpoint to retrieve this list.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;extended-delete-function-to-delete-all-service-data-for-tenant-and-a-new-hybris-media_admin-scope&quot;&gt;Extended delete function to delete all service data for tenant, and a new &lt;strong&gt;hybris.media_admin&lt;/strong&gt; scope&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The delete functionality has been extended to enable you to delete all tenant data with just one call. This is a useful feature if you want to perform a cleanup after testing. 
You can trigger the deletion of all tenant data by using the DELETE method on the &lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/{client}/&lt;/code&gt; endpoint. To prevent the unintentional removal of service data, a new  &lt;strong&gt;hybris.document_admin&lt;/strong&gt; scope has been added.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 01 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2016-03-03-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-03-01-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-features&quot;&gt;New Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;single-token-for-many-requests&quot;&gt;Single token for many requests&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Going forward, you can get one access token for your team and use it to perform many commits for many tenants.
The &lt;code&gt;/commit&lt;/code&gt; endpoint allows you to use query parameter &lt;code&gt;{tenant}&lt;/code&gt; to specify which tenant should be the owner of the media file. 
The main advantages of this solution are: &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Easier development of multi-tenant services.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reduced  number of calls to the OAuth service, and therefore reduced latency.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reduced token cache size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;new-functionality-to-delete-all-tenant-media-files-and-a-new-hybris-media_admin-scope&quot;&gt;New functionality to delete all tenant media files, and a new &lt;strong&gt;hybris.media_admin&lt;/strong&gt; scope&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The delete functionality has been extended to enable you to delete all tenant media files with just one call. This is a useful feature if you want to perform a cleanup after testing. 
You can trigger the deletion of all media files stored for a particular tenant by using the DELETE method on the &lt;code&gt;/files&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;public/files&lt;/code&gt; endpoints. To prevent the unintentional removal of a huge number of media files, a new  &lt;strong&gt;hybris.media_admin&lt;/strong&gt; scope has been added.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 01 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-03-01-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-03-01-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;allowing-customers-to-change-their-login-email&quot;&gt;Allowing customers to change their login email&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Customers can change their own login email address. For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/customer/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Customer service documentation&lt;/a&gt; in the Dev Portal.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Mar 01 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/customer/latest/2016-03-01-ReleaseNotesCustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center UI Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;enhanced-configuration-retrieval-and-required-updates-to-support-yaas-enhancements&quot;&gt;Enhanced configuration retrieval and required updates to support YaaS enhancements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This release of the Engagement Center UI Configuration service provides new options for retrieving Engagement Center configurations and  module definition. To support the new Media Service version, you may need to re-upload any images you previously uploaded for the Engagement Center UI Configuration service. Additionally, upgrades for Cloud Foundry require users of the Engagement Center UI Configuration service to update application URLs. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;retrieve-default-configurations-and-module-definitions&quot;&gt;Retrieve default configurations and module definitions&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, the Engagement Center UI Configuration service offers these new capabilities:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve the default configuration data for tiles, modules, business document types, action area views, header area views, work area views, and required scopes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In addition to retrieving business context configuration data, you can now use the endpoint &lt;code&gt;businessContextConfig&lt;/code&gt; to retrieve module definitions.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;media-repository-service-version-2-requires-re-upload&quot;&gt;Media Repository service version 2 requires re-upload&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Version 2 of the Media Repository service is now available. Because version 1 and Version 2 of the Media Repository service use different backends, there is no integration between them. The Engagement Center UI Configuration service uses version 2, only. This means that the service can no longer show any images uploaded previously, using version 1. To show images, you must upload any company logos and background images again.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;update-required-for-engagement-center-ui-view-urls&quot;&gt;Update required for Engagement Center UI view URLs&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because all Engagement Center UI views are now deployed to the new Cloud Foundry domain, all view URLs changed. This means that to use the &lt;strong&gt;Engagement Center&lt;/strong&gt; package, you must adapt your application URLs using these steps: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create a new application.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select these scopes for your tenant:&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_view&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_manage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_customer_engage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_ticket_backoffice&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the &lt;strong&gt;Client ID&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Client Secret&lt;/strong&gt; for your new application to get an access token from the OAuth2 service. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select these scope for your tenant so you can delete stored configurations from the Engagement Center UI Configuration service:  &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_view&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_manage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_customer_engage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hybris.cecenteruiconfig_ticket_backoffice&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Get an access token from the OAuth2 service.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In the Engagement Center UI Configuration service&amp;#39;s API console, delete these stored configuration data points:&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tilesConfig&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;moduleDefinitions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;businessDocumentTypes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sign in as an Engagement Center administrator to the Builder UI for your tenant.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Initialize these configurations: &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tilesConfig&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;moduleDefinitions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;businessDocumentTypes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In all of your application’s redirect URLs, replace &lt;strong&gt;hybris-cecenter-agenthome-ui-v1.us-east.cf.yaas.io&lt;/strong&gt; with &lt;strong&gt;cecenter.yaas.io&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Social Media Retrieval Scheduling v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/socialmediaretrievalscheduling/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesCECenterSocialManager.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Social Media Retrieval Scheduling service is a mashup service that provides the functionality to schedule background jobs, which periodically (every 30 minutes) retrieve social media posts from configured social media channels.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before using this service, make sure the services for harvesting data from target social media channels have been implemented and correctly configured. You can refer to &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/sapcommunity/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;SAP Jam Communities&lt;/a&gt; as an example.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You need to create one background job for each target social media channel and configure the endpoint, which can be called to harvest data from this social media channel.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to generate a proper token to call the configured social media data harvesting endpoint, an application needs to be created in your project and the Client ID and Client Secret of this application need to be configured in a background job.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this service, you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the background job for the target social media channels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Automatically start the background jobs, which periodically run to harvest social media posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/socialmediaretrievalscheduling/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesCECenterSocialManager.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Customer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Engagement Center Customer service now supports address mixins.
For more information about the mixin concept, refer to the topic &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/document/latest/#Mixins&quot;&gt;Mixins&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentercustomer/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesCecentercustomer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Search v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentersearch/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesCECenterSearch.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The Engagement Center Search mashup service now supports the &lt;strong&gt;sort&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;from&lt;/strong&gt; query parameters for these endpoints:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/customer/search&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/transaction/search&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/product/search&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/salesOrder/search&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/{tenant}/serviceTicket/search&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;strong&gt;sort&lt;/strong&gt; parameter to sort results by field.
Use the &lt;strong&gt;from&lt;/strong&gt; query parameter to define the starting index of your search results.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cecentersearch/latest/index.html#Overview &quot;&gt;EngagementCenterSearch&lt;/a&gt; service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentersearch/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesCECenterSearch.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Included in these release notes are the following new features and improvements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Information about limits available on all levels&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Image upload on COIN view improved&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Base path changed to YaaS URL&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;information-about-limits-available-on-all-levels&quot;&gt;Information about limits available on all levels&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We previously announced limits on the number of organizations, teams, and projects that were introduced to prevent excessive creation of objects. Since only five teams and five projects/sites can be created within each organization, notifications have been added not only on the organization level, but also on the overview pages for Dev Teams and Projects &amp;amp; Sites.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the Builder overview page, only those dev teams and projects/sites of which a user is a member are displayed. This means that someone who does not have permissions to add a team or project will only see the teams and projects of which they are a member, and the &lt;b&gt;+ADD&lt;/b&gt; button is not displayed:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_8_0/01_no_add_button.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If a user has the appropriate permissions to create teams and projects, the &lt;b&gt;+ADD&lt;/b&gt; button displays as long as the limit within the organization has not been reached.  For example, since each organization can have a maximum of five projects/sites, the &lt;b&gt;+Add New Project/Site&lt;/b&gt; button will no longer be displayed after five projects/sites have been created. 
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_8_0/02_limits.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;image-upload-on-coin-view-improved&quot;&gt;Image upload on COIN view improved&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The error that displayed on the COIN view during System Demo 12 was resolved.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_8_0/03_coin_error.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
A notification was added about the size and format restrictions for image uploads. The image size must be 408 x 362 pixels, and the image must be in JPG or PNG format:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_8_0/04_showcase_view.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additionally, if a showcase was created in the background (even with errors), the page gets refreshed and you can then see and use the additional actions buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;base-path-changed-to-yaas-url&quot;&gt;Base path changed to YaaS URL&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since the principle of the base path was confusing to many users, it has been reworked and renamed. The base path, which is the location where all your services and modules will be stored, is now called &lt;b&gt;YaaS URL&lt;/b&gt; and  mandatory during the organization creation process:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_8_0/05_org_yaas_url.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
The YaaS URL is located on the organization details page where the base path could be found before. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Currently, the YaaS URL is verified during the approval process for US companies. (For non-US companies, it only checks whether the path already exists.) The YaaS URL can only be set by the organization owner, and once it is set, it cannot be changed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back here for the latest updates soon!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;New endpoints for managing multiple sales areas, reference customers, and document types&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The service now introduces new endpoints for managing multiple instances for the following data:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sales organization&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Distribution channel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Division&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sales area&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reference customer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Transaction document type&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Feb 29 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2016-02-29-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Commerce Builder Module v0.2.14</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2016-02-25-AdminUITemplatev0214.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;customer-settings&quot;&gt;Customer Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this release, a new field &amp;#39;Email Reset URL&amp;#39; is available. Merchants can specify here an email reset URL used for confirmation of email login changes made by a customer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;100%&quot; height=&quot;50%&quot; src=&quot;img/CustomerEmailResetUrl.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;More information can be found at &lt;a href=&quot;/services/customer/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Customer documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;improvements-in-coupon-listing-page-and-information-on-site-cards&quot;&gt;Improvements in Coupon listing page and information on site cards&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Improvements have been made to the start and end date fields in coupon listing page. If no end date is set for a coupon, &amp;#39;No end&amp;#39; is displayed.
Additionally, the order of the listed sites starts now with the default site, followed by the rest of the sites in alphabetical order.
Some improvements were also made to the information shown on site cards.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2016-02-25-AdminUITemplatev0214.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-02-23-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;add-multiple-items-to-the-cart-in-a-single-call&quot;&gt;Add multiple items to the cart in a single call&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now added multiple items to the cart in a single call. This new feature uses the &lt;a href=&quot;/tools/apibestpractices/index.html#BatchProcessing&quot;&gt;batch processing&lt;/a&gt; guidelines from the API Best Practices. This feature benefits a customer who frequently shops at your store. If a customer makes frequent orders from you store and always orders the same items, they do not have to go through the long process of adding items one at a time. For more information about this feature, see &lt;a href=&quot;#AddMultipleItemstotheCartinaSingleCall&quot;&gt;Add Multiple Items to the Cart in a Single Call&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;exposing-raml-api-descriptor-at-the-fixed-url&quot;&gt;Exposing RAML API descriptor at the fixed URL&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Cart service now exposes the RAML API descriptor at the &lt;code&gt;meta-data/api.raml&lt;/code&gt; relative URL. This makes the Cart service more accessible to potential API consumers, which can easily locate the API descriptor entry point by knowing the base URL. This change has zero impact for existing API consumers, but if you are referring to the Cart service RAML file, you must use the latest URL.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now when you add an item to the cart, the price is stored as is (regardless of the decimal point) until calculation. After the cart is calculated, rounding is applied.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Feb 23 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-02-23-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.1.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-02-12-Technev110.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Techne v1.1.0&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Updates&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated style for required field indicator
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated list management interaction design to improve usability
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated label status class to correct status color display
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated Tool Tips vs. Pop Over usage guidelines and classes
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated placement of help icon to allow for proper scaling and layout across devices
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated style to better visuals indicate inactive cards
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated validation styling
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Other minor styling improvements across components
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Updated techne.yaas.io/gettingstarted.html to ensure all materials are in sync
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2016-02-12-Technev110.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-02-12-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thanks to the community feedback we realized that code blocks in documentation were not displayed properly. They had an extra space above the code, which simply wasn&amp;#39;t looking good. We fixed this issue.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width:60%&quot; src=&quot;img/bug_code_block.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Before and after fixing a bug.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Feb 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-02-12-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Schema v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/schema/latest/2016-02-11-ReleaseNotesSchema.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;ability-to-store-metadata-with-a-schema-in-the-schema-service&quot;&gt;Ability to store metadata with a schema in the Schema service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now add and manage additional metadata about a schema in the form of simple key-value pairs (where values are strings) along with a schema in the Schema service using the new &lt;code&gt;{tenant}/{schemaId}/metadata&lt;/code&gt; endpoint.
Schemas stored in the Schema service are immutable by design and cannot be changed. This new feature enables you to store and update additional information about your schema, such as its title, description, or other information, without creating a new version of the JSON schema.
You can update (fully replace) your schema metadata at any time with a single PUT on &lt;code&gt;{tenant}/{schemaId}/metadata&lt;/code&gt;.
You can filter your schemas using metadata and use paging and sorting in the results.
For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/schema/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Schema documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 11 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/schema/latest/2016-02-11-ReleaseNotesSchema.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-02-11-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Included in these release notes are the following new features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Improved list of subscriptions&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Event topics for services and applications&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Visibility of nodes&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;New improvements on organization level&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Consumption Data&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Visibility of Projects and Teams&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Limit of organizations, teams and projects&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-list-of-subscriptions&quot;&gt;Improved list of subscriptions&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We improved how the lists of subscriptions are displayed in teams and projects/sites. Previously, it was just an unsorted amount of cards. These are now separated into two sections: ACTIVE and EXPIRED. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_7_0/02_subscriptions_new.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you unsubscribe from a package, it will remain in the active section until the expiration date and then will be automatically moved to the expired section. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;event-topics-for-services-and-applications&quot;&gt;Event topics for services and applications&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In &lt;b&gt;Projects/Sites&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Applications&lt;/b&gt;, you can now define topics for the events that are calling the API. On the Application Details page, scroll down to the bottom to see the topics. You cann add topics by clicking the &lt;b&gt;+TOPIC&lt;/b&gt; button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_7_0/topics.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information on topics, please see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/pubsub/latest/index.html#RESTAPIOverview&quot;&gt;PubSub documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;visibility-of-nodes&quot;&gt;Visibility of nodes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release we&amp;#39;re introducing the &lt;b&gt;Customization&lt;/b&gt; section for projects. As a project owner/manager you now can decide which nodes can be seen by the members of your project, and which not. This is only valid for those nodes that come as Builder modules with packages you subscribe to and are added as visible by default to the left navigation area. Go to &lt;b&gt;[Your Project]&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Administration&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Customization&lt;/b&gt; to turn them on and off.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_7_0/nodes_visibility.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-improvements-on-organization-level&quot;&gt;New improvements on organization level&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Consumption Data&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br/&gt;
As an organization owner, you can see the consumption data of your teams and projects without being a member of those teams/projects and without entering them in the Builder. To do this, go to your organization and then to the Bills tab in the left navigation area. You will see the monthly overview of your charges. By clicking on any month, you can drill down to the list of all the teams and projects within your organization that are subscribed to packages and therefore produce costs for your organization. By clicking on a particular team or project, you can see the list of all packages to which this team/project is subscribed. You can see the used rate plan and the costs for this package for this team/project. You can click on the package to see the usage of metrics and the complete consumption of this project/team for this subscription:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_7_0/bill-consumption.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Visibility of Projects and Teams&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br/&gt;
You can see all the teams and projects/sites that are created in your organization by navigating to &lt;b&gt;Administration&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Dev Teams &amp;amp; Projects/Sites&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_7_0/teams_projects.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
If you are not a member of a team or project, you can still see them all as an organization owner (or assigned to the organizaiton owner role) but not be able to enter them from within the organization. As a member of a team or project/site, you can click on one and navigate to the according team or project.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;Limit of organizations, teams and projects&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
To prevent excessive creation of objects, new limits for organizations, teams, and projects have been introduced. From now on, only two organizations can be created from each YaaS account, and five teams and five projects/sites can be created within each organization.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_7_0/limits.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Once the limit is reached, the user with the role that allows you to create teams/projects will not see the &lt;b&gt;+ADD&lt;/b&gt; button anymore.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back here for the latest updates soon!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 11 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-02-11-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty iBeacon v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyibeacon/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyiBeacon.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Introduced in iOS 7, iBeacon is a new technology enabling new location awareness possibilities for apps. Leveraging Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE), a device with iBeacon technology can be used to establish a region around an object. The UUID, major and minor values provide the identifying information for the iBeacon.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The UUID, major and minor values provide the identifying information for the iBeacon. Generally speaking, this information is hierarchical in nature with the major and minor fields allowing for subdivision of the identity established by the UUID.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, the values may be used for a nationwide retail store. The UUID is shared by all locations. This allows an iOS device to use a single identifier to recognize any of the stores with a single region. Each specific store, New York, Washington, and San Francisco, is then assigned a unique major value, allowing a device to identify which specific store it is in. Within each individual store, departments are given separate minor values, although these are the same across stores to make it easier for an app on a device to readily identify departments. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this information, an iOS device can identify when it has entered or left one of the stores, which specific store it is, and what department the user might be standing in. These values are determined by the person or organization deploying the beacon device. UUIDs, major and minor values are not registered with Apple. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty iBeacon microservice maps the UUID, majors and minors to human readable descriptions so that these values can be reused in other areas. This master data of beacons can then be used in wide variety of use cases. For example, a Marketer can make a combination of UUID, Major and Minor using the mapped descriptions in the iBeacon Management microservice and associate it with an offer. When a mobile app come in range of an iBeacon, appropriate offers can then be pushed to the device.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty iBeacon service are: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyibeacon_view - View iBeacon information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyibeacon_manage - Manage or edit iBeacon information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyibeacon_delete - Delete iBeacon information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyibeacon/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyiBeacon.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Offer v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyoffer/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyOffer.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Offer service allows you to create an offer in SAP Hybris Loyalty after coupon details, iBeacon details, and geofence details are provided. Once these coupons are created in the system, based on the certain attributes (iBeacon/geofence) information, notifications are sent to users with offer details. The following two types of offers are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Push offer - Email is sent to a customer with an offer code when a particular condition is met.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Pull offer - Mobile app will request for valid offers for customers when they hit the specified Geofence radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Offer service are: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyoffer_view - View offer information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyoffer_manage - Manage or edit offer information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyoffer_delete - Delete offer information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyoffer/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyOffer.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Geofence v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltygeofence/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyGeofence.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Geofencing is a technology that defines a virtual boundary around a real world geographical area. A radius of interest is established that can trigger an action on a geo-enabled mobile device.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Geofence service allows an administrator to set up triggers so when a device enters (or exits) the boundaries defined by the administrator, a text message or email alert is sent. The technology has many practical uses. For example, a marketer can geofence a retail store in a mall and send a coupon to a customer who has downloaded a particular mobile app when the customer (and his smartphone) crosses the boundary.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Geofence service are: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loygeofence_view - View Geofence configuration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loygeofence_manage - Manage or edit Geofence configuration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loygeofence_delete - Delete Geofence configuration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltygeofence/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyGeofence.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Email v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyemail/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyEmailService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Email service enables you to create and upload email templates so that you can send repetitive emails by making a simple REST call. You can send emails to intimate your customers of  activities such as:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Successful registration &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Order confirmation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Account expiration &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Referral emails&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Tier upgradation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Offers &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These types of emails are sent to one person as a result of an action triggered by the user. You can create and manage email templates for any use case.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send a registration email to a customer when they register to the loyalty program.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an order confirmation email to a customer that lists their order details.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send a referral email to friends for registering to the loyalty program.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an email to a customer when they upgrade their tier. For example, when a customer upgrades from the bronze to silver tier. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an email to a customer to inform about account expiration. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Send an email to a customer to inform about offers on any product.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Email service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyemail_view - View authorization for Loyalty Email service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyemail_manage - Create and update authorization for Loyalty Email service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyemail_delete - Delete authorization for Loyalty Email service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyemail/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyEmailService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Cards v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltycards/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCards.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Cards service enables you to design templates for your digital loyalty cards and coupons, and offer them as part of your loyalty program.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Cards service allows you to create digital loyalty card and coupon templates for Apple and Google wallets.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Card Service provides REST service to create, update and view loyalty card and coupon templates for Google and Apple wallets. In addition, the loyalty card service also provides service for one time configuration of certificate and merchant details required to configure Apple or Google wallet service. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A Loyalty administrator can configure cards and coupons for Apple and/or Google wallets from Configuration &amp;gt; Wallet Configuration menu. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Cards service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loycard_view - View Google and Apple loyalty card and coupon templates&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loycard_manage - Create or edit Google and Apple loyalty card and coupon templates&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Note: Deletion of template for digital loyalty cards and coupons is currently not supported.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltycards/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCards.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Apple Wallet v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyapplewallet/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAppleWallet.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Apple Wallet gives users a convenient way to organize and use rewards cards, boarding passes, tickets, and gift cards. You can bring up passes in your app with PassKit APIs, send them via email, or post them on the web. You can also set the time or location for an item to appear. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Passes are a digital representation of information that might otherwise be printed on small pieces of paper or plastic. They let users take an action in the physical world. Passes can contain images and a barcode, and you can update passes using push notifications. The pass library contains the user’s passes, and users view and manage their passes using the Wallet app. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Apple Wallet service will enable you to download and update loyalty card and coupon passes on supported iOS devices.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Apple Wallet service are: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.applewallet_view - View Apple loyalty card and coupon configuration for Apple Wallet&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.applewallet_manage - Manage or edit Apple loyalty card and coupon configuration for Apple Wallet&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyapplewallet/latest/2016-02-10-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAppleWallet.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Analytics v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyanalytics/latest/2015-11-05-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAnalyticsService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Analytics service is now open beta.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Features&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Embedded Analytics within SAP hybris Marketing Loyalty (Beta) enables Marketers or Analysts to define their own set of KPIs to analyze how their loyalty program is performing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In YaaS Builder, the Analytics tab in SAP hybris Marketing Loyalty (Beta) loads the Analytics dashboard that contains the following loyalty KPIs and charts:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty KPIs:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Members: Total number of members who have signed up for the loyalty program&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Member Activities: Total number of member activities &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Member Revenue: Total revenue generated from loyalty program members&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Points Accrued: Total loyalty points accrued by loyalty program members &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Points Redeemed: Total loyalty points redeemed by loyalty program members&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Active Offers: Total offers active for the loyalty program&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redeemable Points: Total points available to redeem for the loyalty members&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Charts:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Members by Tier ( Pie Chart)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Members by Month / Qtr / Year  per Tier&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Member Activities by Month / Qtr / Year per Tier&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Member Revenue ($)  by Month / Qtr / Year per Tier&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A Marketer can filter these KPIs and charts based on the time period and tiers configured for the loyalty program. Only predefined KPIs are displayed. There is no option for Marketers to create their own KPIs and charts. A Marketer can hide or unhide the KPIs based on his requirements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scope for Analytics is sap.loyanalytics_view, which allows a user to view the KPIs and charts in Analytics tab of SAP hybris Marketing Loyalty (Beta).&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyanalytics/latest/2015-11-05-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAnalyticsService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyconfiguration/latest/2015-11-05-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyConfigurationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Loyalty Configuration service is now open beta.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Features&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Configuration service is a core service that is used for configuring loyalty program setup, points to currency ratios, and customer advocacy.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this service, you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create the loyalty program.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Add tiers for the loyalty program such as Bronze, Silver, Gold.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select one of the commerce platforms: hybris Commerce Suite or hybris Commerce as a Service.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Show or hide reward information&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Show cash balance instead of points&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure points to currency ratio&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure customer advocacy&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In YaaS Builder, choose the Configuration tab in SAP hybris Marketing Loyalty (Beta) to perform the loyalty program configuration tasks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for configuration service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyconfig_view - View authorization for Loyalty Configuration service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyconfig_manage - Create and update authorization for Loyalty Configuration service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyconfig_delete - Delete authorization for Loyalty Configuration service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Feb 10 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyconfiguration/latest/2015-11-05-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyConfigurationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-02-09-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;the-checkout-service-supports-customer-information-and-address-mixins&quot;&gt;The Checkout service supports customer information and address mixins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now supports the customer&amp;#39;s information and address mixins and passes them to the Order service. These mixins come from the Customer service.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Feb 09 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-02-09-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/configuration/latest/2016-02-04-Configuration-InternalReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;exposing-raml-api-descriptor-at-the-fixed-url&quot;&gt;Exposing RAML API descriptor at the fixed URL&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Configuration service now exposes the RAML API descriptor at the &amp;#39;meta-data/api.raml&amp;#39; relative URL. This makes the Configuration service more accessible to potential API consumers, which can easily locate the API descriptor entry point by knowing the base URL. 
Although the API descriptor is also served at the previous URL for backwards compatibility, existing Configuration service API consumers should update to the latest URL.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/configuration/latest/2016-02-04-Configuration-InternalReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service SDK 4.6.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-02-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;more-secure-exception-mappers&quot;&gt;More secure exception mappers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From now on, all exception mappers in &lt;code&gt;jersey-support&lt;/code&gt; module of the SDK that deal with exceptions coming from Jersey are no longer including the exception&amp;#39;s message in the HTTP response body, instead static messages will be included. That assures that no internal system information will be leaked outside your service, as long as you 
are using our library. Do not worry about loosing the exception information, the exception will be now logged in every exception mapper.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are instantiating any of those exceptions manually with a message that you want to see in response body, you need to provide a custom exception together with an exception mapper for that case.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;user-in-metric-logs&quot;&gt;User in metric logs&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We continue to improve metric logging in Service SDK. Now the current user can be included in every metric log. For more information, see the updated schema-log. In order to use this feature, the user property must be present in the MDC context.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-control-over-json-serialization-deserialization&quot;&gt;Improved control over JSON serialization/deserialization&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is now possible to customize serialization and deserialization of JSON entities by configuring the JsonFeature included in the Service SDK. For example, you can now easily enable inclusion of empty value properties in serialization which is needed for a Jersey client which makes partial update requests. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;api-console-security-improvement&quot;&gt;Api Console security improvement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Api Console library which can be embedded in your service, will now load only RAML files which reside underneath the service&amp;#39;s base URL.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;support-for-exposing-your-service-s-raml-at-the-recommended-fixed-url&quot;&gt;Support for exposing your service&amp;#39;s RAML at the recommended fixed URL&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Service SDK now supports services which expose the RAML API definition at the &amp;#39;meta-data/api.raml&amp;#39; relative URL. Exposing the RAML at a well-defined fixed URL which can be easily resolved relative to the base-URL of the service itself makes services more accessible to API consumers which would be then able to easily locate the service&amp;#39;s API definition entry point.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a result we have adjusted the Api-Console and the Service Generator to follow this convention by default and to locate the RAML file at the new fixed location instead of locating it by parsing the now deprecated api-listings.json file. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Artifacts created with the updated archetype will also automatically follow the convention.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;migration-guide&quot;&gt;Migration guide&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To benefit from the advantages of following the fixed RAML URL convention, your service needs some adjustments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For a Java service which used the previous SDK version you can follow these steps:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;####Step 1: 
The Api-listings.json file has been deprecated and you need to move all information contained here to the Service Generator Plugin configuration.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the project&amp;#39;s pom.xml you need to locate the &amp;#39;service-sdk-generator-maven-plugin&amp;#39; and update the configuration of the execution with the &amp;#39;generate-service&amp;#39; goal. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;replace&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;src/main/resources/api&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;src/main/webapp/meta-data&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;####Step 2:
Take values from the &amp;#39;src/main/resources/api/api-listings.json and add them to the plugin configuration as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;table style=&quot;width:90%; &quot;&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;th&gt;Api-listings.json fields&lt;/th&gt;
&lt;th&gt;Plugin configuration fields&lt;/th&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;namespace&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;outputApiTitle&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;packageName&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;outputPackageName&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;async&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;async&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;


&lt;p&gt;


&lt;p&gt;Example result:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;execution&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;id&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;service-generation&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;id&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goals&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goal&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;generate-service&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goal&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goals&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputPackageName&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;com.hybris.configuration.rest.resources&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputPackageName&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputApiTitle&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;Configurationservice&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;outputApiTitle&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolders&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;src/main/webapp/meta-data&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;target/hybris-api-dependencies&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolder&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;inputFolders&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;execution&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;####Step 3: 
If there are several APIs defined in the api-listings.json you need to add an execution for each API defined in the api-listings.json file.
For each execution make sure you update the &amp;#39;outputPackageName&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;outputApiTitle&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;async&amp;#39; fields.
 (repeat step 1 and 2 for each API definition)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Important: Each exection needs to have a different &amp;#39;id&amp;#39;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;####Step 4: 
Delete the api-listings.json files from the &amp;#39;src/main/resources/api&amp;#39; directory&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;####Step 5: 
First step to expose the RAML and it&amp;#39;s include files as static content is by moving/renaming the /src/main/resources/api folder to /src/main/webapp/meta-data&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;####Step 6: 
The main RAML file needs to be renamed to api.raml
 All secondary RAML files can keep their original name.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;####Step 7: (optional but recommended) 
It is encouraged to follow certain conventions for structuring and naming the additional resources. According to these conventions, the following relative URL paths and file suffixes should be used:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;table style=&quot;width:100%;&quot; &gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;th&gt;Resource&lt;/th&gt;
&lt;th&gt;Path&lt;/th&gt;
&lt;th&gt;Suffix&lt;/th&gt;
&lt;th&gt;Example&lt;/th&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;RAML API Definition&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;em&gt;(See above.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;em&gt;(See above.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/api.raml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;RAML Trait&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/traits/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;.raml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/traits/colored.raml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;RAML Resource Type&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/resourceTypes/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;.raml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/resourceTypes/items.raml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;RAML Security Scheme&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/securitySchemes/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;.raml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/securitySchemes/oauth_2_0.raml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;JSON Schema&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/schemas/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;.json&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/schemas/thing.json&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;Example Data&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/examples/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;-example.json&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;code&gt;meta-data/examples/thing-example.json&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;

&lt;p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;####Step 8: 
Register the &amp;#39;default&amp;#39; filter to &amp;#39;serve&amp;#39; the new &amp;#39;meta-data&amp;#39; folder and also register the SDK&amp;#39;s Raml Rewriter filter by adding the following files to the web.xml:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt;    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-comment&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Add RAML rewriting to static RAML resources that are part of the service 
        meta-data --&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;ramlRewriterFilter&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-class&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;com.sap.cloud.yaas.servicesdk.ramlrewriter.filter.RamlRewriterFilter&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-class&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;ramlRewriterFilter&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;/meta-data/*&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;

    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-comment&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Make sure that static meta-data are being served normally --&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;default&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;/meta-data/*&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;####Step 9: 
Rebuild the Maven project (mvn clean install)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;backwards-compatibility&quot;&gt;Backwards compatibility&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To mantain backwards compatibility and to give enough time to your service&amp;#39;s consumers to update to the latest RAML URL you may adjust your service to expose the RAML API descriptor at both the current URL and the new fixed URL simultaneously by following these steps:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;####Step 1: 
In web.xml, map the RamlRewriterFilter (and the default Servlet) to additional URL pattern /api-console/raml/*.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt;    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;ramlRewriterFilter&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;/meta-data/*&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;/api-console/raml/*&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;filter-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;

    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-comment&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Make sure that static meta-data are being served normally --&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;default&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-name&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;/meta-data/*&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;/api-console/raml/*&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;url-pattern&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;servlet-mapping&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;p&gt;####Step 2: 
In pom.xml, make sure that the build copies all RAML API resources to the /api-console/raml/api/ directory in the WAR file and also renames api.raml to its service specific name. (make sure you replace &amp;#39;YOUR_ORIGINAL_RAML_FILE_NAME_HERE&amp;#39; as appropiate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre class=&quot;highlight&quot;&gt;&lt;code class=&quot;hljs xml&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;plugin&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;artifactId&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;maven-antrun-plugin&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;artifactId&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;executions&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;execution&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;id&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;package-raml-backward-compatibility&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;id&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goals&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
                &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goal&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;run&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goal&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;goals&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;phase&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;prepare-package&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;phase&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
                &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;tasks&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
                    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;copy&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;todir&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&quot;${project.build.directory}/${project.build.finalName}/api-console/raml/api&quot;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
                        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;fileset&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;dir&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&quot;src/main/webapp/meta-data&quot;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;excludes&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&quot;api.raml&quot;&lt;/span&gt;/&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
                    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;copy&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
                    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;copy&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;tofile&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&quot;${project.build.directory}/${project.build.finalName}/api-console/raml/api/YOUR_ORIGINAL_RAML_FILE_NAME_HERE.raml&quot;&lt;/span&gt;
                            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-attribute&quot;&gt;file&lt;/span&gt;=&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-value&quot;&gt;&quot;src/main/webapp/meta-data/api.raml&quot;&lt;/span&gt;/&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
                &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;tasks&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
            &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;configuration&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
        &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;execution&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;executions&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-tag&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;span class=&quot;hljs-title&quot;&gt;plugin&lt;/span&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/servicesdk/2016-02-04-ServiceSDK-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>RAML Patterns 1.2.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2016-02-04-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;features&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The SAP usage disclaimer has been added at the top of every pattern.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Several small bugs were fixed in this release.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Feb 04 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/ramlpatterns/2016-02-04-RamlPatterns-ReleaseNotes.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Commerce Builder Module v0.2.13</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2016-01-28-AdminUITemplatev0213.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;With this release, you will be able to see some additional information on cards on listing pages under Commerce Settings. Site Settings cards now display information about the default site, and a site&amp;#39;s language, currency, and in/active state, while Payment and Tax Settings cards display information about the service providers configured for the sites.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;140%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/InfoOnSiteSettingsCards.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;110%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/InfoOnSitePaymentSettings.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;110%&quot; height=&quot;15%&quot; src=&quot;img/InfoOnSiteTaxSettings.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition, we have added two new fields on the Site Details page, which allows the merchant to specify a site URL and a product path. These parameters will be used to construct a redirect URL to the original Product Details page of a product made available to buy in social apps. The product URL will be exported along with other product details to Stripe Relay.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;90%&quot; height=&quot;50%&quot; src=&quot;img/SiteSettingProductUrl.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Also, for a product you can now add external images. Simply paste the external image link to the External Image URL field and save the product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;90%&quot; height=&quot;50%&quot; src=&quot;img/ProductExternalImage.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additionally, in this new release, when creating and managing coupons user time zone is being used instead of GMT.
Improvements were also made to shipping zones and methods.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Jan 28 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2016-01-28-AdminUITemplatev0213.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-01-25-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;support-of-mixins-in-cart-items-and-products&quot;&gt;Support of mixins in cart items and products&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To extend the use of mixins in the cart, you can now also apply mixins to individual cart items as well as the product attribute within the item. For more information, see &lt;a href=&quot;ExtendCartInformation&quot;&gt;Extend Cart Information&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;CreateCartWithMixins&quot;&gt;Create Cart with Mixins&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jan 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2016-01-25-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-01-25-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;checkout-supports-mixins-for-each-cart-item&quot;&gt;Checkout supports mixins for each cart item&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Cart service introduced mixin support at the cart item and product level. When the cart information is passed to the Checkout service, Checkout also supports the new mixin information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When a coupon is redeemed, the record now stores the customer ID.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jan 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2016-01-25-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-01-25-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Based on user feedback, the API Console link for Cart Calculation service is now fixed.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Jan 25 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2016-01-25-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Dev Portal</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-01-20-NewDevPortalRelease.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;We&amp;#39;d like to share some details on what we&amp;#39;ve done recently to improve the Dev Portal.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;better-glossary-term-usage-indicator&quot;&gt;Better glossary term usage indicator&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To ensure that you can understand all the concepts described in the Dev Portal, we include definitions for certain terms in the form of tooltips. Previously, the tooltip indicators looked like normal hyperlinks. Based on your feedback, we changed the formatting of these indicators so that it is easier to differentiate links from tooltips at a glance.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 800px;&quot; src=&quot;img/tooltip.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Sample of a tooltip.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also go to the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cart/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Cart&lt;/a&gt; service documentation to see it in action.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;release-notes-navigation-improvement&quot;&gt;Release notes navigation improvement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In YaaS, we publish release notes not only for APIs, but also for our tools, such as the Builder or the Service SDK. This is why the left navigation in the Release Notes section did not have package filtering like the APIs section. You could filter only by &lt;code&gt;APIs&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;Tools&lt;/code&gt;. Based on your feedback, we extended left navigation filtering. Now, after selecting &lt;code&gt;APIs&lt;/code&gt; in the filter, you will see another &lt;code&gt;Packages&lt;/code&gt; filter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 200px;&quot; src=&quot;img/packages_filter.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;APIs and Packages filter in use.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We are currently working on improving the style of the filters and extending the filtering functionality.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;custom-error-pages&quot;&gt;Custom error pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Previously, if there was an error, a generic error page that said &lt;code&gt;The page you have requested is still in the queue&lt;/code&gt; was displayed. Based on your feedback, we have changed this to make it more useful by adding several custom error pages that clearly describe what went wrong.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 400px;&quot; src=&quot;img/error.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Sample of a tooltip.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To see one of the error pages, click &lt;a href=&quot;/highwaytoheaven&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;search-for-main-titles-enabled&quot;&gt;Search for main titles enabled&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The search in the Dev Portal now works for titles, so you can search for the title of a document even if you don&amp;#39;t know which section it is in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 400px;&quot; src=&quot;img/search_title.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal img-responsive&quot; alt=&quot;Sample of a search for title.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
All of these improvements were introduced based on your feedback and requests. We hope to get more feedback from you. Just use the &lt;strong&gt;Feedback&lt;/strong&gt; button whenever you want to share your thoughts.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Jan 20 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/devportal/2016-01-20-NewDevPortalRelease.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-01-19-StorefrontTemplatev101.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;shipping-rates-improvements&quot;&gt;Shipping rates improvements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release we have fixed some minor issues related to the shipping cost implementation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jan 19 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2016-01-19-StorefrontTemplatev101.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-01-15-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;With this release of the &lt;strong&gt;Media&lt;/strong&gt; service, managing both private and public media files is easier than ever before!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;features&quot;&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With the Media service version v2, you can do the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; all your media files easily  with a temporary upload link you can pass to your client.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Delete&lt;/strong&gt; all unwanted media.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manage&lt;/strong&gt; the file&amp;#39;s metadata for improved clarity and arrangement.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Decide&lt;/strong&gt; who can access your media by using these endpoints:&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/public/files&lt;/code&gt; - Files posted to this endpoint do not require a scope. Anyone can retrieve a file by sending GET request to &lt;code&gt;/public/files/{fileid}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/files&lt;/code&gt; - Files posted to this endpoint require the &lt;strong&gt;hybris.media_view&lt;/strong&gt; scope. All sensitive files, such as invoices, stored here are viewable only by you.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List and filter&lt;/strong&gt; your media files quickly using a query with response pagination.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;what-s-new&quot;&gt;What&amp;#39;s new&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Compared to v1, the v2 Media service has the following added capabilities:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The file upload and download process is enhanced to improve scalability.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Two separate endpoints are provided for private and public files.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Filtering media files using basic query is now possible.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A new migration tool simplifies moving all your media to the new version with just one request. For more information, see &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/media/latest/index.html#Migrationmanager&quot;&gt;Migration Manager&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jan 15 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2016-01-15-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Media v2</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-01-12-ReleaseNotesMedia.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Going forward, you can improve your Media service experience by caching data.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The benefits of caching are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;bandwidth reduction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;shorter response times&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;resource savings&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;how-it-works&quot;&gt;How it works&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Each time you perform a GET request on these endpoints, the Media service provides an ETag (entity tag) for the media
 file you requested, and sends it in the response:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/public/files/{fileId}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/public/files/{fileId}&lt;/code&gt; with a query on a particular variant&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/files/{fileId}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;/files/{fileId}&lt;/code&gt; with a query on a particular variant&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The ETag is always the same for a given file and, thanks to this identifier, you do not have to GET the payload 
multiple times for already-cached files. 
When you use the &lt;strong&gt;If-None-Match&lt;/strong&gt; header in subsequent requests, you receive the &lt;code&gt;304 Not modified&lt;/code&gt; response from the 
service, without a payload. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you send an incorrect ETag in the &lt;strong&gt;If-None-Match&lt;/strong&gt; header, for example,
the ETag for a master media file, when requesting a variant, the service returns the &lt;code&gt;200&lt;/code&gt; response code, for private
 files - along with the payload and for public files with a redirect link.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To learn more, see the &lt;a href=&quot;#Caching&quot;&gt;Caching&lt;/a&gt; section of the Media service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jan 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/media/latest/2017-01-12-ReleaseNotesMedia.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Coupon v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-01-12-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;h4&gt;Retrieving coupon details and redemption details on behalf of a customer&lt;/h4&gt; 

&lt;p&gt;In addition to redeeming a coupon on behalf of a customer using the &lt;code&gt;hybris.coupon_redeem_on_behalf&lt;/code&gt; scope, a seller or a client application can now also retrieve coupon details on behalf of a customer using the same scope when the &lt;code&gt;customerNumber&lt;/code&gt; query parameter is provided with the request. The seller can also retrieve redemption details on behalf of a customer after a successful redemption using the same scope and providing the &lt;code&gt;customerNumber&lt;/code&gt; query parameter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Payload of the &amp;#39;hybris.coupon_redemption&amp;#39; event&lt;/h4&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The payload of the &lt;code&gt;hybris.coupon_redemption&lt;/code&gt; event has been extended with two new attributes: &lt;code&gt;redemptionId&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;couponCode&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jan 12 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/coupon/latest/2016-01-12-ReleaseNotesCoupon.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Builder</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-01-08-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;There are many new features and exciting changes in the Builder. Included in these release notes are examples of how to do the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create an organization&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Get started with teams&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create a package&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Test your package&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Share with the community&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set up a project&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;create-an-organization&quot;&gt;Create an organization&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are new to YaaS, you only see one option when you log into the Builder - a yellow button that enables you to create an organization. To start your own organization, proceed with the steps below. Otherwise, if you are invited to an existing team or a project, click on the link in the email you received to accept the invite.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;b&gt;+ NEW ORGANIZATION&lt;/b&gt; in the &lt;b&gt;Organizations Overview&lt;/b&gt; window. Input your organization&amp;#39;s legal name, the display name, and select the country where your company is located:

&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/101_create_org.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
  &lt;li&gt;If you choose the United States, then you must also accept the &lt;b&gt;Framework Agreement&lt;/b&gt;, since this is the only country that is able to subscribe to commercial packages on the YaaS Market. The approval process for your USA organization requires you to add business-relavant data using the step-by-step wizard. As shown below, set the base path, the company address, billing address (if different), a contact person responsible for the organization, and a payment method (at the moment credit cards only):
    &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
    &lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/103_approveorg_us.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;br/&gt;
    Once you complete this process and send the data for approval, the status is set to &lt;b&gt;pending&lt;/b&gt;. You can not subscribe any packages during this phase until your organization is set to &lt;b&gt;approved&lt;/b&gt;.Your organization needs to go through some background checks - this may take a couple of days. As soon as your organization is approved, an email is sent to the contact person, and the change is reflected in &lt;b&gt;My Account&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Organizations&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;[Your Organization]&lt;/b&gt;, as shown in the example below:
    &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
    &lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/104_status_yes.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
  &lt;/li&gt;

  &lt;li&gt;Organizations from countries other than the United States can only subscribe to Beta packages, and therefore, do not need to sign any terms of use. If your organization is &lt;i&gt;not&lt;/i&gt; located in the USA, then the approval process is really simple. Click the &lt;/b&gt;Get Approval&lt;/b&gt; button and input the base path, as shown in the example below. The base path is needed for all the services created within this organization as well as it will be displayed in URLs. SAP hybris reserves the right to change the base path if it is not conform with your organization. After you click the &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt; button, your organization is auto-approved, and you can subscribe to the Beta packages offered on the YaaS Market:
    &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
    &lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/102_approveorg.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
      &lt;div class=“panel note”&gt;
      Once the approval process is complete, you can not modify or add any data regarding your organization.
      &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;li&gt; To invite other members to your organization go to &lt;b&gt;Administration&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Organization Members&lt;/b&gt; and click on &lt;b&gt;+ NEW ORGANIZATION MEMBER&lt;/b&gt;. Enter the email address and role for the team member, then click on the &lt;b&gt;Invite&lt;/b&gt; button:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/105_invite_member.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
 The new member needs an account in YaaS and has access to your organization immediately.
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;h3 id=&quot;getting-started-with-teams&quot;&gt;Getting started with teams&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you have a role that is allowed to create teams and projects within an organization, the &lt;b&gt;+ NEW DEV TEAM&lt;/b&gt; button is visible in the Builder. Click on it, enter the information in the required fields as shown in the example below, and click on &lt;b&gt;Create&lt;/b&gt;:
&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/200_create_team.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;
Some fields can be changed after creation, and some, such as the &lt;b&gt;Identifier&lt;/b&gt;, can not be changed, so be careful when choosing one.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The newly created team is shown on the dashboard when you select the appropriate organization in the upper left corner. If you are a member of more than five teams and do not see the team you want to access on the dashboard, click on the &lt;b&gt;Dev Teams&lt;/b&gt; button in the upper left navigation. A list of all your teams is displayed, ordered by teams you created and teams you are invited to join. Click on a particular team to see the details:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/201_team.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Within a team, you can register the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/gettingstarted/createaservice/index.html&quot;&gt;services&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/gettingstarted/createaservice/index.html&quot;&gt;Builder modules&lt;/a&gt; that you develop and deploy. You can also bundle them into packages, as seen in the next example, and sell them on the YaaS Market (in the future). Team members can be assigned a user role that is allowed to subscribe to packages - by default the creator and owners can do that -, developers on your team can use the services that are offered in those packages, and your services can call those subscribed-to services. The packages your team subscribes to is listed under the &lt;b&gt;Subscriptions&lt;/b&gt; navigation node, and the usage data is on the subscription details page.
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Under the &lt;b&gt;User Roles&lt;/b&gt; navigation node, define different roles and then assign different team members to those roles. Click on the &lt;b&gt;+ NEW USER ROLE&lt;/b&gt; button, and enter the name and the description of the new user role. Choose which actions can be performed by a member of this role in the &lt;b&gt;Scopes&lt;/b&gt; section, and click the &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt; button to create the new user role:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/userrole.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;div class=“panel note”&gt;
We recommend creating specific user roles for different tasks. The owner role is really powerful, as it allows to perform all actions on your team.
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Invite users directly to this user role when you invite new team members to your organization, or go to &lt;b&gt;Dev Team Members&lt;/b&gt; and click on &lt;b&gt;+ DEV TEAM MEMBER&lt;/b&gt;. Enter the email address and role for the team member, then click on the &lt;b&gt;Invite&lt;/b&gt; button:
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/203_invite_member.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
An invite is sent in an email to the new team member and they can access the team after they accept the invitation. You can see the invite in the &lt;b&gt;Pending Invitations&lt;/b&gt; window until the invitation is accepted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;create-a-package&quot;&gt;Create a package&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A team&amp;#39;s ultimate goal is to create packages and sell them on the YaaS Market. Publishing will only be available in the future, but you can already prepare and try your packages internally. To do so, go to &lt;b&gt;[Your Dev Team]&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Packages&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;+ NEW PACKAGE&lt;/b&gt;, enter the name of the package, and click on the &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt; button. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/003_createpackage.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the package detail page, enrich your team&amp;#39;s package with more services and Builder modules. In the &lt;b&gt;Configuration&lt;/b&gt; tab, add these options to your package by clicking on the appropriate link and following the instructions, as shown in the example below: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/003_packageaddall.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the service(s) you add to your package are using services that are not located in this package, then modify the required packages section as well. Add all the packages which contain those services that are called by your service. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;b&gt;PUBLISHING&lt;/b&gt; tab, add the &lt;b&gt;Terms of Service&lt;/b&gt; as a PDF file or URL. These terms are acknowledged by anyone who subscribes to your package and uses it. Enter your company&amp;#39;s web address, and a responsible person from your team who can be contacted by the YaaS Market operator in case questions arise:  &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/003_packageapulishing.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
You can also &lt;b&gt;Whitelist&lt;/b&gt; teams and projects that can use your package without subscribing to it on the YaaS Market by entering the Team or Project ID in the appropriate field. Those teams or projects can add your package as a private package in the &lt;b&gt;Subscriptions&lt;/b&gt; section. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;b&gt;MARKET CONTENT&lt;/b&gt; tab, provide all the necessary data to successfully market your package. The short description is used wherever your package appears in any list in the Builder. The long and technical descriptions are shown on the YaaS Market. Optionally, add some nice screen shots to entice your customers: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/003_packagemarket.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the last tab, called &lt;b&gt;PRICING&lt;/b&gt;, select the &lt;b&gt;Package Type&lt;/b&gt;: Beta or Commercial. Define the &lt;b&gt;Rate Plan&lt;/b&gt; which depends on the package type. For the Beta type, define the &lt;b&gt;Metrics&lt;/b&gt; and the usage is blocked after the included quantity of units is used. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 50%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/003_xmetric.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 50%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/306_additional_usage.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
For the Commercial type, you can set a price for any additional usage. Once the included volume is consumed, payment is made for each additional quantity used, as defined.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;test-your-package-in-a-test-project&quot;&gt;Test your package in a test project&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;After you add at least one service to your package, the &lt;b&gt;TEST&lt;/b&gt; button appears below the package details. To test a package before you publish it, make sure to add the following details:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Add an icon&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set a responsible person&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Define at least one metric&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Then click the &lt;b&gt;TEST&lt;/b&gt; button and provide the required data, such as the unique identifier of the test project: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/401_createtestproject.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt; button and a test project is created automatically. All team members are added as test project members, and a subscription is made between your package and the test project. Access the test project either on the package details page or under the &lt;b&gt;Projects &amp;amp; Sites&lt;/b&gt; navigation node:   &lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 50%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/402_testprojectlocI.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;width: 50%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/402_testprojectlocII.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can now start testing the functionality of your service(s) and Builder modules.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;share-with-community&quot;&gt;Share with community&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The YaaS Community is a place to showcase your projects and business applications to a broader audience. Click on the &lt;b&gt;SHOWCASE&lt;/b&gt; button and review the information from your package, or make any desired changes, such as uploading a new icon.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Click on the &lt;b&gt;Share &amp;amp; Save&lt;/b&gt; button and you own project space is created under the URL, &lt;a href=&quot;https://community.yaas.io/&quot;&gt;https://community.yaas.io/&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/500_coin.png&quot;  class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;setting-up-a-project&quot;&gt;Setting up a project&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
If you haven&amp;#39;t been invited to a project, you can create one if your user role has the permissions to do so. If so, you see the &lt;b&gt;+ NEW PROJECT/SITE&lt;/b&gt; button, as seen in the example below. Enter the &lt;b&gt;Display Name&lt;/b&gt;, &lt;b&gt;Identifier&lt;/b&gt; (which cannot be changed later), and the &lt;b&gt;Description&lt;/b&gt;. Then click the &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt; button: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/600_cretaproject.png&quot;  class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
You can invite other members to your project, and create user roles and assign them to different users. You can also subscribe to packages on the YaaS Market at the URL: &lt;a href=&quot;https://market.yaas.io/&quot;&gt;https://market.yaas.io/&lt;/a&gt;. Or, if you are logged into the Builder and select to add packages, you are automatically forwarded to the YaaS Market within the context of your organization and project. Go to &lt;b&gt;Administration&lt;/b&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;b&gt;Subscription&lt;/b&gt; or click on the &lt;b&gt;SUBSCRIBE TO PACKAGES&lt;/b&gt; button on the project details page, and then click on the &lt;b&gt;+ ADD PACKAGES&lt;/b&gt; button. You can choose from many packages on the YaaS Market. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/601_subscribe.png&quot;  class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
The packages on the YaaS Market are divided into two categories, based on your company location:
   &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
Standard – United States only
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
Beta – Worldwide
&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=“panel note”&gt;
The Standard packages are available only to US-based companies while the Beta packages are available to all other companies except for US. First, your organization must go through an approval process before subscribing to packages, as described in the example above.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Click on a package to see its details, and then subscribe to it by clicking on the &lt;b&gt;SUBSCRIBE NOW&lt;/b&gt; button. If redirected from the Builder, your project or team information is preset in the window. Confirm the subscription is for the project listed, and then click on the &lt;b&gt;SUBSCRIBE NOW&lt;/b&gt; button. You can subscribe to more packages, or click on the &lt;b&gt;CONFIGURE IT&lt;/b&gt; button:&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/602_subcribeprocess.png&quot;  class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
Once you&amp;#39;re directed back to your project in the Builder, you&amp;#39;ll see the navigation tree on the left has changed to reflect that each subscribed-to package containing a Builder module now has navigation nodes:&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/603_changesinnav.png&quot;  class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
For example, the &lt;b&gt;PRODUCT CONTENT&lt;/b&gt; package offers the possibility to create products and publish them in an online shop. After subscribing to this package, go to the &lt;b&gt;Products&lt;/b&gt; tab in the Builder, and click the &lt;b&gt;+ ADD PRODUCT&lt;/b&gt; button. Enter all the product information and click on the &lt;b&gt;Save&lt;/b&gt; button.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/603_addproduct.png&quot;  class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
All of your created products are located in the &lt;b&gt;Products&lt;/b&gt; tab, and you can sort by the newest, or alphabetically from A-Z, or from Z-A. When you subscribe to the Product Content package, an online shop is automatically created at the URL: &lt;a href=&quot;http://shops.yaas.io/[Your-Project-Identifier]&quot;&gt;http://shops.yaas.io/[Your-Project-Identifier]&lt;/a&gt;. The project identifier is located on the project details page. Every product set to &lt;i&gt;Active&lt;/i&gt; on the product creation page or on the product details page in the Builder, appears in the online shop immediately:&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;img style=&quot;width: 100%;&quot; src=&quot;img/1_3_0/604_publishedproducts.png&quot;  class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the Builder is a powerful tool that lets you do many things in YaaS. There are more changes and improvements on the way, so check back here for the latest updates soon!&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Jan 08 2016 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/builder/2016-01-08-ReleaseNotesBuilder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2015-12-16-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service can successfully create an order even if the shipping detail is not configured in the Site service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The checkout details can now be retrieved when the cart contains a composite mixin.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Dec 16 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2015-12-16-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center UI Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Use the new Engagement Center UI Configuration mashup service to configure the Engagement Center user interface (UI).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this service, you can manage:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Tiles configuration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The logo and the background image of the Engagement Center home page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The UI layout of the Engagement Context in the Engagement Center, including action area views, business document types, header area views, and work area views&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Required scopes that enable the Agent Home to acquire an access token&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Modules configuration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruiconfiguration/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesUIConfiguration.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket Mashup v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Use the new Service Ticket Mashup service to track, work through, and provide resolution for customer issues in the Customer Engagement Center. You can alos configure service ticket types for the different types of service you provide, such as requests for repair and servicing, and general inquiries.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Service Ticket Mashup service provides additional capabilities on top of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/serviceticket/v1&quot;&gt;Service Ticket&lt;/a&gt; service, such as consistency checks for customer and product master data when creating or updating service tickets, and reading additional customer and product attributes when retrieving service tickets.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you create a service ticket, you can specify the relevant information. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A short description of the customer&amp;#39;s issue or request&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The customer for whom the service ticket was opened&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The product that the reported request or issue is related to&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The different classes of service tickets, for which you can configure the classes&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Ticket priority and desired due date&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When working on the resolution of a service ticket, you can use features such as:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Built-in status management&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A transcript concept that allows processors of the tickets to enter additional information about the processing status&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Automatic calculation of processing times&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticketmashup/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesServiceTicketMashup.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Service Ticket v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Use the new Service Ticket Mashup service to track, work through, and provide resolution for customer issues in the Customer Engagement Center. You can alos configure service ticket types for the different types of service you provide, such as requests for repair and servicing, and general inquiries.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you create a service ticket, you can specify the relevant information. For example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A short description of the customer&amp;#39;s issue or request&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The customer for whom the service ticket was opened&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The product that the reported request or issue is related to&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The different classes of service tickets, for which you can configure the classes&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Ticket priority and desired due date&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When working on the resolution of a service ticket, you can use features such as:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Built-in status management&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;A transcript concept that allows processors of the tickets to enter additional information about the processing status&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Automatic calculation of processing times&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also use the &lt;a href=&quot;https://api.yaas.io/hybris/serviceticketmashup/v1&quot;&gt;Service Ticket Mashup&lt;/a&gt; service to develop applications on top of service tickets. The Service Ticket Mashup service provides additional capabilities on top of the Service Ticket service, such as consistency checks for customer and product master data when creating or updating service tickets, and reading additional customer and product attributes when retrieving service tickets.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/serviceticket/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesServiceTicket.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Recent Service Tickets v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/recentservicetickets/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesRecentServiceTickets.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Providing an overview of the service tickets that have most recently been updated&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Service tickets enable you to track customer issues and work on those issues through to resolution.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Recent Service Tickets service provides you with an overview of the service tickets that have most recently been updated. The list is separated into service tickets that are still open (in status &lt;code&gt;OPEN&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;IN_PROCESS&lt;/code&gt;) and service tickets that are closed (in status &lt;code&gt;COMPLETED&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;CONFIRMED&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/recentservicetickets/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesRecentServiceTickets.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Recent Sales Orders v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/recentsalesorders/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesRecentSalesOrder.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Retrieving recent sales orders of a customer&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Recent Sales Orders service is a mashup service that is used for retrieving the recent sales orders of a customer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this service, you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Retrieve a list of sales orders.  All the sales orders are returned in descending order of the time they were created.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to the Recent Sales Orders service. The accepted scope for the Recent Sales Orders service is:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.order_read&lt;/code&gt; - Read-only access to the Recent Sales Orders service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/recentsalesorders/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesRecentSalesOrder.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Report v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyreport/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyReportMetadataService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Features&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Report Metadata service stores the metadata for KPI reports, which are displayed in the analytics dashboard of SAP Hybris Loyalty.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Report Metadata service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyreport_view - View authorization for Report Metadata&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyreport_manage - Edit/Manage authorization for Report Metadata&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyreport_delete - Delete authorization for Report Metadata&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyreport/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyReportMetadataService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center UI Logging v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruilogging/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesUILog_overview.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disclaimer&lt;/strong&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For reasons of data protection, SAP strongly recommends you not to log any sensitive data when you use the Engagement Center UI Logging service. SAP does not accept any liability for the use of the service by its customers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The Engagement Center UI Logging service is a business service that enables you to post log entries and record them in the YaaS logging system.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this service, you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Post messages or metrics, which conform to message format or metric format specifications.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to the Engagement Center UI Logging service. The accepted scope for the Engagement Center UI Logging service is:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.cecenteruilog&lt;/code&gt; - This scope is required to create log entries.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenteruilogging/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesUILog_overview.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Search v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentersearch/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesCECenterSearch.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new Engagement Center Search service is a mashup service that allows you to search for these objects in the Engagement Center:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customer&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Product&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Order&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Service ticket&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/cecentersearch/latest/index.html#Overview &quot;&gt;EngagementCenterSearch&lt;/a&gt; service documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcentersearch/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesCECenterSearch.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Interaction Log v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionlog/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesInteractionLog.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Using the new Interaction Log service, you can document each interaction that takes place between a customer and an agent in the Engagement Center by creating an interaction log item. An interaction log item contains information such as:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the customer and the agent that interacted with each other&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the date and time the interaction took place&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;notes the agent took about the interaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;links to related objects such as service tickets and sales orders&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The interaction log is a collected history of these interaction items.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By keeping this history and making it available to your agents, you can improve the efficiency of your customer interactions because every agent will have an overview of the interactions that previously occurred with a particular customer.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/interactionlog/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesInteractionLog.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>ERP SD Configuration v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;The ERP SD Configuration service is a mashup service that is used for handling SAP ERP SD integration configuration.
Note that you are responsible for providing a valid SAP license and must insure that you are in compliance with SAP’s licensing policies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using this service, you can:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create SAP ERP SD integration configuration data for connecting with the SAP ERP system.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Update stored SAP ERP SD integration configuration data.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Get stored SAP ERP SD integration configuration data.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete stored SAP ERP SD integration configuration data. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to ERP SD configuration mashup service. The accepted scopes for ERP SD configuration mashup service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.erpsdconfig_view&lt;/code&gt; - Provide read-only access to SAP ERP SD integration configuration.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hybris.erpsdconfig_manage&lt;/code&gt; - Create, update and delete SAP ERP SD integration configuration.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/erpsdconfiguration/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesERPSDConfig.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Engagement Center Indexing v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;The new Engagement Center Indexing service provides the functionality to perform initial data indexing and delta indexing for these business objects:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customer  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Order  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Product  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Service Ticket&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When the initial indexing is complete, the service starts monitoring events from the &lt;a href=&quot;https://devportal.yaas.io/services/pubsub/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;PubSub&lt;/a&gt; service, and continuously performs delta indexing for all upcoming changes. Currently the service listens to these events:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.customer.customer-signup&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.customer.customer-updated&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.order.order-created&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.product.product-created&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.product.product-updated&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.product.product-deleted&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.serviceticket.serviceticket-created&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.serviceticket.serviceticket-updated&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hybris.serviceticket.serviceticket-deleted&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/engagementcenterindexing/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesCECenterIndexing.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Storefront Template v1.0.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2015-12-15-StorefrontTemplatev100.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;site-selector-and-site-icon&quot;&gt;Site Selector and Site Icon&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, the Site Selector has been moved from the footer to the header, where it&amp;#39;s more available to the user. The merchant can choose to upload a Site Icon, e.g. a flag that will be displayed instead of the default globe that indicates the Site Selector. This way it&amp;#39;s easy for the user to recognize, in the case of a flag, what regional site she is currently on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;section style=&quot;width: 50%; float:left;&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;img src=img/AllProductsNoSiteIcon.png class=img-click-modal alt=&amp;quot;Default Site Selector&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 95%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;/section&gt;&lt;section style=&quot;width: 50%; float:left;&quot;&gt;&amp;lt;img src=img/AllProductsWithSiteIcon.png class=img-click-modal alt=&amp;quot;Site Selector Icon&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 95%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;/section&gt;&lt;/p&gt;


&lt;h3 id=&quot;shipping-rates-implementation&quot;&gt;Shipping Rates Implementation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Storefront is now implemented with the new Shipping Service. On the product details page, the customer can click the &amp;quot;Shipping Info&amp;quot; link below the &amp;quot;Add to Cart&amp;quot; button to get information about all available shipping zones, methods, ranges and rates for the site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;50%&quot; height=&quot;70%&quot; src=&quot;img/ShippingInformationProduct.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The order total in cart is calculated with the minimum qualified shipping rate for the cart total, based on the default shipping zone of the site. User is given more shipping options to select from on the checkout page. The shipping service returns the options based on the &amp;quot;ship to&amp;quot; country selected in the address form and the available shipping options display in the Delivery Method drop-down, where user can select an alternative shipping method if wanted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;70%&quot; height=&quot;60%&quot; src=&quot;img/ShippingOptionsForOrder.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Further changes were made to checkout page to ensure that the buyer sees the final tax amount and shipping rate included in the order total before placing the order. To enable this, the cart was moved to display at the bottom of the checkout page, and to be hidden behind a &amp;quot;Preview Order&amp;quot; button. When the user has filled in the required address fields on the checkout page, the order can be previewed with the final order total. Storefront is calling the cart-calculation service directly with the complete shipping address in order to get this calculation returned. Clicking the &amp;quot;Preview Order&amp;quot; button displays the cart including order totals and user can fill in the payment details and place order.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Currently we have disabled the ability to edit cart and add coupon code on the checkout page, but this will be reintroduced shortly.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/storefronttemplate/2015-12-15-StorefrontTemplatev100.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Member v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Features&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Member service allows you to: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage loyalty programs and tiers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage loyalty member information such as user, status, tier, points, and registered on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manage member activity information such as registration, order, redeem, rating, review, and expiration.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to Loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Member service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loycore_view - Enable view access for loyalty core services&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loycore_manage - Enable create and update access for loyalty core services&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loycore_delete - Enable delete access for loyalty core services&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltymember/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyCoreService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart Calculation v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2015-12-14-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-version-of-cart-calculation-service&quot;&gt;New version of Cart Calculation service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cart Calculation service v1 is now released.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Mon Dec 14 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cartcalculation/latest/2015-12-14-ReleaseNotesCartCalculationService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Shipping v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/shipping/latest/2015-12-11-ReleaseNotesShipping.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
Shipping configuration for a site is automatically deleted when the site the configuration refers to is deleted by the Site service.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 11 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/shipping/latest/2015-12-11-ReleaseNotesShipping.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Site v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/site/latest/2015-12-11-ReleaseNotesSite.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Updates&lt;/h3&gt;
The &lt;code&gt;hybris.site_settings_manage&lt;/code&gt; scope has been deprecated and is no longer supported. To manage site configuration, use the &lt;code&gt;hybris.site_manage&lt;/code&gt; scope instead.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 11 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/site/latest/2015-12-11-ReleaseNotesSite.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2015-12-10-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-shipping-attribute&quot;&gt;New shipping attribute&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Shipping service now has a new attribute (&lt;strong&gt;zoneId&lt;/strong&gt;) that needs to be included in the shipping calculation. The Checkout service now uses the values from the method and zone ID attributes to calculate the order&amp;#39;s shipping cost. For more information on shipping, see the &lt;a href=&quot;/services/shipping/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Shipping&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Dec 10 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2015-12-10-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Commerce Builder Module v0.2.12</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2015-12-08-AdminUITemplatev0212.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;shipping-zone-methods-and-rates&quot;&gt;Shipping Zone, Methods and Rates&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now configure shipping zones per site, where one will be the default shipping zone. A shipping zone can have multiple shipping methods and these can again have multiple shipping rates for defined order total ranges. The shipping rates are set in the currency of the site. A shipping method can be made active or inactive, defining whether or not it will be available to the customer when checking out in the storefront. Shipping zones, methods and rates can also be edited or deleted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This new shipping rate setup offers a lot of flexibility to the merchant when defining shipping rates that are both acceptable to his customers as well as supporting his business model.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img width=&quot;70%&quot; height=&quot;70%&quot; src=&quot;img/ShippingSettings1.png&quot; class=&quot;img-click-modal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;minified-javascript&quot;&gt;Minified JavaScript&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With this release, we have minified the module&amp;#39;s JavaScript files in order to enhance the performance of the Commerce Builder Module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;migration-to-v1&quot;&gt;Migration to v1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Commerce Builder Module is now migrated to call v1 versions of all the services.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 08 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/commercebuildermodule/2015-12-08-AdminUITemplatev0212.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Document v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2015-12-04-ReleaseNotesDocument.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;improved-protection-for-resources-within-projects&quot;&gt;Improved protection for resources within projects&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We have improved protection for resources in the Document service, as detailed in our &lt;a href=&quot;/blog/post/56541107340e852ccf57e688&quot;&gt;blog post&lt;/a&gt; from November 24th. As a result of these changes, any requests with tokens issued with the Implicit Grant flow will now be rejected with an error code of &lt;code&gt;403&lt;/code&gt;. All resources are now protected with an additional security check. If you use the Implicit Grant or Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant flow to access services, you must change to the Client Credentials flow. This provides an additional level of security so that users who belong to a project/site but do not have Client Credentials cannot manipulate resources within the project/site.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Fri Dec 04 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/document/latest/2015-12-04-ReleaseNotesDocument.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Shipping v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/shipping/latest/2015-12-03-ReleaseNotesShipping.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
We are happy to announce the release of the brand new Shipping service, which will replace the existing Shipping Cost service, which will no longer be available after December 15, 2015. The new service goes beyond flat rate shipping cost and allows you to define multiple shipping zones, shipping methods and shipping fees for order subtotal ranges per site. This provides a much more flexible shipping cost setup that reflects the costs of shipping with different carriers in distinct regions. To learn more about what the Shipping Service offers, please visit &lt;a href=&quot;/services/shipping/latest/index.html&quot;&gt;Shipping Service&lt;/a&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Thu Dec 03 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/shipping/latest/2015-12-03-ReleaseNotesShipping.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.0.1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2015-12-04-Technev101.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Techne v1.0.1&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Components&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;New Help and Validation&lt;/h4&gt;
All help and validation components are now under one section. Also, new critical error avoidance guidelines and &amp;#39;on-demand: help bubbles&amp;#39;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Cards and Tables&lt;/h4&gt;
We have added new rules and guidelines for how to use pagination and infinity scroll when working with cards and tables.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Notification Messages&lt;/h4&gt;
Links have now a different styling when used in notification messages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;-h3-patterns-layouts-h3-&quot;&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Patterns &amp;amp; Layouts&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Builder header has different areas for navigation, page name, edit page functionality, and primary interactions. techne now provides detailed rules for different scenarios to help you make the right decision on each page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We have added examples of how Builder module navigation header and help and validation should be implemented.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Wed Dec 02 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2015-12-04-Technev101.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Avalara Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/avalaratax/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesTaxAvalaraService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-version-of-avalara-tax-service&quot;&gt;New version of Avalara Tax service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Avalara Tax service v1 is now released.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 01 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/avalaratax/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesTaxAvalaraService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Price v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-version-of-price-service&quot;&gt;New version of Price service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Price service v1 is now released.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 01 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/price/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesPriceService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Stripe Payment v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-version-of-stripe-payment-service&quot;&gt;New version of Stripe Payment service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stripe Payment service v1 is now released.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 01 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/stripepayment/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesPaymentStripeService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Checkout v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-version-of-checkout-service&quot;&gt;New version of Checkout service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Checkout service v1 is now released and integrates with the v1 version of Cart service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-shipping-fee&quot;&gt;New shipping fee&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Checkout service now validates the shipping fee by checking to see that the shipping method (&lt;strong&gt;methodId&lt;/strong&gt;) exists for a particular site and the shipping amount (&lt;strong&gt;amount&lt;/strong&gt;) is valid for that method before it completes the checkout process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Checkout now returns a proper &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt; error for an invalid ZIP Code in the payload.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 01 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/checkout/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesCheckoutService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Cart v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesCartService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-version-of-cart-service&quot;&gt;New version of Cart service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cart service v1 is now released and integrates with the v1 version of Shipping service.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-shipping-fee&quot;&gt;New shipping fee&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is a shipping fee applicable to the cart, the &lt;strong&gt;shipping&lt;/strong&gt; attribute shows the amount and currency of the shipping cost.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 id=&quot;retrieving-a-cart-without-calculation-details&quot;&gt;Retrieving a cart without calculation details&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can now retrieve the cart details without completing the calculation using the new &lt;strong&gt;expandCalculation&lt;/strong&gt; attribute. To retrieve a cart without the calculation details, set this attribute to &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;. By default, the attribute is set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;. For more information on the new attribute, see &lt;a href=&quot;RetrieveCartDetailsByID&quot;&gt; Retrieve cart details without calculation details&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4 id=&quot;bug-fixes&quot;&gt;Bug fixes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The error propagation logic in Cart service was fixed so that the Checkout service now returns a proper &lt;code&gt;400&lt;/code&gt; error for an invalid ZIP Code in the payload.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 01 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/cart/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesCartService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Tax v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3 id=&quot;new-version-of-tax-service&quot;&gt;New version of Tax service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tax service v1 is now released.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Dec 01 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/tax/latest/2015-12-01-ReleaseNotesTaxService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Loyalty Advocacy v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyadvocacy/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAdvocacyService.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Features:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Loyalty Advocacy service allows you to submit a rating for a particular product and submit a review comment for a particular product in a storefront. In the storefront, you can also view average user rating, list of all ratings and review comments, and total number of users who rated the product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scopes prevent unauthorized access to loyalty micro services. The accepted scopes for Loyalty Advocacy service are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyadvocacy_manage - Create and update authorization for Loyalty Customer Advocacy service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;sap.loyadvocacy_delete - Delete authorization for Loyalty Customer Advocacy service&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Sun Nov 15 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/loyaltyadvocacy/latest/2015-12-15-ReleaseNotesLoyaltyAdvocacyService.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>hybris techne v1.0.0</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2015-11-02-Technev100.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;h3&gt;Techne v1.0.0&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Welcome to techne v1.0.0 – our first official stable release for YaaS!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This release focused on overall stabilization of components, patterns and clear usage guidelines and documentation. The techne page itself under techne.yaas.io is aligned with the overall builder and YaaS design and we added a lot of new design examples and guideline updates on every page! &lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Guidelines&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;h4&gt;Visual System&lt;/h4&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alerts, Errors &amp;amp; Notifications&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Light Blue alert color is deprected.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h4&gt;System Errors&lt;/h4&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Generic System Errors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Added a new section for System Errors to provide user-friendly guidance on error content for more generic system erros.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Components&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;New navigation structure and much more documentated techne components with clear usage guidelines and recommendations&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Alerts, Errors and Notifications&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Updated usage guidelines on alerts, errors and notifications on the components page. We limited know the amount of available colors for this pattern.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Buttons&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We wrapped the buttons section and added a documentation for the add-something-to-a-list button&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Contextual Menu&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Documentation and guidelines for the “more” contextual menu to ise on cards and tables.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Radio and Checkboxes not depricated!&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Custom radio and checkboxes will stay in techne.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Modal boxes for dialogs&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guidelines and documentation on modal boxes.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Page Header&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Redesigned component and clear guidlines for a mobile first techne page-header.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Pagination component&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Redesigned component for pagination with documentation and guidelines.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Product Thumbnails&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Component for displaying products. This replaces the thumbnail component.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Tables&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;New mobile table drop behaviour for tables with interactions and/or avatars.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Tour Bubble&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guidelines and documentation on the tour bubble.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Trees&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Reintroducing trees with design update.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;h3&gt;Patterns &amp;amp; Layouts&lt;/h3&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Updated visual reference examples of how to combine techne components to design usable, intuitive consumer-grade YaaS tools. Updated overall styleguide.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Cards&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Guidelines on icon shapes to you use on cards and tables.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Thank you everyone for participating and helping us to make this first major release happen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There will be more in the future, stay tuned.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
			<updated>Mon Nov 02 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/tools/hybristechne/2015-11-02-Technev100.html</id>
		</entry>
	
		<entry>
			<title>Search v1</title>
			<link href="https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/search/latest/2016-01-10-ReleaseNotesSearch.html"/>
			<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;From now on, Elasticsearch version 1.6 provides backup for the Search service and offers full text search and matching.
You can set the field as &lt;strong&gt;analyzed&lt;/strong&gt; to have Elasticsearch apply tokenization of strings for full text search.
Do not use analyzed fields when using terms and/or filters in your queries. In those cases, set those fields to &lt;strong&gt;not-analyzed&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
</content>
			<updated>Tue Jun 30 2015 00:00:00 GMT+0000 (UTC)</updated>
			<id>https://devportal.yaas.io/rn/services/search/latest/2016-01-10-ReleaseNotesSearch.html</id>
		</entry>
	
</feed>
